Home

Programming Software Version 4.0 User Manual

1. 8 A list of available I O will drop down Tg Pesara af _PROFIBUSIIE DP mi a coe Is IN OUT 1 Byte Drag and Drop the desired I O from right to left IN OUT 2 Byte 1 word IN OUT 4 Byte 2 word IN OUT 8 Byte 4 word IN OUT 16 Byte 8 word IN OUT 32 Byte 16 word IN OUT 64 Byte 32 word IN OUT 128 Byte 64 word INPUT 1 Byte INPUT 2 Byte 1 word INPUT 4 Byte 2 word INPUT 8 Byte 4 word INPUT 16 Byte 8 word INPUT 32 Byte 16 word INPUT 64 Byte 32 word INPUT 128 Byte 64 word OUTPUT 1 Byte OUTPUT 2 Byte 1 word OUTPUT 4 Byte 2 word OUTPUT 8 Byte 4 word OUTPUT 16 Byte 8 word OUTPUT 32 Byte 16 word OUTPUT 64 Byte 32 word OUTPUT 128 Byte 64 word 127 IN OUT 32 Byte 16 word 256 287 256 287 9 Once the I O is configured your module is properly configured choose PLC gt DOWNLOAD TO MODULE Upload to PG Profile Standard 3 ANYBUS S PDP 9 Universal module IN OUT 1 Byte IN OUT 2 Byte 1 word IN OUT 4 Byte 2 word IN OUT 8 Byte 4 word IN OUT 16 Byte 8 word IN OUT 32 Byte 16 word IN OUT 64 Byte 32 word IN OUT 128 Byte 64 word INPUT 1 Byte INPUT 2 Byte 1 word Faulty Modules PS307 2A Module Information Ctrl D CPU315 2 Operating Mode Ctrl l DE Masher Clear Reset Set Time of Day Assign PROFIBUS Address 10 Follow the on screen prompts an
2. Text Color Language BE Character Size 6 8 x Text E I Blink Text ScreenSaver Back Ground T Blink 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 221 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net O me it Ue Programming Software User Manual 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty Enter Text for the button object Choose the Language Character Size Color of Text and Background and whether or not you want to enable the Blink feature for the text that will appear within the button Enter the Text that you want to appear Protection See Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections e Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that
3. we Please Note To set the printer the message to print when triggered See note to the left parameters see page 195 Project e Click on the box in front of Send Message to PMD Marquee Attributes Printer tab To set the Slave if you want this message to be send to a slave device PowerPanel COMI port to Enter or select the Group and Unit Number 0 4095 of the Printer see Appendix D slave device f Select the Language Number 1 9 g Enter the Message Text up to 200 characters for the message you are creating or edit the text of the Message Number selected above 110 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual h Press the F7 function key on your keyboard to embed a data value within the message See Step 4 below for more information on embedding a data value 3 Click on the Add Edit Message button If you have selected to Display Messages based on Message Number under the General tab the dialog box shown to the left will appear a Enter a Message Number consistent with the Data Type selected Signed Unsigned BCD Message Number b Under Limits select the Text Color and the Background eee Color and whether or not they will Blink Text Color F Bik charsice Jee z c Select the Character Size from the available choices Background Color gt M Bink I Pint this Message d
4. i s as easy as 1 2 3 SELECT ACTION PowerPanel Programming Software Version 2 1 UTICOR Technology L P Phone 1 563 359 7501 Edit Program Selected Action Edit Offline Write Later www uticor net OFF LINE Write ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION to Panel Later rae Project Location C Program Filesi PowerPanel Projects Browse Read Program Project Name from Panel and NewProjectpp zl Edit OFF LINE hl ata aa Start Editing Screen Number fi x Name Scr 1 x Edit Program ON LINE Panel Type 2 g Firmware ype 1G 2 8 Color 640x480 ba Buia i T ase Ethemet COM Port tocol Entivity Think amp Do Modbus Rev B View Edit PLC Com Setup figuration ink n Configuration Wate Do C Program Filesi PowerPanel Project Demo Project 1 m Ok Help Clear Exit 1 Start the PowerPanel Software and select EDIT PROGRAM OFF LINE Write to panel later From here you can either create a NEW project or EDIT an EXISTING project If you are creating a new project proceed to step 2 below If you are editing an existing is project proceed to step 3 below gt D a 2 Enter the name of your new project into the Project Name field and press ENTER Q O l qo 3 Select the Panel Type that you are USING ae PLC Editor Revision B Communications Parameters Other Parameters 4 Select the PLC Type and Protocol es for the Think N Do Entivity Thi
5. PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual 3 You have three choices for bringing a bitmap into the object they are a Click on the Import Bitmap button and a window will appear xX allowing you to navigate to the directory folder where the Q Eror BMP_24 The height and vith of selected mage are out of range bitmap file resides Click on it to highlight and click on the Open button The Size of the Bitmap will be displayed If the a a graphic file is too large you will be asked if you want it to be resized to fit the screen see message to the left b You may also click on Symbol Factory to gain access to a library of over 3 000 symbols for industrial automation including pumps pipes valves tanks mixers motors ducts electrical symbols flow meters material handling sensors PLCs transmitters and ISA symbols Once in Symbol Factory navigate to the symbol you want to import click on Copy and the symbol is automatically imported into the object c The third option is to click on Copy from Clipboard This will copy a bitmap you have saved to the clipboard onto the current screen You can copy a bitmap saved or created in another program onto the system clipboard and then import it into the current screen Visibility Details See Button Object Simulate Press Press the Simulate Press button to see how the Bitmap Button will be displayed on the screen when pressed OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK bu
6. Enter Text Here you will enter the Text that will appear within the touch object and control how that text will appear Select the Language number 1 9 for the Text Type in what you want to appear within the button Select Character Size from the available choices Select the Color of the Text and the Color of the Background If you want the Text or the Background to Blink click on the box below Blink to place a check mark indicating that the option is enabled ae Ye 132 J Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Print Selections J Print Form Feed at the end of the page IV Print Report Decide how you want the Report to print Click in the box in front of Print Form Feed at the end of the page if you want the form feed to print at the end of each page Click in the box in front of Print Report if you just want the report to print from the panel when triggered Send to PMD Marquee or Slave Send Message To PMD Marquee Slave Group Number fi z Unit Number 0 4095 fp This option allows you to send the report Message to a PMD Programmable Message Display Marquee or Slave Click in the box in front of Send Message to PMD Marquee Slave to enable this function Then enter the Group Number and Unit Number 0 4095 of the PMD or Slave that you want to send the message to Report Messages 1 Click on the Messa
7. Help Menu Right Click Menus Symbol Factory mit Ua Programming Software User Manual Reference The Reference Section provides more details on Menu commands It O takes you through the Main Menu Bar item by item command by 2 command with instructions It also contains information about the various Q tool bars and the status bar 2 eb am m File Menu File Open Project Open Project Close Project To open an existing project or to create a new project while in a ee Cirks programming window click on File gt Open Project The Step 1 P RA Project Information dialog box will appear Click on one of the SELECT Copy project As Save Project 4s Protected Copy Screen ACTION buttons Choose from the available project files or enter a new Project Name Click on OK to open the project or Exit to quit without opening Transter to Panel Ctrl T Step 1 Project Information xj Ee Ctrl P PowerPanel Print Setup Exit i s as easy as 1 2 3 PowerPanel Programming Software Version 4 0 UTICOR Technology L P Phone 1 563 359 7501 Selected Action None www uticor net SELECT ACTION 5 ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION Project Location Edit Program Fe OFF LINE Write to Panel Later Project Name Start Editing Screen Read Program Number z Name E from Panel and i B Panel Type eae Fem Edit OFF LINE Oe S eral View Edit PLE Com Setup Think n Dioa Map file JT PLE
8. Reading Project from Panel or Abort to quit an Abot 2 Click on the Browse button if you want to navigate to another Directory or Folder where you will store your program If you want to accept the default folder usually where the PowerPanel Programming Software resides just enter the name that you desire for the project you are about to Read in the empty field under Project Name D 2 D O wn D EE Ke 3 Click on the Start button to start reading the project from the panel 4 When the program has been read from panel click OK The message Project Project tobe Read from Panel As do wn loaded successfully 27 C Program Files Power Panel Projects Browse Project Name will appear when the program has finished downloading Project downloaded successfully Rese Click on OK to exit screen MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net EP Q jet dp S S i ou MO UME Programming Software User Manual 5 You will be taken back to the Project Information Screen Notice that the project name entered now appears under Project Name in this screen 6 Under Start Editing Screen the Name and Number of Screen number 1 will appear If you want to begin editing another screen click on the down arrow next to Name or Number and select 7 Click on the OK button to begin editing You wil
9. Display the last displayed bitmap Ignore the new value Images can be displayed based on bit whichever is set or based ona value in the tag The maximum number of Images that can be programmed for an object depends on the available memory and or tag data type 1 Under Images select to Display images based on Bit Number or Image Number 2 Ifyou chose Bit Number select either Bits are represented in Decimal System or in Octal System 3 Ifyou only want certain bits in a register to be used click on the box in front of Mask The enter the HEX value in the field provided Mask HEX for the bits that you want to use These will be the only active bits used by the object For anumber based bitmap message the masked value is zero justified e g a mask of CO allows message number 0 3 4 Select Background Attributes of bitmap This is a local attribute for each Multi state Bitmap object Click on the down arrow next to Color to select the background color from the available selections 5 Choose whether or not you want the background to be Transparent when it appears on the panel 6 Next you will choose the Non programmed bitmap action on panel If a value or a image number is sent to the panel that does not have a valid programmed image associated with it an error message will display by default Display an error message is selected When Bit Number is selected as the Display Image option only one bit at a time is used
10. ED Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Trigger Text Object Pressure is near mnaximum t Programming Software User Manual Triggered Text The Triggered Text object monitors a bit to display different text strings for ON and OFF conditions This would be used in applications where you want to provide a message or a description of the process or condition To put a Label on the Triggered Text object perform the following steps General Visibilty Details preteeeseneesesseeeteeeey J Label Text Text iso l ae ae Language BE Character Size On Text guag p aea TRIGGER TEXT TRIGGER TEXT ON a Pasition Color aif Top Text z G Botton Background X Off Text TRIGGER TEXT OFF a IV Display Frame x Tag Name 7 4 gt rOn Text Format Off Text Format Size gt Color Size r Color Test B n Blink Text B Blink 6x8 Z Background T Blink 6x8 hd Background Blink Horizontal Vertical r Horizontal Vertical C Left Top Left Top Justification cy Center iC Center Justification cy Center icy Center Right C Bottom Right f Bottom Simulate Press Cancel Help 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 221 3 Select Character Size from the available choice
11. ETHERNET MODULE p G Trends 3 Data Types f a User Defined Ei i strings i i LR STRING cee Predefined B Module Defined E I O Configuration Description 1756 ENBF A 1756 10 100 Mbps Ethernet Bridge Fiber Media 756 ENB T A 1756 10 100 Mbps Ethernet Bridge T wisted Pair Media 1 756 ENE T A 1756 Ethernet Communication Interface 1 756 ENE T B 1756 Ethernet Bridge 794 AENF A 1794 10 100 Mbps Ethernet Adapter Fiber Media 1794 10 100 Mbps Ethernet Adapter Twisted Pair Media Generic Ethernet Module Show Vendor a IV Other IW Specialty 1 0 Select All V Analog W Digital M Communication M Motion Controller Clear All Cancel Help Cut Copy Paste Delete Cross Reference Print Properties Module Properties EtherNetIP_Scanner ETHERNET MODULE 1 1 x 6 In the next window RSLogix will ask for Dis E THERME Moule eee ee information regarding the communication Parent _EtherNietiP Scanner to the Generic Module Enter a name for Generic EthemetP the module We have used saa sk Generic_EthernetIP This name will zi Connection Parameters Assembly Instance Size Input 100 32 H 8 bit Output 150 32 4 8 bit D Ww xe x pu ddy create a tag in RSLogix that can be used oe KE Zl cogs O H en to access the memory location in the IP Address ox XXX XXX
12. You will be taken back to the Symbol Factory screen shown to the right Click on the Copy button Rotation 0 Export Scale Factor Symbol Type Picture Use built in colors You will be taken back to the Static Bitmap Screen first screen capture shown above right click on OK You will return to the PowerPanel Programming Screen you were configuring Your object will be scaled to the size you have selected If the Scale Factor you have selected is too large for the screen you will receive a warning message and Adis a S will not be allowed to import the AE Tae e to a Scale bitmap If this happens selecta E YST T i med ntti ie oY smaller Scale Factor replaced with this size a aia gt MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net ne 2 Sizing a Dynamic Bitmap object in Symbol Factory works the same way S cb h ea am ACIL UGLE Programming Software User Manual Panel Display Screen Information Reboot Clear Program Flash Update PLE Driver Time Date Diagnostics Read Alarm History Count Monitor Tags Read Line Graph From Panel Read FIFO From Panel COM Configuration If you are programming off line and then click on a Panel Menu item the programming software will automatically put you on line to communicate with the panel Ensure
13. if more than one is triggered an error message is displayed You may choose instead to have the panel Display a blank bitmap or Display the last displayed bitmap ignore the new value MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net O me it Ue Programming Software User Manual Program Images Images programmed to display in the Multi state Bitmap object are saved in the object s own Image database To program images perform the following steps 1 Click on the Images tab the following dialog box will open Multi state Bitmap x General Images Visibility Details To add an image Add Image To edit an image Image Number DEFAULT Symbol Select Copy from Factory Image Clipboard v Allow Stretching Stretch to Fit Maintain Aspect Ratio To remove an image Remove Image Simulate Press OK Cancel Help 2 To add an image click on the Add Image button The following dialog box will open xi v Allow Stretching I Stretch to Fit I Maintain Aspect Ratio From Clipboard Image Number 0 v Symbol Factory Dimension 61 Wx40H OK Cancel 3 Click on the box in front of Allow Stretching if you want the bitmap to stretch with the object when sized Choose how you want the image to stretch from the options Stretch to Fit or Maintain Aspect Ratio 4 Select an Image Number If displaying images by Bit Number
14. Choose the Language Character Size Color of Text and Background and whether or not you want to enable the Blink feature for the text that will appear within the button and or the background Enter the Text that you want to appear lt gt Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Protection See Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections e Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Increment Decrement Clock object on the screen and size it To size the object select it grab a handle and drag to the size you want To move the object select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen Activate Screen Saver The Activate Screen Saver object allows you to place a button on the screen that enables you to activate the panel screen saver Screen Saver time out is programmed under Setup gt Project Attributes gt General Tab gt Display Saver To put a Label on the object perform the following steps Activate Screen Saver Ed WES Language Character Size 6 8 Label Text ACTIVATE SCREEN SAVER Position Color op Text Bottom Background z MV Display Frame
15. OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Meter on the screen and size it e To size the Meter select it grab a handle and drag to the size you want e To move the Meter select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen See top ofnext page for an illustration of how meter image on the panel corresponds to attributes programmed using the dialog box Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual General Alarms Digital Display Scaling Wisibility Details Language EE Character Size 8x16 7 Label Text Floating Point Meter Selected Position Color Top Text H Fi Bottom Background mj AX Iksi V Display Frame v Show Ticks Range Minimum 0 005000 Number of Major Divisions E Maximum 2 000000 Number of Sub Divisions E Col or Color W Background i Show Tick Numbers IV Needle E Precision for Floating Point 3 x Minimum and Maximum Ranges Precision for Floating Point enabled 3 decimal places are displayed Major Divisions 5 tick marks MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net me i
16. ON a ULL Programming Software User Manual dynamic objects are always on top or away from the static objects Panel refreshes only the dynamic objects once all the objects are drawn If for any reason a static object gets on top of a dynamic or brought to front with the right click menu option with dynamic object on top this message will appear Solution 1 The Editor will take care of this automatically It will sequence the objects in such a way that static objects are drawn below the dynamic objects 2 You can also select the objects right click on the mouse and select Bring Forward Send Backward to rearrange them manually Error SO1_2 PowerPanel Editor detected that one or more objects on screen number x are outside the 320x240 resolution Please move objects on this and all other screens within 320x240 limits BEFORE changing the panel You may use Show 320x240 Rectangle icon to show a 320x240 rectangle Please ensure on all screens that the objects are within this rectangle before trying to change to a lower resolution panel Solution Move the objects to within the 320x240 rectangle on all screens Error S01_3 Unable to save this screen Screen size exceeds the maximum 512K Please delete a few objects and try to save again Solution Either delete a few of the objects or move the objects to a different screen D 15 26 CO S O are lt 3 p H Error S02_1 Unable to save the project to the panel R
17. Vaue Lang Label String gt MoveUlp MoyeDown Add Value Delete Value Cancel Help 1 Click on the Add Value button to begin configuring the control list The following window will appear Add Control List Selector Yalue xj Value l Value Label Text Language Label Text Add New Value Close Help 2 Enter the value in decimal 3 Under Value Label Text select the Language of the text and then enter a description name in the Label Text up to 40 characters field This is that name that will appear in the Control List Selector object When the operator clicks on this name the control value that it represents will be sent to the destination tag 4 Click on the Add New Tag button and the Control Value will be added to the list It will now appear in the list on the Value tag dialog 5 Continue until you have added all the values you want to appear in the list and then click on Cancel O Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Protection See Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections e Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Control List Selector object on the screen a
18. Add New Operation Close 2 Under Source 1 select whether the value will be read from a Tag or will be a Constant or a Previous Operation Previous Operation is not available for the first operation you program a Ifyou select Tag you must select or enter a tag MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net KALUES Programming Software User Manual b Ifyou select Constant you must enter the Data Format Signed Decimal Unsigned Decimal Octal Hex BCD or Floating Point and then enter a Value The Value must match the Data Format G If you select Previous Operation you must choose the number of a previous programmed operation The resulting value of the previous operation will be used in the current operation You cannot skip numbers or enter a number that has not been programmed i e if you have programmed operations 1 through 6 you cannot choose 7 Reference 3 Now you will select the Operation Click on the down arrow next to the Operation field to view options Choose from ADD SUBTRACT MULTIPLY DIVIDE MODULO NEGATE Il ABSOLUTE ROUND amp AND OR I XOR NOT lt lt LEFT SHIFT gt gt RIGHT SHIFT MOVE 4 Certain operations do not require a second source If you select these operations the Source 2 field will be unavailable grayed out The are NEGATE Il ABSOLUTE ROUND NOT and MOVE I
19. Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net me it Ue Programming Software User Manual Protection See Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections e Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Alarm List object on the screen and size it To size the object select it grab a handle and drag to the size you want To move the object select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Touch PRLS Object Ey The Touch PRLS Object allows you to configure a bar graph that when triggered will provide a graphic display of resolver based encoder values From this object you can configure the encoder s ON and OFF Setpoints the Range of the bar graph display based on a tag or a preset value and choose how you want the bar graph to appear on the panel display Touch PRLS x General Visibilty Details Label Text Language Character Size 6 8 z Selected Label Text Touch PALS Style Position Color o Top Text r a Bottom Background zj On Setpoint Tag v Off Setpoint Tag Minimum Rang
20. H SELECT ACTION UTICOR Technology L P Phone 1 563 359 7501 your PowerPanel P roject Selected Action Edit Offline Write Later www uticor net ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION Project Location C Program Files PowerPanel Project Browse Project Name New FProject prp 7 E s as easy as 1 2 3 Edit Program OFF LINE Write to Panel Later x pu ddy D ep D xe Allen Bradley MicroLogix DF1 Full Duplex x PLC Editor Revision B Start Editing Screen Baud Rate 19200 x Number fi 7 Name New Screen 7 Parity Even id Panel Type G 8 Color 640x480 aE Stop bits One EvIisiott PLC Type eT eee Tar iat ee ee View Edk PLC Com Setup Transmit and Protocol pnia tdi zj Browse Mape Checksum Type iet fe z Timeout Time 1 255 tenths of a second a Poll Time 0 255 fo tenths of a second Cancel Help O a x2 Oo D coo 20 O l qa PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual MicroLogix DH485 AIC The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a MicroLogix PLC General Chan System with DH485 Protocol Driver DH485 7 bled ienn aa Baud fis20 ae To set up the MicroLogix PLC DH485 using RSLogix configuration software program the Channel Configuration screen as shown to the right Open Programming Software and configure Protocol Contro
21. Oa Programming Software User Manual 16 For Alarm State leave the selection to On Leave Log and Display selected also 17 If you want the message sent to a PMD Marqee or Slave click in the box in front of Send Message to PMD Marquee Slave Enter the Group Number and Unit Number of the slave 18 Under Alarm Text type in the alarm message as PLC ERROR 19 Click on the Add New Alarm button The Alarm has been saved to the Alarm Database Click on the Close button 20 The Alarm Database should now show the two new alarms that you have just added as shown below Alarm Database xi Total Number of Alarms 2 Current Editing Language 1 Low limit High limit Display Log Print Lang Alarm Text ERROR CODE VALUE Out of Range 0 YES YES NO 1 ERROR CODE VALI PLC ERROR ON YES YES NO 1 PLC ERROR y xipueddy j oO 2 gt oO O m Q i Delete Insert OK Cancel Help ON a UL Programming Software User Manual To be able to view the Alarm History and the PLC ERROR CODE VALUE perform the steps below 1 First we ll program a screen with an Alarm History button that will allow you to view alarm history Open the screen in your PowerPanel Programming Software where you want to place the Alarm History Button 2 Click on Objects gt Alarm History The following screen will appear Alarm History x General Protection Visibility Details Character Size 6
22. PowerPanel Programming Software Version 4 0 User Manual Manual P N MAN UTICW M WARNING Programmable control devices such as the G Series PowerPanel must not be used as stand alone protection in any application Unless proper safeguards are used unwanted start ups could result in equipment damage or personal injury The operator must be made aware of this hazard and appropriate precautions must be taken In addition consideration must be given to the use of an emergency stop function that is independent of the programmable controller The diagrams and examples in this user manual are included for illustrative purposes only The manufacturer cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the diagrams and examples WARNING f the PowerPanel is used in a CLASS DIV 2 environment the following conditions must be met Class Div 2 methods AND must conform to all rules and requirements of applicable jurisdictions regard ing Class I Div 2 installations ALSO peripheral equipment controlling this device or being controlled by it shall be suitable for service in the location in which they are used Failure to comply with any of the above installation requirements will invalidate the device s qualifications for service in CLASS I DIV 2 hazard ous locations WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARD SUBSTITUTION OF COMPONENTS MAY IMPAIR SUITABILITY FOR CLASS DIVISION 2 WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARD DO
23. PowerPanel Alarm CS Files csv x Cancel 4 2 Click on the csv file you want to import to highlight it and then click on the Open button The following window will appear Define Source and Destination PLCs Mappings i x Source PLC 1 Destination PLC 1 Destination PLC 2 Source PLE 2 Destination PLE 1 Destination PLE Z 3 If connected to two PLCs here you will select which PLC Alarm Database the alarms will be copied to Make your selections and click OK If only connected to one PLC you will have no other options available Destination PLC 1 is selected for you Just click on the OK button to begin the import MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net me it Ua Programming Software User Manual The file will be written to the Alarm Database An Errors Log View will display letting you know if there were any problems importing the file into your current project 4 Click on Setup gt Alarm Database to view the database and make any corrections or changes S Shoes Gam o Excel Format 1 Click on the Import Alarms gt Excel Format menu item to select the Microsoft Excel file where the Alarm Database resides The following window will open Navigate to the file you want click on it to highlight it and then click on the Open button Read Alarm Excel File 2 xI Look in a Project a ex g Tag File 03 xIs Fi
24. Right Click Menus Some functions are accessible with a click on the right mouse button With your cursor anywhere on the programming window click the right mouse button The menu to your left will appear Some items may be grayed out not available depending upon the objects you have selected From this menu you can Cut Copy or Paste selected Objects you must select more than one object Select All objects on screen Create New Open an existing or Rename a Screen Change the screen magnification with the Zoom control Display Grid activate Snap to Grid or change Grid Size Show Touch Cell grid Enter or Change the current Screen Description Change Background Color of the screen Provides information about Overlapping Objects on the current screen and allows you to make changes eet ete Oe Oe Oo MO The functions on the menu to the left are accessible when you have one or more objects selected on a screen and click the right mouse button Some items may be grayed out not available depending upon the objects you have selected From this menu you can Edit an object Cut Copy or Paste an object Select All objects on current screen Bring selected object s to Front of screen Send selected object s to Back of screen Make selected objects the Same Size Height or Width you must select more than one object All selected objects will be sized to the first object you select Provides information about Overlapp
25. Tag Name 7 MV Display Frame Number of Char Size Color Blink Buttons Text Blink Background Blink e See Se Off Text fess oie pels NOTE For this object resizing will always be in multiples of default size Simulate Press Cancel Help To put a Label on a Radio Button perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 221 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the button to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty To Choose a Radio Button Style perform the following steps 1 Under Select Style click on the style you prefer for the button object you are creating 2 Your choice will appear under Selected Style NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor inthe Enter a Tag Name Tag Name field click on the 1 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the right mouse button The EDIT Tag Name that you want to button to correspond to TAG DETAILS screen will 2 Ifthe Tag Name is new
26. The Report Object allows you to configure a button that when pressed will send a report to a printer or to a slave from the PowerPanel Slaves can be any of UTICOR s Slave PMDs or Marquees General Messages Protection Visibility Details Label Text Language Character Size exe r Label Text REPORT Position Color op Text 7 Bottom Background IV Display Frame Text Color Back Text Blink ground Blink Language fis Text REPORT T Print Form Feed at the end of the page IV Print Report Necssnsecsesssnscessnsscscssnastsenensessnsnssssssnaccssecesessenenssesensaessnnsnscssssossonenae Group Number fo z Unit Number 0 4095 P Cancel Help To put a Label on the Report object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 221 Select Character Size from the available sizes Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty Hiep
27. XXX Statusinput a PLCs memory where the data for the Status Oupa Generic Ethernet IP module wil be stored C Host Name lt Unspecitied gt 7 Select the Comm Format Here we have selected Data SINT that will represent the data in the Generic module as a field of 8 bit bytes 8 I O data is accessed in input instance 100 and output instance 150 so these values have to be entered as the instance values for input and output The size of the input connection and the output connection should correspond to the size that we have configured the Generic module for In this case we are using 32 bytes of input data so that is the size we will enter in both input and output MOU Programming Software User Manual 9 The Generic Module does not support a configuration assembly but RSLogix requires that a value be entered here An instance value of 0 is not a valid instance ID but any non zero value will work We have selected 1 The data size of the configuation instance is then set to 0 Module Properties EtherNetIP_Scanner ETHERNET MODULET J xi 10 As a final step we enter the IP Address that we have configured for the module Eom a oo 20 3200 Press the Next button The dialog box N to the right will open J Major Fault On Controller If Connection Fails While in Run Mode Module Fault 11 Enter a value for the time between each scan of the module For this example we will leave it at the default of 10 msec Clic
28. You will lose your program Do you want to continue Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Read Alarm History Count ON LINE Only If you are in the Edit ON LINE Mode you can click on Read Alarm History Count to read the current alarm history or alarm count from the PowerPanel From the screen shown below you will be able to Print Alarm History Clear Alarm History or Export to Excel Click on Refresh to get an updated history Read Alarm History 7 Count x Alarm History Alarm Count JJ D a a 1 O D Total Number of Alarms 0 Current Editing Language 1 Alarm Read Time 10 30 35 10 01 2002 Index Aam AlammText AlamType SetTime Clear Time LowLimt High Limit Ale Clear Alarm History x Clear Alarm History from Touch Panel Cancel Refresh Click on the Alarm Count tab to view a list of the programmed Alarms and the number of times they have been triggered From the screen shown below you will be able to Print Alarm Count Clear Alarm Count or Export to Excel Click on Refresh to get an updated count Read Alarm History 7 Count x Alarm History Alarm Count Total Number of Alarms 3 Current Editing Language 1 Alarm Read Time 9 49 44 10 01 2002 0 3 0 VALVE 1 is OPEN Refresh Pri MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9
29. a dialog box will appear providing you with import options Replace Message Number 1 xj Replace All Do not Replace Do not Replace Any MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net Ep me it Ue Programming Software User Manual 4 Click on Replace if you want to Replace the existing Message No 1 with Message No 1 in the imported csv file Click on Do not Replace if you want to keep the existing Message No 1 Click on Replace All if you want to overwrite replace all Messages or Do Not Replace Any if you want to stop importing the messages S Shoes Gam o 5 Open the Message Database to view the imported messages Excel Format 1 Click on the Import Messages gt Excel Format menu item to select the Microsoft Excel file where the Message database resides The following Read Message Excel File window will appear Navigate to the file you want click on it to highlight it and then click on the Open button Read Message Excel File 2 xi Look in a Project ni c E Message database xls File name fr x s Files of type PowerPanel Tag Excel Files xIs 7 Cancel h 2 The file will be written to the Message Database To avoid overwriting or replacing an existing message s a dialog box will appear providing you with import options the same as for the csv file shown on previous page 3 Click on Replace if you want to Replace
30. 1 or 2 Address or Expression math or logic function In other words a Tag is an alias for a PLC address or an Internal panel location that an object is communicating with x PLC 1 Allen Bradley SLC 500 DF1 Full Duplex Rev D Number of PLC 1 tags 0 PLC 2 Modicon Modbus RTU Rev F Number of PLC 2 tags 0 i Number of internal tags 0 Search and Replace in Tag Name Number of Expression tags 0 Find Replace With Total Tags 0 V Highlight Int Exp Tags Find Next Replace Replace Ai T Highlight Unused Tags Tag tt TagName Data Type ADDRESS EXP of Chara Initial Retent PLC Ant Exp Write Tag gt Delete Delete Add Edit Selected Tags Unused Tags Help Cancel PLC 1 and PLC 2 The model and manufacturer of the PLC s used in the project are provided at the top of this dialog box Search and Replace in Tag Name This feature allows you to search for a character string up to 40 characters in the Tag Database specifically the Tag Name and replace each instance of the character string with another character string To use this feature perform the following steps 1 Click in the box in front Search and Replace in Tag Name 2 Enter the characters up to 40 in the text field next to Find that you want to search for in the Tag Name 3 Enter the characters up to 40 in the text field next to Replace With that you want to replace in the Tag Name JJ
31. 26 2i 28 fe E E 29 30 31 32 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Click on the box in front of Label Text to activate the object label In the field next to Label Text type in Button Click in the field next to Tag Name and type in BUTTON OBJECT Press Enter The following screen will appear ADD NEW TAG DETAILS x Enter Tag Details for the Tag BUTTON OBJECT Select Tag Type PLC 1 Allen Bradley SLC 500 DF1 Full Duplex Rev D C PLC2 C Intemal Tag Expression Define Expression Address String fpsod 0000 Expected I0 Type RAW Data Type DISCRETE No of Chars Initial Yalue Retentive Flag Initial Value Retentie ja Cancel Help Leave PLC 1 Allen Bradley SLC 500 DF1 selected In the field next to Address String type in B3 0 0 as shown above The Data Type will remain as DISCRETE Click OK A crosshair cursor will appear on the programming screen Position where you want the object to appear under the Numeric Entry object and click once Grab the object by a handle and drag to resize it until the label displays in its entirety as shown to the right Button MAN UTICW M V4 0 33 34 35 36 37 38 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Next we ll create an Indicator Light object Click on Objects g
32. A Lookup Text Lookup Text is an object that is created to display preprogrammed messages within a frame on the PowerPanel screen These preprogrammed messages are stored in the Message Database It displays one message at atime Click on the Message Database button at the bottom of the dialog box to program messages in the database A Value corresponding to the Tag Name is the Message Number that will be displayed inside the frame of the Lookup Text Each message designed in the Message Database is numbered from 1 to 999 So if the Value corresponding to the Tag Name is 10 Message Number 10 will be displayed within the Lookup Text Frame LookUpText x General Visibilty Details Language CE Character Size 6 8 E Label Text Look UP TEXT Pos Color Gp Text Z otam Background z b ai ition CT CE Tag Name M Display Frame Horizontal Vertical C Left Center Right Top Center Bottom ea Message Database Cancel Help To put a Label on the Lookup Text object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 221 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text
33. Bits are represented in Decimal System Octal System 123 Boolean 227 Boot Software 183 Browse 27 29 Button Object 41 Actuator Types 42 Button Style 41 Label 41 On Off Text 42 127 132 Place Button 42 Tag Name 42 button states 41 buzzer 214 Bytes 35 C cable A 5 calendar 6 carriage return 198 Cascade 235 CAUTION removing RAM or Flash card 224 CD ROM Drive 3 Change Message Attributes 114 Change Screen 220 Change Screen Object 98 Go To Screen 98 Label 98 Style 98 changes 30 Changing Screens from a PLC 218 character strin 190 character string 191 Characters B 2 Circle 179 Clear Alarm Count 220 Clear Alarm History 220 Clear Program 184 Clock 216 clock 6 183 Clock Object 81 Analog Clock 81 Color 81 Label 81 Digital Clock 82 Date 82 Label 82 Options 82 Close Project 166 codes 44 color band 84 color palette 6 41 COM Configuration 189 COM port 183 189 226 COM Port Ethernet Select 183 COM1 B 2 COM1 button B 2 Comma delimited 198 199 204 205 210 211 Comma delimited 210 me det Programming Software User Manual Commaz separated values data tag 83 198 199 204 205 210 211 Data Type Communication Errors Cxx_x A 26 FIFO Input Tag 140 Communications data type 83 cable A 5 data value 111 134 from Panel to Computer A 5 data value range 83 communications between the PLC and panel A 7 Data values 38 communications ports 6 databases 30 Communications Setup Decimal 123 DeviceNet I O C 8 D
34. Click on the box in front of Print this Message if you want fed Send Message lia PMD Marquee Slave the message to print when triggered Group Number Tz Unit Number 0 4095 7 e Click on the box in front of Send Message to PMD Marquee ac Slave if you want this message to be send to a slave device ore me T ee aes Enter or select the Group and Unit Number 0 4095 of the line of this message slave devi ce f Select the Language Number 1 9 g Enter the Message Text up to 200 characters for the message you are creating or edit the text of the Message Hele Close Number selected above h Press the F7 function key on your keyboard to embed a data value within the message See next step to embed a data value 4 The following dialog box will appear when you press F7 to embed a data value within a message Embedding Data Value Ed Embedded Command Numeric Select tag from where value will z be read for embedded data r Selected tag is a numeric tag Display Format Unsigned Decimal x TotalDigts j Justification Leading Spaces x Fractional Digits jo Digits I AutoCheck lt lt 1 gt On ee w P r Specify the string for sending to printer slave r Selected tag is a discrete tag Press F7 to embed a non printable Ascii character Add Delete Cancel Help Add Special characters in the message determine where the embedded data f
35. D z 1 26 c cO 2 O E lt 3 p a PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Refer to the PowerPanel Programming Software Help topic or the PowerPanel Hardware Manual chapter on Connections and Wiring for more information Problem Memory unavailable Action 1 G Square Series panels only Make sure that the Flash Card is in top slot and the RAM Card is in the bottom slot Refer to the PowerPanel Programming Software Help topic or the PowerPanel Hardware Manual chapter on Connections and Wiring for more information Problem Display is Blank Action 1 Display indicates NO SCREEN for 3 seconds after power up There is no user program installed into the panel 2 Display is blank Push extreme upper left and extreme lower left touch cells on front of panel top and bottom of column 1 on panel At this point one of the following will occur a There is no change and the display remains blank This indicates UNIT FAILURE return for service b Unit SETUP screen appears screen is hard to read Adjust screen contrast control for 6 or 8 inch units 10 inch units have no contrast adjustment c Unit SETUP screen appears normal Unit has no user program transfer user program to panel Refer to the PowerPanel Programming Software Help topic or the PowerPanel Hardware Manual chapter on Connections and Wiring for more information Problem Display hangs when unit is powered up
36. Delete Click on Delete to remove a selected item without placing it on the clipboard C172 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Edit Select an object and then click on the Edit command to make changes to an object s characteristics Tool bar Click on Tool bar to see menu g V Slandard Click on Standard Basic CT es JJ D a a 1 O D Objects Text Objects System v Text Objects Objects Bitmap Objects Draw g S Panel 3 Easy Steps Navigation v Draw Tool bar or Project Screens G Explorer View to place a check v Project Screens mark enabling that tool bar or click on a selected tool bar to remove check mark and thereby remove it from view Current Editing Language Allows you to select the Current Editing Language Click on the down arrow to view a list of the languages Select Language x Select Currently Active Language Cancel Default Tag Data Type Click on this menu item to set the Default Tag Data Type Click on the down arrow to view the list of data types The Default Data Type automatically switches to the last data type used For example if you UNSIGNED INT 16 set UNSIGNED_INT_1 6 as default and create a Pushbutton object DISCRETE the default will switch to DISCRETE Select the default tag data type Tag Name as Address Click on this to use the
37. Discusses ON LINE and OFF LINE configuration options Tells you how to set up a project by entering project information Step 1 Discusses screen design Step 2 and how to transfer the project to the panel Step 3 Objects Provides step by step instructions for configuring each of the PowerPanel objects Reference Provides more details on menu commands Takes you through the main menu bar item by item command by command with instructions Contains information on the various tool bars and the status bar Describes right click menus Appendix A Troubleshooting Aids in diagnosing problems you might encounter when installing or operating your PowerPanel Provides steps to take to isolate and correct problems Lists panel error messages programming software error messages and PLC Driver Error messages Ph Wiel MW amp E Appendix B Characters Provides a list of the ASCII Characters supported by the PowerPanel This information may be useful when creating a Text Entry or Dynamic Text object Appendix C PLC Communications Setup Provides instructions on how to set up most PLC Types to communicate with the PowerPanel Appendix D Assigning Ports in Panel Setup Mode Provides instructions on how to assign the COM1 and PLC Ports on the Power Panel fe fe e ED Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 KALUE Programming Software User Manual Introduction
38. PLC to Panel Language Ports Alarm Protection GROUP Password Tag PASSWORD TAG Cancel Help There are eight groups to which you may assign Passwords Passwords restrict a user from using objects such as push Buttons Numerical Entry etc Passwords can also be used with Change Screen buttons to restrict access to other screens Select from the following Group headings or enter your own GROUP Managers e Shift 1 Operator Engineers e Shift 2 Operator e Supervisors e Shift 3 Operator Maintenance e General All touch objects allow you to select the security or Protection level of those that have access to that screen A numerical keypad will pop up MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net ED S Shoes Gam oO me it Ue Programming Software User Manual f PLEASE NOTE Leading Zeroes are ignored in passwords In other words if you enter a password of 000455 the password will be 455 when the touch object is pressed prompting the user to enter a password Select Password or Tag under the Password Tag heading If you select Tag the password value will be stored in the PLC If you select Password you will enter the password here Passwords are entered by the operator with a popup keypad PASSWORD A 1 10 digit number is assigned here that the user must enter to perform protected functions for a particular Group level A passwor
39. PowerPanel PowerPanel Install the PowerPanel using the instructions in the Hardware Manual Program the PowerPanel using the instructions in this Software Manual There are two manuals that you will need for installation this manual the PowerPanel Software User Manual Version 4 0 and the PowerPanel Hardware User Manual P N MAN UTICW 001 shipped with your PowerPanel Don t worry you won t be bouncing back and forth between them and we ll always let you know exactly where the information is that you will need for the next step a _ J 3 T O 5 These manuals will take you through the steps necessary to get your PowerPanel up and running in the shortest possible time Although your familiarity with programmable graphic operator interface devices will determine how quickly you move through the steps it s as easy as 1 2 3 What you need to get started Hardware e PowerPanel G Series G 2 6 Monochrome G 2 6 Color G 2 8 Color G 2 10 Color and G 2 15 Color Q Panels Q 2 6 Monochrome Q 2 6 Color Q 2 8 Color Q 2 10 Color 24 Volt DC Power Supply e RS 232C Programming Cable P N CBL UTICW 009 RS 232C or RS 422A 485A PLC Interface Cable see page 8 for part numbers PC requirements Software IBM or compatible PC Pentium 166 MHZ or better with a mouse and separate serial port VGA display with at least 800 x 60
40. Printer and Slave are the devices that the COM1 port or PLC port may be assigned to Please be aware that you can only assign a port to one device If you attempt to duplicate the COM1 e g port assignment you will receive the following message x N COM1 Port can be assigned only once If the device will not be connected to the COM1 or PLC port select NOT USED Click OK to save your selections ON eet UL Programming Software User Manual Symbols SUBTRACT 128 I NOT 129 MODULO 129 amp AND 129 MOVE 129 ROUND 129 MULTIPLY 129 ADD 128 BMP 116 EMF 116 GIF 116 ACO 116 JPG 116 WMF 116 DIVIDE 129 lt lt LEFT SHIFT 129 gt gt RIGHT SHIFT 129 NEGATE 129 XOR 129 10 Color 3 16 bit 38 16 bit register 77 24 Volt Power Supply 3 32 bit 38 6 Color 3 8 Color 3 A About PowerPanel 236 accumulator data 57 Activate 78 Activate Screen Saver 103 Label 103 Text 104 ACTUAL VALUE A 15 Actuator Types 42 52 120 Add 127 Add Image 124 Add Image button 124 Add New Alarm Dialog Box 202 Add New Message Dialog Box 207 Add New Tag Details 42 128 147 156 Add Value 148 Add Edit Button Tag Database 192 Index Add Edit Message 110 Address String 42 78 128 147 156 connecting panel to multiple PLCs 42 192 Adjust Contrast 105 Digit Format 105 Label 105 Alarm Bit 95 Database 202 Display Time sec 213 History 220 alarm display in a list 153 A
41. Select the Language number for the Off First bit and Second bit Text 2 Type in what you want to appear within the button for the Off Text First Text and for the Second Text 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Select the Color of the Text and the Color of the Background If you want the Text or the Background to Blink click on the box below Blink to place a check mark indicating that the option is enabled Protection see Button Object Visibility Details see Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Tri State Switch on the screen and size it e To size the switch grab a handle and drag it to size you want e To move the switch select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen ED Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Numeric Entry Object Numeric Entry Object 00562 Demo Numeric Entry MINIMUM 0 MAXIMUM 3999 CURRENT Please Note Numeric label is truncated to 20 characters on the popup keypad The Numeric Entry object allows you to write a value to a PLC register A numeric keypad will pop up when the Numeric
42. UNSIGNED DATA TAG UNSIGNED OCTAL HEX Keypad E gt Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual NOTE Ifa Decimal Point tag is selected the Fractional Digits will not be used The number of fractional digits will come from the value of the tag BCD DATA TAG BCD Keypad only FLOATING POINT TAG if available for that PLC FLOATING POINT Keypad only The Data Types and their respective ranges that may be available are as follows s Signed 16 Decimal 32768 to 32767 Signed 32 Decimal 2147483648 to 2147483647 Unsigned 16 Decimal 0 to 65535 Unsigned 32 Decimal 0 to 4294967295 Octal 16 O to 177777 Octal 32 O to 3777717171111 Hex 16 0 to FFFF Hex 32 0 to FFFFFFFF BCD 16 0 to 9999 BCD 32 0 to 99999999 Click on Data Type and select from the available choices Click on Justification and select from the following Leading Zeroes Leading Spaces or Trailing Spaces Click on Size and select from the available character sizes Click on down arrow to view list of sizes Under Color click on down arrow to view the color palette for Text Click on any color to select Click on the box in front of Blink if you want your text characters to blink Select color for Background and whether or not you want it to Blink Click on Total Digits under Digits The PowerPanel will display the minimum value and the maximum number i
43. Under Ethernet COM Port click on Configuration button The window shown to the left will appear Click on the down arrow under Ethernet COM Port to select the correct PC Port COM1 COM2 COMS or COM4 Group Number and Unit Number must match that of the panel you are trying to communicate with Ethernet COM Port com Group Number Help The Progress Bar indicates that the transfer is in process and then when the process is complete After the transfer is complete Panel Information gathered during transfer Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual communication is displayed It will tell you the Total Memory installed in your panel in bytes and the Free Memory available after the project upload The panel Firmware Revision internal software number is I displayed and whether or not a Panel to PLC Link is established D 3 Print O D Be sure to select screens Select Items for Printig 2 O click on them to select Fat fla Dashed 1 Numeric Entry Screen 2 screen2 here if you choose Selected Screens here Print Tag Databas C Sorby heateme Sort by heakddress I Print Message Database Print Screens AlliScreens G Gelected Screens With Object Deters Cancel Help Pe Printing from Panel Only Alarms and Me
44. Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 221 Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the clock to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty oe p Clock with Frame and Clock with Frame NO To choose how the Digital Clock will appear perform the following steps 1 Under Options choose to display just the Date just the Time or both Time and Date 2 Select whether or not you want the Time to be displayed in 24 Clock with Label NO Hour Mode and whether or not to Show Seconds 3 Choose the Date Format from the available choices and the Character Size 4 Under Color click on the down arrow next to Text and Background to view the color palette Click on a color swatch to select 5 Click on the box under Blink if you want the Background or Text to Blink gt a Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections e Click o
45. YES 6x8 144 NO 3195072 NO 1 This is message number 1 2 NO 6x8 49152 NO 15765504 NO 1 This is message number 2 3 NO 8x16 0 NO 12632256 NO 1 This is message number 3 4 NO 6x8 15728640 YES 12632304 YES 1 This is message number 4 Click on Comma delimited if you want to save the Message Database as a CSV file The following window will appear allowing you to name the file and navigate to the directory and folder where you want to save it Save Messages in CSY Format 21x Save in E Project z al ch S alarms 1 cs v File name messages lcs Save as type PowerPanel Message CS Files cs v x Cancel Z To Excel Click on the To Excel menu item to write the messages from your current open project to a Microsoft Excel file The PowerPanel Programming Software will open Microsoft Excel and write the messages to an Excel book as shown below Click on File gt Save As in the Excel program and enter a name for the file Click on the Save button to save the file under the name you have entered Close Excel to return to PowerPanel Programming Software oxi File Edit View Insert Format Tools Data Window Help x DSU SB SRY SBAS noA E wm Sh Zl B 10 n ara 10 B Z U 8 amp 8 Ene ee a a a J F _1 MESSAGE IPRINT CHAR SIZE TEXT COLOR BLINK BKG COLOR BLINK MAX LANGUAGES MESSAGE LANGUAGE 1 MESSAGE LANGUA ME NO 6x8 17 NO 3 NO Message Number 1 YES 8x16 0 YES 15 YES fi Message Number
46. features that you may program such as Position of Label Color of Text and Background and Language but for the purposes of this tutorial we will use the Defaults PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Click on Objects gt Numeric Entry The following screen will appear Numeric Entry i x General Scaling Notification amp Handshake Protection Visibilty Detail Label Text Language M Y Use single tag for both Entry and Display purpose Display Tag Character Size 6x8 Label Text Numeric Entry Position Color Top Tet B C Bottom Background Entry and NUMERIC ENTRY x Entry Tag z Display Vv Frame r Format Data Type Unsigned Decimal Justification Leading Spaces x Size 6 8 7 Color Digits Text M pink Background x Tl Blink Fractional Digits jo a tT RangeCheck Valid Range Minimum E Minimum 0 Maximum 55535 Maximum 65535 Total Digits 5 Use tag for decimal point Decimal point Tag Name v Cancel Heb Click on the box in front of Label Text to activate the object label In the field next to Label Text type in Numeric Entry as shown above The object defaults to Use single tag for both Entry and Display purpose check mark in box in front of phrase Leave this selected Click in the field next to Entry and Display Tag and type in the name NUMERIC ENTRY Press Enter The follo
47. gt Value fo m Write to Tag Tag x Cancel Help 1 Click on the Increment Decrement Value tab 2 Enter a Read from Tag or click on the down arrow and select the Tag Name that you want the button to correspond to 3 Ifthe Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will appear where you will map the tag The Tag Name will NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate field click on the right mouse for your type PLC Click on the OK button button The EDIT TAG DETAILS 4 Under Do click on the down arrow next to the Operation field screen will appear and select ADD or SUBTRACT Select ADD if you want to increment a register value or select SUBTRACT if you want to decrement a value 5 Select your Data Format type from the available choices Signed Decimal Unsigned Decimal Octal Hex BCD or Floating Point 6 Enter the Value This value will be either added to or subtracted from depending on which operation you have chosen the destination tag each time you press the INC DEC Value object button 7 Select or enter the Write to Tag The Write to Tag may be the same as the Read from Tag Protection See Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button
48. gt al c A status window will appear letting you know the progress of Filename RSS the Exporting Tags process Save as type PowerPanel Tag CS Files cs v x Cancel Z Exporting Tags to Excel File Loading Excel Whiting tags to excel 6 6 To Excel Click on the To Excel menu item to write the tags from your current open project to a Microsoft Excel file The PowerPanel Programming Software will open Microsoft Excel and write the tags to an Excel book as shown on the next page Click on File gt Save As in the Excel program and enter a name for the file Click on the Save button to save the file under the name you have entered Close Excel to return to PowerPanel Programming Software Sa MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net S cb h ea am PowerPanel Microsoft Excel opens with exported tags written to the book Click on File gt Save As navigate to folder where you want to save the Tag Database as an Excel file The first line is a header line PowerPanel directory Programming Software User Manual 4 Microsoft Excel Book1 7 S grey dit View Insert Format Tools Data Window Help DAPET EGE amp zr fe 4 Zt 43 100 7 G n Arial afio B I TAG NAME TAG DATATYPE ADDRESS EXP 0OF CHAINITIAL VALUIRETENTI PLC INT EXP_ DEST TAG RROR COD
49. on the screen that you want to simulate and then click on the arrows in the standard tool bar to simulate previous state or simulate next state You may have to drag the dialog box to see the object on the programming screen Click on the Simulate Press button to see how the button object will display on the screen when pressed or when it switches between states Protection Tab v Password Protect Object Allow access to following user groups IV Managers I Shift 1 Operators M Engineers J Shift 2 Operators J Supervisors J Shift 3 Operators I Maintenance I General Edit Passwords Simulate Press Cancel Help The Password Protect Object feature allows you to prevent unautho rized users from accessing certain objects and their functions With Protection enabled when the operator presses the object on the panel screen a keypad will appear prompting the operator to enter the password This feature is useful when several people will be using the PowerPanel to perform different tasks such as changing initial values or monitoring system status To enable password protection for the object click in the box in front of the groups you wish to allow access Edit Passwords There are eight groups that you may assign Names and Passwords to Passwords allow you to implement restrictions on who can use the password protected objects e g to make system or internal panel adjustments enter text or values or control a mach
50. program to the panel and save the program to FLASH using Panel gt Flash gt RAM to Flash To Upgrade Firmware 1 Back up the user program currently stored in the PowerPanel and save to disk or Flash option card Upgrade Firmware x Select firmware file The firmware upgrade file is usually named as PowerPanel lt d hex lt d being the firmware version ie 4 1 Please select PowerPaneb lt d hex for the file under which you have saved the firmware upgrade file FO Browse Firmware is generally stored under following directory c Program Files PowerPanel Firmwares CAUTION Ethernet COM Port Loading the firmware will replace the 3 current firmware in panel and the user Configuration program in panel will be lost when the firmware is updated Press OK to continue Cancel Help 2 Click on Upgrade Firmware the following window will appear 3 Click on Browse button and navigate to the new firmware file hex file Firmware is generally stored in the PowerPanel Program file in the Firmware folder Click on the hex file that you want to import and click on the Open button MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net me it Ue Programming Software User Manual Select firmware file to send to panel 2 x Look in a Firmware gt c EJ 8 a PowerPanel C5 hex ab i eb bj cb aa File name hex F
51. read Click in the box in front of Read 3 les Reference Data if you want the Reference 124 Data to be listed in the Excel file also 12 49472 MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net gt mit Ua Programming Software User Manual COM Configuration If you will be programming on line ensure that you have selected the COM Port Ethernet connection you are using Click on COM Configuration The following window will appear En NEA Mz Ethernet COM Port S Shs am Unit Number 1 4095 fi Cancel Select the appropriate Ethernet COM Port from the available choices COM1 through COM8 and Ethernet Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Setup Tag Database Tag Cross Reference Export Tags Import Tags Alarm Database Export Alarms Import Alarms Message Database Export Messages Import Messages Project Attributes Project Description Select PLC Upgrade Firmware Global Objects MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net Setup Menu Tag Database The Tag Database is where you define the Tags for your project A Tag can be a discrete single bit location or word location within the PowerPanel Tags may be either Internal no address External PLC
52. t u v w x y Z 0152 0153 0154 0155 0156 0157 0160 0161 0162 0163 0164 0165 0166 0167 0170 0171 0172 0173 0174 0175 0176 Hex Description Lowercase j Lowercase k Lowercase Lowercase m Lowercase n Lowercase o Lowercase p Lowercase q Lowercase r Lowercase s Lowercase t Lowercase u Lowercase v Lowercase w Lowercase x Lowercase y Lowercase z Left curly brace Vertical bar Right curly brace Tilde C PLC Communications Setup In this Appendix Allen Bradley PLC Communications Setup MicroLogix DF1 Full Duplex MicroLogix DF1 Half Duplex MicroLogix DH485 AIC SLC 5 03 5 04 and 5 05 DF1 Full Duplex SLC 5 03 5 04 and 5 05 DF1 Half Duplex SLC 500 5 01 5 02 and 5 03 D485 AIC PLC 5 DF1 Data Highway Plus Remote I O DeviceNet I O Generic Communications Setup DirectLogic PLC Communications Setup Ethernet IP Generic Communications Setup General Electric GE PLC Communications Setup GE 90 30 90 70 SNPX GE VERSAMAX Mitsubishi PLC Communications Setup Modicon PLC Communications Setup Omron PLC Communications Setup Profibus DP Generic Communications Setup Entivity s Think amp Do WinPLC Communications Setup KACU Programming Software User Manual IMPORTANT NOTE This section provides examples of the communications setup for several PLC types It is provided for your reference and is not intended to cover all PLCs and
53. tag database 191 tags internal tag database 191 Technical Support 4 test A 13 Test Flash 185 Test RAM 185 testing 183 Text 107 Text Entry 79 Text Entry Object Label 79 String Characteristics 80 String Tag Name 79 Text Object 72 Text Objects 39 text strings 73 theoretical perfect value 95 Think n Do Map File 32 Throw Switch 51 thumbnail view 125 Thumbwheel 65 Thumbwheel Object 65 Format 66 Label 65 Number of Wheels 66 Tag Name 65 Thumbwheel Switch 6 Neat UL Programming Software User Manual Tile 235 Time and Date 82 Time Based Event 228 event 233 Time Date 185 Title Bar 158 To Excel 198 204 210 Toggle 41 42 47 52 120 toggle between horizontal vertical lines 179 Toggle Switch 6 51 Tool Bars Objects 160 Toolbar 172 top slot A 6 Touch cells 178 183 touch objects 43 Touch PRLS Object 155 transfer 30 Transfer to Panel 169 transmission format C 19 transmission speed C 19 Transparent 120 transparent object 72 Tri State Switch 55 Tri State Switch Object 55 Label 55 Style 55 Tag Names 55 Text 56 Trigger Screen Saver 220 Trigger Tag 78 Triggered Text Object 73 Format 74 Label 73 Language 73 Tag Name 74 Text On and Off 73 Troubleshooting A 5 U unauthorized users 43 Under Range 140 Undo 6 171 Unsigned 38 Update PLC Driver 185 Upgrade Firmware 225 user groups 6 User Memory 184 User Memory Flash 184 User Program 184 user program backup 6 user defined 38 user defin
54. that you are connected to the correct COM port Click On COM Configuration from the Panel Menu The following window will appear Select COM Port Ethernet Ed Configuration Ethernet COM J Cancel Help You will be prompted to select the COM Port Ethernet connection you are using Click on the Configuration button The following window will appear Select the correct COM port from the available choices C Groe Number Mz m Ethernet COM Port Unit Number 1 4095 fi Cancel Phone 1 563 359 7501 Panel Menu Display Screen Display Screen Ea Number Title 2 alarm Screen Screen List 1111 Hew Screen fo Alarm Screen Pump Operation Screen Monitor Purp Screen Display Cancel Help This selection allows you to select a screen to display on the PowerPanel To display a screen enter the number or click on the name in the Screen List to highlight it and then click on the Display button Information Click for important information about the PowerPanel you are using and your PLC Information includes x m Revisions PLC Drivers Hardware B PLC 1 Boch surtisare Do PLC Manufacturer Allen Bradley PLC Model SLC 500 DF1 Full Duplex Bresette al PLC Driver Code Revision B PLC 2 PLC Manufacturer PLC Model Sen ies PLC Driver Code Revision A Exec Flash 524288 User Memory Flash 0 Panel Na
55. the Add New Tag Details dialog box appear will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC Click on the OK button Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Please Note This object can use a signed or unsigned Data Type Button 1 Bit 0 in assigned tag Button 8 Bit 7 in assigned tag Bit 9 to 15 not used Select Number of Buttons 1 Click on the UP or DOWN arrow to select the number of radio buttons You may choose from 2 to 8 buttons You may only have 6 buttons for 6 inch panels Enter On Off Text Text size and color are programmed under the General Tab These characteristics will be implemented for all of the inside button text 1 Select the Character Size for the On Text and the Off Text 2 Choose the Color of the Text by clicking on the arrow button to view the color palette Move the cursor over the color you want and click to select 3 Select whether or not the Text will Blink 4 Next select the Background Color of the button and whether or not it will Blink 5 Each Radio Button from 2 to 8 may contain different text and a different language Click on the Button 1 tab Click on the Button 1 Tab to edit Language and On Off Text areal Protection Viena atalef Button 1 Putton 2 Text Langua
56. the Station Number to address a specific PLC For example 2 V2002 would address the PLC Station Number 2 Momentary On will turn the tag on for as long as you touch the button Password Protection is disabled Momentary Off will turn the tag off for as long as you touch the button Password Protection is disabled e Set On will latch the tag ON e Set Off will latch the tag OFF a Toggle will change the state of the tag every time the button PLEASE NOTE If you select is pressed Momentary ON or Momentary OFF the PLC must set bit to Enter On Off Text proper state on powerup This Here you will enter the Text that will appear within the object and must be done when programming control how that text will appear PLC Logic 1 Select the Language number 1 9 for the On Off Text 2 Type in what you want to appear within the button for the On Text and for the Off Text i e you might want to place the words STOP and RUN inside the buttons instead of Off and On Select Character Size from the available choices Hola Select the Color of the Text and the Color of the Background Gi If you want the Text or the Background to Blink click on the Guten Tag box below Blink to place a check mark indicating that the option is enabled Hello meo For each object you may program the text to display in up to 9 Languages See Language section on page 221 OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK
57. www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual PowerPanel Programming Software New Office Document Open Office Document wy e ka Set Program 4ccess and Defaults bee Windows Update Winzip Launch RealOne Player Programs a Documents j Settings Search j HeD HOS T p D H Shut Down Z PowerPanels are configured with software running on an IBM or compatible personal computer This software is available through Uticor Technology L P part number MAN UTICW CD The panel can be configured on line or off line See page 3 for requirements Installing the Software Perform the following steps to install the PowerPanel Programming Software onto your PC e Place the CD into your CD ROM drive e The CD should automatically start the install program if it does not perform the following 2 steps 1 From Windows click on the Start Button and then click on Run from the menu The Run dialog box will pop up 2 At the prompt type D or your CD ROM drive setup exe or click on the Browse Button and find the Setup exe file for PowerPanel Programming Software e Click on the OK button to begin the installation The PowerPanel Programming Software Installation Screen will appear Follow the onscreen prompts to load the software Installation screens are shown next page 21 x Type the name of a program Folder document or
58. 26 editing 29 embed a data value 111 Report Object 134 Embedded Command 112 134 135 Report Object 134 embedded data Tag 112 135 Embedded Data Value 113 136 embedded printer command 112 137 Embedding Data Value 113 136 Enable Beeper 214 encoder 155 Enhanced Windows Metafile EMF 116 ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION 31 Entivity Think amp DO Modbus Rev B C 28 Entry Expresstion Tags 193 ERROR CODE VALUE A 7 A 10 A 13 Error Code Value 218 A 7 Error Codes A 17 Error Messages A 16 PowerPanel A 16 PowerPanel Programming Software A 17 Ethernet 183 189 EtherNet IP Communications Setup C 14 Event actuates an operation 227 Event Tag 228 Excel 198 204 210 212 Excel Database Fields 201 Excel file 198 199 204 205 210 211 Exec 225 Exec Flash 184 Exec Software 183 EXISTING PROGRAM 35 Exit 170 Explorer View 174 Export Alarms 204 Export Messages 210 Export Scale Factor 182 Export Tags 198 Expression Tags 193 Conditional Expressions 194 Destination Tag 195 Display and Entry Expression Tags 193 Entry Expresstion Tags 193 External 190 external tags 38 F F1 function key 4 Faceplate 95 FAQs A 2 features 6 Field expandable user RAM 6 FIFO 139 143 231 Clear 233 FIFO Input 142 FIFO input tag 232 FIFO Name 140 142 144 FIFO table 231 File Menu 166 KLUCI Programming Software User Manual File Revision 226 Firmware 183 225 226 Revision 30 31 35 upgrade 6 Flash 6 184 Flash Memory 184
59. 3 Select Character Size from the available choices MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net O MO UME Programming Software User Manual 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty FIFO 1 Enter or select the FIFO Name The FIFO name is the tag name where the global data is collected You must have already programmed the FIFO under Setup gt Global Objects gt Data Acquisition FIFO 2 Enter Table Number from 1 to 127 Statistic Select the Statistic from the Data Acquisition FIFO that you want to display on the Panel Remember you can only display one type of Statistic per object Choose from the following Mean Median Range Minimum Maximum Mode Please Note that the Sort FIFO option must be selected when defining the FIFO in order for the Statistic Object to function properly except for the MEAN statistic option Also the MEAN is always displayed in Floating Point Range Maximum Minimum Median and Mode default to the data type of the Input Tag defined in the FIFO If you select the MODE Statis
60. 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Thumbwheel Object The function of this object is similar to Numeric Entry Button The Thumbwheel object allows you to display a Thumbwheel keypad on the panel This button can be 1 to 5 digits Using the popup thumbwheel the operator can change each digit separately The operator presses the UP or DOWN arrow to increment or decrement the value of each digit Press the enter button to write that value to the defined tag This allows the operator to assign a value to a specific PLC register Thumbwheel x General Protection Visibility Details goeseesesecesesoesseseeseg Neenseenesseeeeesessnenees Language BE Character Size jes z Label Text THUMB W HEEL Position Color CT Gp Text ag Bottom Background zj Tag Name Number of wheels EE M Display Frame Character Size 6x8 ed Data Type Unsigned Decimal x Cancel Help To put a Label on the Thumbwheel object button perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 221 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6
61. 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the button to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty To Choose a Switch Style perform the following steps 1 Under Select Style click on the style you prefer for the switch object you are creating 2 Your choice will appear under Selected Style NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Enter a Tag Name Tag Name field click on the 1 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the right mouse button The EDIT Tag Name that you want the switch to correspond to TAG DETAILS screen will 2 Ifthe Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box appear will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC Click on the OK button MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net Ed MO UM Programming Software User Manual Select the Switch Background color by clicking on the DOWN arrow and selecting a color from the palette Select from the following Actuator Types PLEASE NOTE If you select Actuator Type determines how the tag will be contro
62. 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the image to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty NOT AVAILABLE if Label is selected O Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Enter a Tag Name 1 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag Name from the available choices 2 Ifthe Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC and select the Data Type from available choices Click on the OK button NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The EDIT TAG DETAILS screen will appear Choose how Images will be displayed and other Image options Images Display images based on Bits are represented in l Bit Number Image Number l Decimal System Octal System Mask Selecting Bit Number would display the images based on whichever bit is ON in Mask in Hex the specified PLC Address Non programmed bitmap action on panel Background Color v I Transparent Display an error message Display a blank bitmap
63. 8 x Label Text ALARM HISTORY D z 1 X T c cO 2 O E lt 3 p a Position Color Top Text J C Bottom Background 7 Display Screen Alarm History 5 Alarm Count C Text Char Size Color Blink 1 Language 15 e m Text og Text View Back Ground x Z 3 Type in View in the Text field Click on OK 4 Acrosshair cursor will appear on the programming screen Position the crosshair where you want the object to appear center at the bottom of the screen and click once 5 Grab the object by a handle and drag to resize it until the label displays in its entirety as shown below ALARM HISTORY 6 Click on File gt Save Project 7 Transfer the saved Project to the panel me Programming Software User Manual 8 To test the Alarms perform the following steps a Disconnect the PLC and then reconnect it as soon as you can after the first error message flashes on the panel screen While disconnected the PLC COMMUNICATION TIMEOUT error message will flash across the top of the PowerPanel Screen and the 01 02 ERROR CODE VALUE error message P A Hist lease Note Alarm History will flash across the bottom of the screen and Alarm Counts are retentive they are cleared from the Alarm History Count screen or from Project Attributes PLC to b Press the ALARM HISTORY buiton on the panel screen The Alarm History screen will appear It will look similar to the one show
64. Click on the down arrow to view the color palette Select the color for the background of the Bitmap Button 5 Select whether or not you want to Display Frame selected by default around the bitmap and whether or not you want the Background to be Transparent These options are not available if you have selected a Label for this object To create On Bitmap and Off Bitmap On Bitmap Alignment Allow Stretching Av Allow Stretching T Stretch to Fit T Stretch to Fit Size J Maintain Aspect Ratio Import Bitmap Symbol Factory Copy From ClipBoard I Maintain Aspect Ratio Justification Horizontal Vertical Left Top a A Right C Bottom Import Bitmap Symbol Factory Copy From ClipBoard Justification Horizontal Vertical Left Top Center Center Right C Bottom 1 Under On Bitmap or Off Bitmap the On Bitmap is the one that is triggered to display when the bit is ON the Off Bitmap is triggered to display when the bit is OFF 2 Select the Alignment parameters for the bitmap If you want the bitmap to stretch when the object is sized on the screen make sure that the box in front of Allow Stretching is checked and then select Stretch to Fit or Maintain Aspect Ratio Select the Justification for the bitmap within the object O Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0
65. DI NUMER Name INDICATOR LIGHT INDICATOR L INDICATI Address B3 1 0 Destination Tag Selected PLCs PLC 1 Allen Bradley SLC 500 DF1 Full Duplex Rev D PLC 2 Modicon Modbus RTU Rev F PLC1 Tag PLO2Tag Intemal Tag Expression Address je 40 Expected Attributes Data Type DISCRETE 140 Type Raw No of chars 0 Ok Cancel Help MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net me it Ua Programming Software User Manual Transfer to Panel Transfer to Panel allows you to transfer the current open project to the PowerPanel Click on Transfer to Panel and the following dialog box will open This dialog box provides information about the current project and the PowerPanel memory available Write Program To Panel x m Project Information S Shoes Gam am Project Title C Program Files PowerPanel Project Demo Project prp Panel Type 2 e Coone DON T LOSE AN EXIST ING PLC Type and iei E Dolan Rev PROGRAM When you write PLC 2 Type and the program to the panel it will cs write over any program already Panel Information Panel to PLC Link loaded into panel Save the TotalMemoy Bytes E existing program before you click FreeMemoy Byes fo I Pi connected on the Start button to transfer x Press START to write program to pan m Project Information your new program
66. Display Frame Transparent Background color for Bitmaps aa Off Bitmap Alignment Allow Stretching TV Allow Stretching i Stretch to Fit R Stretch to Fit Size Size 7 Maintain Aspect Ratio Maintain Aspect Ratio Justification Justification Import Bitmap One Vertical Import Bitmap Honsonia Vertical Left Top Left Top Symbol Factory Center f Center Symbol Factory Center Center Right Bottom Right Bottom Copy From ClipBoard Copy From ClipBoard Simulate Press Cancel Hep To put a Label on the Bitmap Button perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object See note to the left 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 221 Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette PLEASE NOTE If you select Label for this object the Display Frame and Transparent options will be disabled ee Enter a Tag Names NOTE To edit the Address 1 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the String with your cursor in
67. Entry object is pressed on the PowerPanel screen When you select a Tag Name you will be selecting the PLC location where you want the keypad accumulator data to go In other words the value the operator enters on the keypad will be written to the PLC location Numeric Entry x General Scaling Notification amp Handshake Protection Visibility Details Label Text Language i Character Size 6x8 F Label Text N UM ENTRY Position Color Top Text 7 Bottom Background 7j v Use single tag for both Entry and Display purpose Vv Display Entry and v Frame Display Tag Entry Tag X RangeCheck Minimum p Maximum e5535 Valid Range Minimum 0 Maximum 65535 Format Data Type Unsigned Decimal 7 Justification Leading Spaces Size 6x8 Color Digits Text B Blink Total Digits 5 Background T Blink Fractional Digits p Use tag for decimal point Decimal point Tag Name X Cancel Help To put a Label on the Numeric Entry object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 221 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Selec
68. Flash to RAM 184 Floating Point 38 94 Floating Point Tag 84 89 Fly Over HELP 4 Fractional Digits 59 70 85 90 frame 39 Free Memory 184 Frequency Chart 141 frequency of occurrence 141 Frequency Tag 142 Frequently Asked Questions A 2 frequently used controls 146 G G 2 10 Color 3 G 2 6 Color 3 G 2 6 Monochrome 3 G 2 8 Color 3 G Square Series PowerPanels 5 GE 90 30 90 70 SNPX C 12 C 13 GE Fanuc Software VersaPro configuration software C 13 GE VERSAMAX PLC Communications Setup C 13 General Electric GE PLC Communications Setup C 12 Generic EtherNet IP Communications Setup C 14 Global Object 139 Global Objects 227 Data Acquisition FIFO 231 Delete Objects 234 Edit Objects 233 Multi Function 227 Go To Screen 98 Good Communication Toggle 217 graphic file size 181 graphic files 116 graphical data 5 Graphical trending 34 Graphics Interchange Format GIF 116 Grid Size 176 GROUP 44 Group and Unit Number 110 H handle 42 43 Handshake Tag 61 Hardware 183 HELP 4 Help button 4 Menu 236 Topics 236 windows 4 Hexadecimal 112 135 Highlight Internal Tags Tag Database 191 horizontal axis X 93 Horizontal Center 171 Host Link unit C 19 I O modules 38 IBM 3 IBM or compatible PC 3 icon 10 Icons Basic Objects Tool Bar 39 Bitmap Objects 40 System Objects 40 Text Objects 40 Image database 124 Image Number 122 124 125 Images tab 122 124 Import Bitmap 117 121 Import bitmaps 6 Import Messages 21
69. Initializing message remains on screen unit has invalid RAM memory Action 1 Remove power While pressing extreme upper and lower left touch cells on the panel reapply power 2 You will now be in setup mode press exit to enter run mode Screen will be blank 3 Run PowerPanel Programming Software Select Panel gt Clear Memory from main menu bar or transfer a new user program to the panel Oa Programming Software User Manual gt Problem How do I log and display PLC Error Messages Action Following is a description of how to set up the panel to monitor communications between the PLC and panel This will allow the panel to detect a PLC error and log the PLC ERROR CODE VALUE in the Alarm Database Open your PowerPanel Project in the PowerPanel Programming Software For the purposes of this demo we are using Allen Bradley SLC 500 DF1 Full Duplex Protocol 1 From the Main Menu Bar click on Setup gt Project Attributes and then click on the Panel to PLC tab y xipueddy 2 Click inthe field next to Error Code Value word Type in ERROR CODE VALUE for the tag name as shown below e c z 1 V gt e e Ke Project Attributes x General Printer Passwords Clock Panel to PLC PLC to Panel Language Ports Alarm Protection ltem Tag Name Current Screen word o A Good Communication Toggle Discrete o A Low Battery Discrete oo Screen Buffer
70. Internal Tag Only Map To Internal Tag Only Do not assign PLC addresses or Other objects to these PLC 1 Error Code Value word we PLC Error Discrete x FUE Error Code Value word X PLC Error Discrete x Cancel Help Current Screen word Tag for the register that the panel writes to indicating the screen number that is currently displayed on the panel Good Communication Toggle Discrete Watchdog this bit is toggled every 5 seconds allowing the PLC to determine if the panel is communicating MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net 217 Reference PowerPanel f NOTE The steps necessary to program your PowerPanel to monitor the PLC for errors and trigger an alarm are provided in the Troubleshooting Appendix A see How do I Log and Display PLC Error Messages Programming Software User Manual Low Battery Discrete Indicates battery for system RAM needs to be replaced Cleared on power up set when low battery is detected Screen Buffer Overflow Discrete Indicates that the current screen and its objects and graphics contain more data than the screen buffer can hold Set cleared when switching screens Popup Keypad Discrete Indicates that the Popup Keypad is active on the panel screen Current Language Number word Shows the value 1 9 of the current language being used on the screen Switch to Screen Num
71. Menu Line The Line draw tools allows you to draw a line To draw a Line 1 Click on the Line icon rae on the tool bar or select Line from the Draw Menu 2 A dialog box will appear allowing you to select the color and type of line to draw General Draw Horizontal Vertical T Color l Line Type 3 Click on the box following Draw Horizontal Vertical to limit the line draw to horizontal and vertical lines All lines will automatically be drawn either up and down vertically or across the screen horizontally 4 Select a point on the screen with the pointer and click the left mouse button Move the mouse to draw the line When you ve completed the line click the button again to terminate the segment Rectangle This Draw tool allows you to draw a Rectangle To draw a Rectangle 1 Circle Click on the Rectangle icon L on the tool bar or select Rectangle from the Draw Menu A dialog box will appear allowing you to select the outline and the fill color Select a point on the screen with the pointer and click the left mouse button to locate the first corner of the rectangle Pull the box with the mouse to the size you want and release the mouse button to set the box size The Circle Draw tool allows you to draw a circle O Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual To draw a Circle 1 Click on the Circle ico
72. Message Delete Messagels Set as Dead Message attributes Henge attributes to Detault attributes Cancel Help 1 Click on the Messages Tab i gt Click onthe Add Edit M button If you have selected t ICK ON tne l essage Dutton ou Nave selected to Message Number DEFAULT g y Display Messages based on Bit Number under the General tab the dialog box shown to the left will appear See Background Color gt 7 Blink 7 Printthis Message Step 3 below if you are displaying a message based on n message number L S a S anole dle sbi a Select the Message Number that you want to display Limits Text Color H T Blink Char Size 6x8 x cette E a 2 Decimal DEFAULT or 0 15 for 16 Bit Address 0 31 for 32 iae a 1 Press F7 to embed a data variable Bit Address Octal DEFAULT or 0 1 7 for 16 Bit Addresses anouge i 2 Pui ie or 0 37 for 32 Bit Address A DEFAULT Message can be programmed that will display if NO bit is ON in the register address If you choose not to program a DEFAULT message an error message will display on the panel if NO bit is ON If e e you don t want error messages to display you must deselect the Display Error Message option under the General tab b Under Limits select the Text Color and the Background Color and whether or not they will Blink c Select the Character Size from the available choices d Click on the box in front of Print this Message if you want
73. Minimum Range Maximum Range 1 Choose the Minimum and Maximum Ranges for the bar graph display to be controlled by a tag or a value Ranges must be entered in decimal Select or enter a new tag or enter the value s Choose how the TPRLS bar graph will display 1 Click on the style that you want to display under Select Style It will appear under Selected Style 2 Under Color click on the down arrows next to Background Bar Foreground fill and Bar Background to view the color palettes and make your selections Click on the box below Blink to enable that feature 3 Ifyou want to show tick marks on your bar graph click on box in front of Show Ticks to enable 4 Select where you want the tick marks to be on the graph Left Top or Right Bottom 5 Select the Number of Major Divisions and the Number of Minor Sub Divisions to display The maximum ticks allowed for Major or Minor Divisions is 20 6 Click on the down arrow next to Tick Color to view the color palette for the tick marks Place the cursor over a color and click to select Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections e Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Touch PRLS object on the screen and size it To size the object select it grab a handle
74. Monitor Tags Read Linegraph from Panel features added to Panel Menu 15 inch G Square Panel selection added 8 and 10 inch Q2Panel selection added Software Release 2 5 added support for Uni Telway Driver CTC 2600 2700 Binary driver generic DeviceNet driver Add Edit Alarm changed to allow Alarm State selections of In Range Equal Not Equal Greater Than and Less Than Line Graph object allows you to plot points from right to left Multi state Bitmap Object allows you to mask number based bitmap message Change Screen object now allows you to enter a 0 to change to previoulsy viewed screen PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Manual Revisions continued Revision Dae Effective Pages Description of Changes Version 3 0 12 2002 Cover Software Release 3 0 Data Acquisiton Warning Copyright Objects added Global Objects added i vi Import Messages option added Initial 1 220 Tag Value and Retentive Initial Tag Value Index option added Copy Screens option now allows copying tags Port assignment tab added to Project Attributes Allow Stretching Maintain Aspect Ratio option available for all bitmap objects Bitmaps larger than 64K or 640 x 480 can now be imported Decimal Point control by a tag is now an option for the Numeric Entry and Numeric Display objects Version 4 0 05 2003 All Software Release 4 0 Some of the major additions to this exttensive software revision are Dual PLC Driver Support
75. Port Pressing Start will OVERWRITE program already in the panel If you do not want Confiqurati to lose program in the panel press Configuration Cancel and first Read program from Panel and save it on your PC Help To test the link press the Numeric Entry button on your PowerPanel panel screen A popup keypad similar to the one shown to the left should display Enter the Password 1234 on the keypad Press Enter Another keypad similar to the one shown below will display O Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual 8 Enter a number on the keypad by pressing the number keys Press Enter The keypad will disappear and the number you entered should appear on the Numeric Display on your panel screen 9 Press the Button on your panel screen It will change from Off to On The Indicator Light should change from Off to On also You ve just completed Step 3 Write Your Program to Panel You have now successfully configured a PLC created a user program transferred it to the PowerPanel and established communication between the PLC and panel This simple tutorial has taken you through the major steps to creating a working link between your application and a PowerPanel Of course there are almost unlimited capabilities for creating a program unique to your application a O Z Changes are easy too Cr
76. Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty Enter a Tag Name LEASE NOTE 1 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the ONLY TWO TAG TYPES are Tag Name that you want the object to correspond to available for the Thumbwheel 2 If the Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box object UNSIGNED_INT_16 will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will can be UNSIGNED Decimal appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate or HEX Data type and for your type PLC and select the Data Type from available BCD_INT_1O choices Click on the OK button MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net ED me it Ue Programming Software User Manual Select Thumbwheel Format Number of wheels EE Character Size je Data Type Unsigned Decimal x 1 Select the Number of Wheels from 1 to 5 for the object You will only be able to use 4 digits wheels when using BCD or Hex data formats 2 Choose the size of the numbers Character Size that will appear within the thumbwheels 3 Select the Data Type of the numbers from the available selections Protection see Button Object Visibility Details see Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on
77. Shoes Gam o me it Ue Programming Software User Manual 7 Click in the box in front of Use Reference if you want the object to read a reference value at the same time it reads the input tag value The reference value will be stored in the FIFO along with the input tag value so that they can be displayed together if needed See Data Acquisition Objects gt Table View for information about displaying FIFO data on the panel screen 8 Next you will select the Event that will actuate the data collection Events that you may choose from are when the source operands change takes a reading only when the FIFO input tag changes when a discrete tag turns on edge sensitive reads FIFO input tag when the Event Tag is turned ON takes another reading from FIFO input tag only when event tag is turned ON again Positive ON Edge Sensitive Actuator FIFO Reads Input Tag Reads Input Tag Reads Input Tag Event Tag when a discrete tag turns off edge sensitive reads the FIFO input tag when the Event Tag is turned OFF takes another reading from FIFO input tag only when the event tag is turned OFF again when a discrete tag is on level sensitive reads FIFO input tag when the Event Tag turns ON and continues to read the FIFO input tag changes while the Event Tag remains ON Positive ON Level Sensitive Actuator FIFO Reads Input Tag Changes FIFO Input Tag Event Tag when a discre
78. Sia d Select Display Format from the available choices Message Test e Select Justification from Leading Zeroes Leading Language f Press F7 to embed a data variable aia Spaces or Trailing Spaces fen Edit Message Details f Under Digits click on the box in front of Auto Size if you want to have the panel automatically determine the number of digits to be placed for the embedded value Total Digits and Fractional Digits will be disabled if you choose Auto Size m Message Text Language fi H Press F7 to embed a data variable e Help Apply Changes Close g Also under Digits you may enter the Total Digits Embedded Data values are represented as that you want to display and enter the Fractional shown above in the message where they are Digits you want to display leave at default 0 if you do programmed They will be replaced with the not want fractional digits actual values if applicable when displayed in the message report on the panel Up to 4 h If you have selected Discrete the fields under embedded data values may be programmed Selected tag is a discrete tag will be available Enter in each message the text that you want to appear within the message when the Discrete register in ON and when the Discrete register is OFF i If you have selected Printer or Slave under Embedded Command the field Specify string for sending to printer slave will be available LEASE NOTE
79. Tag Database 196 Sort by Data Type Tag Database 197 Sort by Tag Name Tag Database 196 Sort FIFO option 144 sort the Tag Database 196 source operands 232 Special characters 111 134 Special Symbols 194 Start Editing Screen 27 30 state 38 Static Bitmap 180 182 Static Text Object 72 General tab 72 Language 72 Station Number 42 Statistical characteristics 143 Statistics 143 Status Bar 163 Step 1 Project Information 27 Step 2 Design Your Screens 33 Step 3 Write Your Program to Panel 35 Step Switch 53 Step Switch Object 53 Label 53 Number of Steps 53 Simulate Press 54 Step 1 Tab 54 Style 53 Stretch to Fit 120 124 string for sending to printer 112 String Tag 78 Sub Divisions 84 89 156 Subtract 127 switch between screens 174 Switch Object 51 Actuator Types 52 Background Color 52 Label 51 On Off Text 52 Style 51 Tag Name 51 Switch Screens from a PLC 219 Switch to Screen Number 218 219 220 switches C 19 Symbol 194 Symbol Factory 116 117 121 125 182 238 Symbol Factory 125 Symbol Factory 181 238 Symbol Options 182 system clock 220 System Memory 184 System Objects 39 102 Table Number 140 Table View 139 Tag 6 38 44 Duplicate 197 Tag 191 Tag Cross Reference 197 Tag Data Type set default 172 Tag Database 42 190 197 Data Type 191 Number of Characters 191 PLC Address 191 Sort list 196 Tag Name 191 Tag Name 6 42 128 Search and Replace 190 Tag Related Errors Txx_x A 18 Tags Internal
80. The transfer function allows you to select a project to be transferred to the Panel Working on line is unique to PowerPanels Working in this mode allows you to make quick fixes or design changes to an installed PowerPanel and its existing program You can eliminate a step or two and save time by transferring these changes directly to the current opened screen Now you can see the effect of the screen design changes you have made immediately eliminating the traditional edit compile download cycle Simply click on Save Screen or Save Project and all changes on the current opened screen will immediately be saved in the PowerPanel Most users will employ both methods at one time or another but whether working off line or on line you will certainly appreciate the versatility and accessibility provided by the PowerPanel and its easy to use programming software The next section takes you through the steps necessary to create a project and transfer it to the PowerPanel PowerPanel Programming Software simplifies this process by using Windows based architecture and lots of popup and pulldown selections that guide you through the process to quickly build your screens and get you up and running in no time at all We recommend you go through the tutorial beginning on page 11 of this manual You ll see how easy it is to get up and running Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPan
81. Trailing Spaces 3 Click on Total under Digits Here you will select how many digits from 1 to 10 depending on the Data Type of the Tag that you want to display 4 lf you want Fractional Digits enter 1 through 10 here select 0 for none For example if your maximum value is 999 you would enter 3 under total digits If your maximum value is 99 9 enter 3 under Total Digits and 1 under Fractional Digits MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net E gt MOU Programming Software User Manual Scaling Tab Click on the Scaling tab if Semerak eiiemme eisie Scaling Visibility Detais you want the Meter s Display Value to be PLC Value Display Value different than the PLC Point 1 fp fp Value one Point 2 e5535 e5535 Example Scaling is only for display purpose on this object The value you enter would be interpolated using these two points for display Example Point 1 PLC Value 1 Display Value 10 Point 2 PLC Value 5 Display Value 50 Your value will be scaled by a factor of 10 for display on this object IF PLC value is 23 it will be displayed as 230 Cancel Help Under the Meter object Scaling tab you can scale the value in the PLC to another value on the Meter Enter Point 1 and Point 2 PLC Values and Point 1 and Point 2 Display Values An example of SCALING is provided on the dialog box above Visibility Details See Button Object
82. Under Y Axis make the following selections 1 Choose whether or not to Show Ticks for the Y Axis Value Click on the box in front of Show Ticks if you want them to display on the object 2 Enter the number of Major Divisions and the number of Minor Divisions you want to display on the graph 20 tick marks are the maximum allowable for major and minor divisions 3 Choose whether or not to Show Vertical Grid and Show Tick Numbers 4 Click in the box in front of Label if you want a label for the X Axis Here you will enter the label Text and make selections for the text Language number and Color 5 Under Range click on Signed or Unsigned they must match Pen tag type signed or unsigned Valid Ranges will display for your selection MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net E gt me it Ue Programming Software User Manual Range Note Select the sign type signed or unsigned that matches the sign of pen tag data types Valid Ranges z Signed Minimum ojo Unsigned F Floating Point Maximum 4294967295 4294967295 Precision for Floating z Not all of the line graph may be shown on the Enter a Minimum and Maximum Range within the Valid Range displayed If you have selected Floating Point you may choose 0 to 5 decimal points to display on the Y Axis Major Divisions for precise graph readings Select 0 1 2 3 4 or 5 decimal point display next to Precision
83. V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Time Tags Hour word Tag for internal location that the panel sets with the hour 1 12 Minute word Tag for internal location that the panel sets with the minute 00 59 Second word Tag for internal location that the panel sets with the second 00 59 JJ D i a p Clock Source If you select Internal the panel maintains the clock using the onboard Real Time Clock chip The panel will write data and time values to the PLC if the tags are mapped to the PLC SEE NOTE TO THE LEFT If you select External the panel uses values from the tags in place of NOTES E eee internal Real Time Clock The panel will read these values from the PLC address string must use aREAD _ WRITE register in the PLC The if the tags are mapped to the PLC SEE NOTE TO THE LEFT PLCs use READ ONLY registers l l for their internal clock calendars Under the Panel to PLC tab you will enter the following and cannot be written to Ifusing attributes External be sure to use the correct PLC addresses x General Printer Passwords Clock Panel to PLC PLC to Panel Language Ports Alarm Protection ltem Tag Name Current Screen word PoOoOooooooo Good Communication Toggle Discrete o Low Battery Discrete P Screen Buffer Overflow Discrete o Popup Keypad Discrete o Current Language Number word P Switch to Screen Number o Map To
84. Value 1 Display Value 10 Point 2 PLC Value 5 Display Value 50 Your value will be scaled by a factor of 10 for display on this object IF PLC value is 23 it will be displayed as 230 Under the Meter object Scaling tab you can scale the value in the PLC to another value on the Meter Enter Point 1 and Point 2 PLC Values and Point 1 and Point 2 Display Values An example of SCALING is provided on the dialog box Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Bar Graph on the screen and size it To size the Bar Graph grab a handle and drag to size you want To move the Bar Graph select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen ED Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Line Graph Object Pressure High Pressure Normal Pressure Low Temperature The Line Graph object will continuously monitor specific Tags in the PowerPanel Panel and display the value of these data tags as they change over time This allows the panel to display the graph as soon as the screen containing the graph is selected Up to 6 tags can be m
85. XOR ag o need to create a x new tag The Add m Select Tag Type bie P male New Tag di alog will PLC1 Allen Bradley SLC 500 DF1 Full Duplex Rev D NUMERIC DISPLAY b Tag appear After you z ee a aor rae Cancel Help have created the Tag Name Poo tag it will appear iN teDaswe finseneo e z the first column tag Ptcddess list Please be of Characters f aware t h at y ou T Initial Value Retentive Flag hitial Value cannot create Retentive a Expression tags or modify existing tags Cancel Hel with this button Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual 3 After you have selected the type of tag click in the field next to Tag Name and enter a name for the tag J TagName o 4 Click on the DOWN arrow next to the Tag Data Type field and D TagDataype UNSIGNED_INT 16 7 select the data type from the list D Address String o of Characters J 5 If you have selected Internal Tag the Address String field Q will not be available If you have selected Expression the Address String Field will contain the expression If you have selecte PLC 1 or PLC 2 enter a PLC Address String 6 Ifyou have selected ASCII String as your Data Type the of Characters field will become available Enter or select the number of characters up to 40 for the ASCII String
86. a O Z O E Enter Screen Number Type in Numeric Entry Screen here Click on DOWN arrow to view Panel Types and select the Part Number Model Type you are using Click on DOWN arrow to view PLC Type and Protocol and select the type you are using To set PLC Attributes click on this button A dialog box particular to the type PLC and Protocol you have selected will appear PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Start Editing Screen Firmware Revision a View Edit PLC Com Setup Browse Panel Type Q 2 8 Color 640x480 G 2 6 Mono 320s240 PLE Type G 2 6 Color 3204240 and Protocol Pepea ite fn aster Fara Tee T G 2 10 Color 640480 lan jie G 2 15 Color 640480 J P Q 2 6 Mono 3204240 4 Click on the DOWN arrow to the right of the Panel Type field to view choices Select the Panel Type you are using In this Demo Program we are using the G 2 8 Color 640x480 Panel Type 0 2 8 Color 640x480 nd eee Poe Tepe o AlenBradiey SLC 500 DF1 Full Duplex Rev C Ji view Edit PLC Com Setup Allen Bradley PLC 5 DF1 Rev c Allen Bradley SLC 500 DF1 Full Duplex Rey C Allen Bradley SLC 500 DF1 Full Duplex Rev c Allen Bradley SLC 500 MicroLogix DF 1 Half Duplex Rey C Allen Bradley SLC 500 MicroLog DF 1 Half Duplex Rey c Allen Bradley SLC 500 MicroLogix DH 465440 Rew c Think n Lo Map file mt 5 Under First PLC click
87. a shortcut to the predefined programming objects These object shortcut icons are grouped into four tool bars Basic Objects Tool Bar Text Objects Tool Bar System Objects Tool Bar Bitmap Objects Tool Bar and Data Acquisition Objects Tool Bar The objects provide generic panel replacement functions Click on the icon to place the object on the screen and set the object parameters These objects are also found in and accessible from the Main Menu Bar gt Objects From left to right as placed on the tool bar the icons and the object they represent are shown below Basic Objects Tool Bar Push Button Indicator Button Radio Button aeoo je z Switches Ec 29 me Step Switch T A e TRI Tri State Switch j Numeric Entry f Recipe Thumbwheel e 22 Indicator Light lt gt Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V3 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual MAN UTICW M V3 0 Phone Numeric Display Analog Clock Digital Clock Meter Bar Graph Line Graph PID Face Plate Change Screen Alarm History EAE EEE Multi state Indicator e t Math Logic e Report e 3 Increment Decrement Value e BE Control List Selector e 25 Screen List Selector e Alarm List e amp Touch PRLS Text Objects Tool Bar j fa Static Text e Triggered Text e Lookup Text F n Dynamic Text Le Text Entry System Objects Tool Bar
88. applications New PLC drivers will be added to the Power Panel Programming Software based on customer feedback If your PLC driver is not shown here please check our website for the latest version of Power Panel Software and check the Help Fileto see if your PLC has been added Og r d p 2O O l qa PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Allen Bradley PLC Communications Setu pme MicroLogix DF1 Full Duplex The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a MicroLogix PLC with DF1 Full Duplex Protocol Channel Configuration x General Chan 0 System Driver DF1 Full Duplex 7 m kia To set up the MicroLogix PLC DF1 Full y 19200 Duplex using RSLogix configuration iji software program the Channel Configuration screen as shown to the right Protocol Control Open PowerPanel Programming Software Control Line No Handshaking 7 ACK Timeout x20 ms 50 and configure Project Information as shown Error Detection CRC 7 NAK Retries 3 in the figure below Embedded Responses Auto Detect 7 ENG Retries 3 M Duplicate Packet Detect After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear ee Been eee ee Enter the parameters shown Click on the OK button to save your selections You will return to the Project Information screen Click on the OK button to beg n creati ng PowerPanel Programming Software Version 2 1
89. appropriate for your type PLC Click on the OK button 2 Choose to Activate when ON or Activate when OFF If you choose ON the Text will display when the bit is ON When the bit is OFF the Text will disappear Choose the String Tag Name The String Tag is the PLC register location where the values are read and displayed in a character string The string may be up to 40 characters long The Address String is the beginning register for the text Please Note For alist of ASCII Characters that the PowerPanel Supports see Appendix B Choose the Tag Name by clicking on the down arrow to display the list of Tags or type in the Tag Name in the entry field If the Tag Name is new the ADD NEW TAG DETAILS dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your tyoe PLC ASCII STRING is the only choice Click on the OK button Select the Dynamic Text Characteristics 1 Select the Character Size from the available choices 2 Select the Color of the Text and Background and whether or not they will Blink 3 Choose the Justification of the Text that is displayed within the frame Choose both Horizontal Left Center or Right and Vertical Top Center or Bottom justification for the Text within the frame Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box
90. button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections e Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Button on the screen and size it To size the button grab a handle and drag it to the size you want O Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Grab a handle with your mouse Demo Button Click on the Protection Tab The following touch objects umtow yon to enable protection and assign passwords to allow a group or individual user defined to have access to that object Buttons Indicator Buttons Switches Step Switches Tri State Switches Numeric Entry Recipe Thumbwheel Text Entry Change Screen Alarm History Increment Decrement Hour Activate Screen Saver Adjust Contrast Select Language Bitmap Button Increment Decrement Value Multi function Report Screen List Selector Control List Selector Alarm List MPORTANT Password Protection is not intended to work with objects when the actuator type selected is Momentary On and Momentary Off e To move the button select it click and hold left mouse button and drag it to the area of the screen where you want it to appear Simulate Press To Simulate Press double click the object to bring up the object dialog box You may also click on the object s
91. by entering project information 1 From the Project Information screen click on the Edit Program OFF LINE Write to Panel Later button 2 Under Project Name type in Demo Project 1 Press Enter The primary PowerPanel Program file has a prp suffix 3 Under Start Editing Screen leave the screen number as 1 Click in the field next to Name Replace Scr1 by typing in Numeric Entry Screen Step 1 Project Information x PowerPanel F s as easy as l 2 3 PowerPanel Programming Software Version 4 0 Click here to begin SELECT ACTION Edit Program OFF LINE fwrite to Panel Later Enter project name here Read Program from Panel and Edit OFF LINE Edit Program ON LINE Ethernet COM Port Configuration MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net ED UTICOR Technology L P Phone 1 563 359 7501 waw uticor net Selected Action Edit OFF LINE Write Later ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION Project Location C Program Files PowerPanel Projects Browse Project Nam Start Editing Screen Number fi Name Numeric Entry Screen x Firmware Panel Type G 2 8 Color 640x480 nd Revision ple erie Allen Bradley SLC 500 DF1 Full Duplex Rev D View Edit PLC Com Setup PLC Com Setup Think n Do Map file qd PLC2 PLE Type and Erotocol Think nDo Map file
92. dialog box Place Screen Saver object on the screen and size it To size the object select it grab a handle and drag to the size you want To move the object select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen lt gt Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual iy Adjust Contrast lt i Use the Adjust Contrast object to place a button on the PowerPanel screen that gives you access to the panel s adjust contrast feature Use the UP and DOWN arrows that appear on the button to adjust the screen contrast The current setting will appear on the button above the arrows and will change as you press the arrow keys Adjust Contrast Adjust Contrast Ed General Protection Visibility Details Nesssesscssessessesceseess Label Text n Note Language EE Character Size 6x8 K On 10 panel contrast cannot be adjusted Label Text aDJ UST CONTRAST Position Color jiop Botton Text E IV Display Frame Background zj Char Size Color a Text T M Blink Back Ground z I Blink Cancel Help NOTE Contrast cannot be adjusted on 10 inch PowerPanels To put a Label on the Adjust Contrast object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your obje
93. does not light means NO POWER to unit or power supply failed Check power supply or replace b LED turns RED and stays RED means Unit failure return for service c LED flashes RED and turns GREEN means normal operation 1 the display does not light after 10 seconds see Display Blank below 2 the display lights normal operation y xipueddy O 2 g gt oO O m Q Refer to the PowerPanel Programming Software Help topic or the PowerPanel Hardware Manual chapter on Connections and Wiring for more information Problem Cannot communicate with PowerPanel from Programming Computer Action 1 Check cable ensure that it is the correct cable and that it is properly connected at both ends 2 Check panel for power 3 Check to ensure the correct PC COM port is selected in the PowerPanel Programming Software and that it is available in the PC 4 Check the COM1 setting in Setup Mode on the panel Refer to the PowerPanel Programming Software Help topic or the PowerPanel Hardware Manual chapter on Connections and Wiring for more information gt gt Problem Panel does not communicate with PLC Action 1 Check communications cable a Is it the right cable b Is it connected c Is the cable terminated properly 2 Check PLC settings a Is PLC system powered b Is PLC COM Port properly configured c If there is a RUN switch on PLC is it in the term remote mode
94. drag e To move the button select it click and hold left mouse button and drag it to where you want it to appear on the screen Simulate Press To Simulate Press double click the object to bring up the object dialog box You may also click on the object s on the screen that you want to simulate and then click on the arrows in the standard tool bar to simulate previous state or simulate next state You may have to drag the dialog box to see the object on the programming screen Click on the Simulate Press button to see how the button object will display on the screen when pressed or when it switches between states MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net QO MO UES Programming Software User Manual Radio Buttons The Radio Button object has a maximum of 8 buttons however only a one can be ON at any given time When a button is pressed it releases K any button that may be ON and becomes the active button Each button controls a bit and is assigned an area of the touchscreen Radio buttons can have from 2 to 8 buttons Please note that no more that 6 ale atita alien vertical buttons can be used for 6 inch panels Radio Buttons Ed General Protection Visibilty Details Button 1 Button 2 gesesosesssesessossssssseg Language fi Character Size 6x8 Z Label Text RADIO Selected Position Color sue Cc jig Text 7j Botton Background z z
95. econ nena EE E E E ties 206 El alee EDS ieee cae asec tata cas fete nna Mees A E ce E EAA I A AE E E 208 KAN FO O r EE E ey eee 208 Dala Tero 8 c11 1 01 a FFO eee aE eee aeeners a eer ese ee 212 ES cee eee a tae a ane ane E saath ennai ARR E E 214 0S eta ce eer a E E aa ewan the ea eset ne aes 215 CA s oi 2 a 0 earn eee tee eee teeere meee ene ee en rere rec enone Renee amen ae er ere eee eee eee eee 216 ae NE q t e reer ree err rae meine nen ee ener er eee ee eee ee eee ee eee eee 217 POREC KOK IIC aaa A EE E E E 218 OOF a a E A A E E E E E etre er ae 219 Appendix A Troubleshooting Frequently Asked Questions FAQS ccsssccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeseeseeeseccecenaneaeeseeeeeeeeeeeeesesseeseeeesseeenes A 2 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual ALOUD SOO GING sorier EE A Ea EEEE AEA EREA A 5 PowerPanel Error Messages vsciicnsacannicsecmmpnnsiecnasasinurnsnesanesannanarsoneinncnndaulndiieniadiontadennethscdnaaneeestinnesGuaasanies A 15 PowerPanel Programming Software Error Messages eeee eee eee eeeeteenee eee eee eee eee eee e ee tteteeeeeenaaaes A 16 Appendix B ASCII Characters PowerPanel ASCII Characters ccccccccccsssscccccceseesseeeseeecceeeeeeeseaeeeeeceeeeesesseaeaeseeceeeeeeessuauageseeesees B 2 Appendix C PEC Communicalons SEUD crasg ia a E EEA ES C 2 Appendix D Assigned Ports in Panel Setup MOUS ccesecscntecessctesnicasserndierevedssaduaupniecanbaiesaniatarsacastraderenadasecaiania
96. event tag remains OFF and when the source operand changes Type Tag eee e Time Based performs the operation at set times If you Time fo How Minute select Time Based the Event Tag will be grayed out and the C Second 1 10 second time setting parameters will become available as shown to the left Select the time by Hour Minute Second or 1 10 Second and then enter the time interval in the field provided Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Enter the Multi Function Global Operation 1 Click on the Operations tab the following dialog will appear Multi Function x General Page Operations JJ D i a p Maximum number of operations 20 Number of operations in this multi function object 0 Opr t Destination Soucet Operation Source2 Moyellp MoyeDown Add Edit Operation Delete Uperation s Cancel Help When programmed the operations are listed here in this window Click on the on the Add Edit Operation button The following dialog box will appear Add Operation Details xj Sourcel Tag Constant Previous Operation Tag oO Data Format Value fa Operation Operation ADD x Constant Previous Operation Data Forrat Unsigned Decimal 7 Value fo Operation z MV Store To Tag Destination Tag ba Help
97. exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Data Acquisition Frequency Chart object on the screen and size it To size the object select it grab a handle and drag to the size you want To move the object select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen Statistics This Data Acquisition Object will allow you to display various Statistical characteristics of data collected by a Global Object Data Acquisition FIFO Only one statistic can be displayed per object You must program a separate object for each statistic you want displayed Data Acquisition Statistics x General Visibilty Details Label Text Language fi Character Size ex zj Label Text STATISTICS Position Color Top Text z Bottom Background z FIFO Name Table Number f Statistics Mean pa MV Display Frame r Format Data Type Floating Point Justification Leading Spaces Size 6x8 Color Digits Text B 0 Blink Total Digits 7 4 Background z T Blink Fractional Digits fo Cancel Help To put a Label on the Data Acquisition Statistics object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 221
98. for Floating Visibility Details See Button Object OK Canc el Help Buttons Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Line Graph on the screen and size it To size the Line Graph select it grab a handle and drag to the size you want To move the Line Graph select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen Scroll Keys Clear and Stop Keys panel Use the ARROW keys to scroll forwards gt addy db xx sro and backwards along the graph Press the CLR button to clear the readings displayed on the line graph Press the STOP button to stop the line graph from displaying the current readings Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual PID Faceplate Object I PID FACEPLATE In addition to a ladder logic program some PLCs have process control loop capability These PLCs use a Proportional Integral Derivative PID algorithm to generate the control output value The PID Faceplate below is an object that reads three controlled values of the PID loop and displays them in the form of a bar graph This graph provides valuable and timely process information that allows the operator to ta
99. h q 7 amp i Step I N j f lt f f ia al it s as easy as 1 2 3 SELECT ACTION PowerPanel Programming Software Version 2 1 UTICOR Technology L P Phone 1 563 359 7501 Edit Program Selected Action Edit Offline Write Later www uticor net i Puede ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION Project Location C Program Files Power Panel Projects Browse Daa Project Name New Project prp Program anel and Allen Bradley SLC 500 Full Duplex x PLC Editor Revision B Start Editing Screen Number fi x Name New Screen Baud Rate 19200 x ee Panel Type G 2 8 Color 640x480 Puiu Stop bits One COM Port PLC Type and Protocol Allen Bradley SLC 500 DF1 Full Duplex Rev B x View Edit PLC Com Setup Transmit RS 232 TAMEN DG Hap file gj Ok Help Clear Exit Checksum Type X Timeout Time 1 255 tenths of a second i Poll time 0 255 fo tenths of a second Cancel Help o x pu ddy D wo D xe PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual SLC 500 5 01 5 02 and 5 03 DH485 AIC The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a SLC500 Series General Chan 1 System Chan 0 System Chan 0 User PLC with DH485 Protocol a pms z Node Address O E i decimal To set up the SLC500 PLC DH485 using RSLogix configuration softw
100. in the panel press ancel and first Read program from Panel and save it on your PC Click on Start button to write the program to the PowerPanel Cancel Hep MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net ED O E PowerPanel The Panel to PLC Link will display a green dot next to the Connected message to indicate that a link between the panel and PLC is established Panel Information will display the Total and Free Memory in Bytes It will also display the Firmware Revision number the revision of the PowerPanel internal software Enter password on this keypad ENTER SECURITY CODE Programming Software User Manual Your user program Demo Project 1 should now be written to the PowerPanel and the screen you have created should be displayed on the panel Panel Information will be updated with information it receives from establishing a link with the panel and the PLC Write Program To Panel x r Project Information Project Title C Program Files PowerPanel 3 1 2 Project Demo Project Panel Type E 2 8 Color 640x480 ee nd len Bradley SLC 500 DF T Full Duplex Rev D PLC 2 Type and Protocol Panel Information Panel to PLC Link Firmware Total Memory 524288 Bytes Revision Free Memory faseso2 Bytes po Connected Operation Complete Project Written to the Panell a ky e _ Ethernet COM
101. it is a new project the screen will default to screen 1 with New Screen in the Name field Replace Click on Exit to quit with this with whatever name you wish or wait until later and rename out saving your selections or click on OK to save and 4 The next field Panel Type allows you to select or change your PowerPanel type Choose from the following available begin editing types G 2 6 Mono 320 x 240 G 2 6 Color 320 x 240 G 2 8 Color 640 x 480 G 2 10 Color 640 x 480 G 2 15 Color 640 x 480 Q 2 6 Mono 320 x 240 Q 2 6 Color 320 x 240 Q 2 8 Color 640 x 480 Q 2 8 Color TFT 640 x 480 Q 2 10 Color 640 x 480 If you are connected to the panel editing project on line the Firmware Revision of the PowerPanel s internal software will be displayed 5 Enter information for PLC1 If using a second type PLC click in the box in front of PLC2 and then select type for both MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net EP me it Ue Programming Software User Manual 6 PLC Type and Protocol allows you to further define your project E by selecting the PLC s used in your application and the protocol 4 Please NOTE it uses Click on the down arrow for a list of the available PLC PLC compatibility is always being types updated If you don t see your type PLC and protocol visit our 7 Click on the View Edit PLC COM Setup button to display the website www UTICOR net to PLC At
102. j Ea Adjust Contrast e i Increment Decrement Hour a o Ej Activate Screen Saver H Select Language 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net U9919S U T Oo Q o 3 3 Main Programming Screen MACL U2 Programming Software User Manual r zoon E e E g e gt i Eb Bitmap Objects Tool Bar Dynamic Bitmap E Bitmap Button iz Multi state Bitmap Data Acquisition Tool Bar Table View ji AAN Frequency Chart yh Statistics Draw Tool Bar Any of the following draw functions can be accessed by choosing the selection from the Draw Menu or by clicking on the specific Draw Tool Bar icons shown below Pointer Line Rectangle Circle HOON Static Bitmap Op Draw Frame Panel Tool Bar The Panel Tool bar consists of icons for frequently used commands These commands are also found in and accessible from the Main Menu Bar From left to right they are as follows E Transfer to Panel Panel Information IHF lt amp Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V3 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Display Screen Reboot Panel Panel Time and Date Diagnostics Read Alarm History Count Monitor Tags Read Line Graph from Panel E 62 47 n i fl iil Read FIFO from Panel e COM Configuration Must be in ONLINE Mode to use these features Height 80 Width 160
103. less than the panel s resolution you may get this error Solution You need to select a different BMP If you would like to use the same bitmap you need to reduce the complexity of the bitmap Although there is no straight forward way to tell that a bitmap will result in less than 512K during compression the following tips might be useful 1 Try to have the same color across the bitmap If you mix lot of color patches that may increase the compressed bitmap size 2 Try to reduce the font usage in the bitmap Error J11_10 Error in extracting Bitmap for ON button Solution Delete the bitmap object and recreate the object again If you still receive this error message close and then reopen the application and try again Error J11_11 Decompression was not successful Reason The Project file is corrupted Solution If you get this error you will have to recreate this project Error J11_12 NOT USED Miscellaneous Error J12_1 This field cannot be empty Solution Your cursor will be located in the data entry field that requires data entry Enter an appropriate value Oe UL Programming Software User Manual Communication Errors Cxx_x Port Related Errors Error CO1_1 Unable to open communication port Solution Select another COM port Error CO1_2 Communications port not found Reason No valid communication port is found on the computer Solution At least one valid serial communication port should be available for comm
104. lt ControlName gt Unable to convert Reason If you specify a discrete address to an object requiring a word address or vice versa you will receive this error message Solution Specify a valid PLC address Error T03_1 Unable to get the data type Reason The Tag Database has become corrupted Solution Try the following KLUCI Programming Software User Manual 1 Goto Tag Database Setup gt Tag Database and select a tag not associated with any object 2 Delete the tag by pressing Delete button or by using delete key on keyboard 3 Save the project 4 Close and then restart PowerPanel software 5 Open the project and check for the error again Error T03_2 Tag index not found Creating internal tags Solution Try the following 1 Accept defaults 2 Open Tag Database and check to see if all tags are there 3 Some Tags will be UNKNOWN modify to your requirements Error T03_3 Unable to open tag database file ptd Reason This error occurs if the project map file ptd gets deleted or is missing when an attempt to load the program is made Solution Recovering or finding original map file will recover project if this cannot be done creating a new project with a new map file is the only solution D z 1 26 c cO S O are lt 3 p H Error T03_4 Tag index limit reached unable to create a new tag Reason You ve reached the tag maximum Maximum number of tags that can be entered is 30 000 Er
105. mast Programming Software User Manual Program Images 124 programmable graphic operator interface 3 programmable graphics interface 5 Programming Cable Part Number 8 Programming Screen 164 Progress Bar 169 Project Attributes 213 Alarm Display Time sec 213 Alarm List Size 213 Alarm Protection 222 223 Clock 216 Clock Source 217 Date Tags 216 Time Tags 217 Default Language 214 Display Saver 213 Enable Beeper 214 General 213 Language 221 Panel to PLC 217 Current Language Number 218 Current Screen 217 Good Communication Toggle 217 Low Battery 218 PLC Error 218 PLC Error Code Value 218 Popup Keypad 218 Screen Buffer Overflow 218 Switch to Screen Number 218 Passwords 215 222 223 GROUP 215 223 PASSWORD 216 TAG 216 PLC to Panel 219 Beeper On Off 220 Clear Alarm Count 220 Clear Alarm History 220 Decrease Clock by 1 hour 220 Increase Clock by 1 hour 220 Select Current Language 220 Switch to Screen Number 219 Trigger Screen Saver 220 Ports 222 Power Up Screen 213 Printer 214 Baud Rate 214 Control RTS 215 Data Bits 214 Parity 214 Require CTS 215 Select RS485 215 Stop Bits 214 project attributes 30 Project Description 224 Project Information 27 35 169 Project Information Dialog box Errors Ixx_x A 20 Project Location 31 Project Name 27 29 Project Screens Explorer View window 237 Project Setup 26 Proportional Integral Derivative PID 95 Protect 43 Protection 43 215 223 Protection Tab 43 Protocol 2
106. next page PowerPanel Programming Software will read the Excel Database Fields and allow you to choose the field name that correlates with the PowerPanel Tag Database field in your project Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net JJ D a a 1 O D MO UIE Programming Software User Manual 1 Click on the down arrow to view the Excel Database Fields and select the Excel field that corresponds to the PowerPanel Tag Database field TAG NAME TAG DATA TYPE ADDRESS EXP OF CHARACTERS INITIAL VALUE RETENTIVE FLAG PLC INT EXP DEST TAG See Tag Database Import from Excel dialog below right Click on First row contains the header information if the first row in the Excel file is a header row Click on Only Import addresses for Tags that have the same Name and Data Type if you want to import new addresses for tags that already exist in your project Reference 2 Each column heading in the Excel file you have imported will display when you click on the down arrow next to each field You may have other information in the file that you cannot import into the Tag Database The Tag Database only allows the types of information shown in the dialog box Select the heading of the Excel column that corresponds to the column headings in the Tag Database 3 Click on the Import button to import tags The tags will be written to your project Tags that already exist will not be overwritten A message
107. nitial Value 375 cen 7 values of the tags when the program is loaded into the panel and when the panel is reset If you enter a value in the Initial Value field when the program is loaded into the panel or reset the tag will be set to this value and sent to the PLC If not selected the values are set to zero numeric off discrete or text when program is loaded into the panel or reset If you have entered a value into the Initial Value field the Retentive option becomes available Click in the box in front of Retentive if you want the initial value to be used ONLY when the program is loaded into the panel When the panel is reset the tag values will be retained In other words it will not cause the tag values to change The values will be sent to the PLC 7 Select Initial Value Retentive Flag This option affects the 8 Click on the Add New Tag button The new tag will appear in the Tag Database list PLEASE NOTE Sa This right click menu shown To edit an existing tag below us available when you have the Tag Database window 1 Highlight the tag in the list that you wish to edit open open Just right click your mouse button while your cursor 2 Click on the Add Edit button The Edit Tag Details window resides anywhere in the window will appear and you can select from this popup men 3 Make any changes and then click on the Apply Tag Changes button The changes will be made to the tag and a
108. not be written to the Panel Error C02_4 Tags could not be written to the Panel Error C02_5 Error in sending Project attributes to panel Error C02_6 Error in sending screens to panel Error C02_7 Error in sending alarm database to panel Error C02_8 Error in sending message database to panel Solution Check the connections between the panel and computer Restart the panel and try communicating again Error C02_9 NOT USED Error C02_10 Uploading could not be completed Solution Check the connections between the panel and computer Restart the panel or resave the project and try communicating again Error C02_11 Out of Memory Error Reason Flash card is smaller than user RAM size Solution Please contact your panel vendor Oat Programming Software User Manual ONLINE Programming Communication Errors Error CO3_1 Unable to delete screen from panel Reason If Screen gt Delete Screen on main menu bar is selected while there is a disruption in the communication between the panel and computer this error message is produced Solution Check the COM line power to panel and COM port used for correct setting and function Error C03_2 Memory diagnosing failed Solution Check connections and COM port settings Ensure the proper function and power distribution of panel no system faults If all checks out OK and you are still receiving this error message there maybe a physical problem with the panel s memory Er
109. on it in the list to highlight and then click The steps necessary to program on the Add Edit button One of the following screens will your PowerPanel to monitor the appear PLC for errors and trigger an alarm are provided in Appendix Add N i w Alarm Dialog Box A Troubleshooting How do I dd Ne a alog bo poe ore Peay ATA Message Alarm Number fi Tag Name m Alarm State On Off m Limits Alarm State ou of Range Y NOTE Alarms will be displayed towlimt og across the bottom of the High int I Print PowerPanel Screen M Display TT Send Message To PMD Marquee Slave Group Number 0 Unit Number 0 4095 fo ene z Ss Help Add New Alarm Close E gt Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Edit Alarm Details Dialog Box IMPORTANT NOTE Under Limits Alarm States your selections are Out of Range In the Range Equal Not Equal Greater Than Less Than If you select Equal Not Equal Greater Than or Less Than you will only be allowed to enter one value in the field next to Low Limit Please Note The Add New Alarm dialog box defaults to Log and Display enabled check mark in box preceding option Alarm Print Out Edit Alarm Details 2 x Alarm Number 2 Tag Name ALARM 1 7 Alarm State On Off m Limits Alarm State out of Range Z ae Log H
110. on the DOWN arrow to the right of PLC Type and Protocol to view the list For the purpose of this Demo Program select Allen Bradley SLC 500 DF1 Full Duplex We are using an Allen Bradley SLC 500 with Full Duplex Protocol 6 Leave the box next to Second PLC unchecked For the purposes of this tutorial we will only be configuring the project for one PLC 7 Click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup to edit the PLC Attributes Set the attributes to match those in the Allen Bradley SLC 500 Allen Bradley SLC 500 Full Duplex x PLC Editor Revision c Baud Aate PERIN Full Duplex attributes dialog Party Even Z box shown below Click OK Stop bits One These settings must match the Transmit Fo ooo PLC Com Port settings Check Checksum Type GEE your PLC User Manual for port E ae z J settings for your particular eee PLC Serp Cancel Help Step 1 is complete O Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Step 2 You are now ready for Step 2 Design Your Screens In Step 2 we will place 4 objects on the screen You have already configured your PLC ladder logic for this Demo Project in the first part of the tutorial The PowerPanel Programming Software working environment is shown below Toolbars provide easy access to all major programming functions and features The objects shown below represent the touch
111. operator know that the value was received and entered 4 Enter a Handshake Time out time in milliseconds Enter a number between 1 and 65535 Protection see Button Object Visibility Details see Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections e Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Object on the screen and size it e To size the Numeric Entry object grab a handle and drag To move the object select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net Cd MO UME Programming Software User Manual Recipe Object The Recipe object allows you to write preset values of up to 20 Tags to the PLC to change the process Thus this feature can be used to download recipes to the PLC General Recipe Protection Visibility Details Language 4 Character Size 6 8 Fress to Label Text REPE 0 lt CS CS S S write to PLE BEA z op Text ia Background Recipe Object Botton IV Display Frame Text Color R acl Language EE Test Blink ground Blink Text RECIPE Wa J Arc Important Note Ifyou are using a Recipe object th
112. that you want to include in the Screen List object 6 Click the Close button when finished MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net D me it Ue Programming Software User Manual 7 The screens you have selected should now appear in the list From this list you can Move Up or Move Down a screen Add Edit Screen or Delete Screen s from the list Protection See Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections e Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Screen List Selector object on the screen and size it To size the object select it grab a handle and drag to the size you want To move the object select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen gd Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Alarm List Object The Alarm List Object provides the operator with a list of up to 99 of the most recently triggered alarms The time and date that the alarm was triggered as well as the tag name that triggered the alarm can be displayed in the list E Alarm List x General Protection Visibilty Details Label T
113. the Actual Value of 256 you will get a Hex value of 100 Look for this value under Driver Errors 0x0100 See the PowerPanel Programming Software Help for PLC Driver Error Messages j O 2 D gt oO O m Q y xipueddy PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual PowerPanel Error Messages WRITE QUEUE OVERFLOW This message indicates that the panel was unable to write all of the tags to the PLC The panel can queue up to 40 tags to write to the PLC After the tag is written to the PLC it is removed from the queue If a write is attempted while the queue is full then this error message is displayed and the write is ignored EXTERNAL CLOCK OBJECT IGNORED This message indicates that the increment decrement hour system object was pressed while the external clock has been selected in the project attributes The object can not change the external clock RAM TEST FAILED This message indicates that the RAM test performed at reset failed The RAM in the unit may be unreliable D z 1 26 c cO 2 O E lt 3 p VIDEO CHIP TEST FAILED This message indicates that the video controller chip did not program correctly VIDEO RAM TEST FAILED This message indicates that the video RAM test performed at reset failed The video RAM in the unit may be unreliable KEYPAD ENTRY TOO HIGH This message indicates that the user attempted to enter a value that was greater than the maximum v
114. the existing Message No 1 with Message No 1 in the imported xls file Click on Do not Replace if you want to keep the existing Message No 1 Click on Replace All if you want to overwrite replace all Messages or Do Not Replace Any if you want to stop importing the messages 4 Open the Message Database to view the imported messages 212 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Project Attributes Project Attributes represent the attributes that contribute to the configuration of the PowerPanel Attributes listed under the General Printer Passwords Clock Panel to PLC PLC to Panel and Language tabs are provided below JJ D i a p Under the General tab you will enter the following attributes x General Printer Passwords Clock Panel to PLC PLC to Panel Language Ports Alarm Protection Enable Beeper Power Up Screen Gy CN Yes o Alarm Display Time sec B 4 Alarm List Size g Display Saver 30 1500 min fo 0 Disabled Default Language f Display large key pad on panel E Defaults to smaller one Cancel Help Power Up Screen This is the screen that will be displayed after the unit completes its power up sequence If the initial value of the Switch to Screen Number from PLC is anything but zero this entry will be ignored Range is 1 999 Alarm Disp
115. you may program up to 17 0 15 and the DEFAULT image images for an object The DEFAULT image is displayed when no bits are on amp Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual 5 Select from the 3 available options Browse From Clipboard or Symbol Factory a If you click on the Browse button a window will appear allowing you to navigate to the directory folder where the bitmap file resides Click on it to highlight and click on the Open button b Click on From Clipboard This will copy a bitmap you have saved to the clipboard onto the current screen You can copy a bitmap saved or created in another program onto the system clipboard and then import it into the current screen c You may also click on Symbol Factory to gain access to a library of over 3 000 symbols for industrial automation including pumps pipes valves tanks mixers motors ducts electrical symbols flow meters material handling sensors PLCs transmitters and ISA symbols Once in Symbol Factory navigate to the symbol you want to import click on Copy and the symbol is automatically imported into the object V a 6 The size of the bitmap you have selected will appear in the field Oe eee ee next to Dimensions If the graphic file is too large you will be no o seat l A want it to be resized to fit the screen see message o the left 7 Click on OK
116. 0 resolution 1024 x 768 recommended Standard Windows 98 NT4 0 2000 ME XP Professional XP Home Requirements CD ROM Drive e PowerPanel Programming Software Version 4 0 P N ACC UTICW CD MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net ED MOUS Programming Software User Manual Need HELP PLEASE NOTE The Troubleshooting section Appendix A should be able to help you with most problems you might encounter O S ce 12 Bow pr o Onscreen HELP One of the most important features of the PowerPanel Programming Software is the availability of context sensitive onscreen help To access the Help windows simply press the F1 function key while on the topic where you need help For example if you need help while working with screens press the F1 function key while in that area and a popup window will be displayed You may also click on the Help button located at the bottom of most dialog boxes to go to the help topic Fly Over HELP When the mouse cursor comes to rest over any tool bar or object button for a short while a small window will appear containing a brief description of the function of that particular button The window will disappear as soon as the cursor has been moved off the button PLC HELP If you need help with the PLC to PowerPanel Interface consult the PowerPanel Programming Software Help Each PLC Driver has a Help Topic that lists the error me
117. 094 www uticor net 187 J Reference PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Monitor Tags ON LINE Only Select the tags which are to be Read Time 10 21 46 10 01 2002 monitored from this list and click on Total Tags 0 Total Tags 9 DataFormat for Unsigned Unsigned Decimal x PUMP 1 ON OFF N7 2 PUMP 315 ON OFF N7 3 PUMP 215 ON OFF N7 4 OPEN VALVE 1 N 5 PUMP 1 PRESSURE N 88 BUTTON OBJECT B3 0 0 B3 1 0 NUMERIC DISPLAY N7 Close He dd gt gt lt lt Bemove Start Monitoring Please Note If all tags are removed the software will stop Click on Monitor Tags if you want to monitor tag values from the monitoring automatically PowerPanel You may select up to 100 tags to monitor at one time Click on the Tag Names in the first column list that you want to monitor Press the Shift key and then click to highlight more than one tag name Then click on the Add gt gt button To remove tag names from the list to be monitored click on them to highlight and then click on the lt lt Remove button They will be added to the list on the right hand side to be monitored Select the Data Format for the value Click on the Start Monitoring button to begin the monitoring process The tag values from the panel will display in the Value column Select the tags which are to be Read Time 10 21 46 10 01 2002 monitored from this list and click on Total Tags 4 Total Tags 5 DataFor
118. 1 Allen Bradley SLC 500 DF1 Full Duplex Rev D C PLO2 C Internal Tag Define Expression N71 Expected IO Type RAW or ROnly Expression Address String Data Type UNSIGNED_INT_16 gt No of Chars fo Initial Value Retentive Flag Initial Value Retentive El cesi Heo D Under Select Tag Type leave PLC 1 Allen Bradley SLC 500 selected as shown above In the field next to Address String type in N7 1 as shown above Select SIGNED_INT_16 as the Data Type Click OK A crosshair cursor will appear on the programming screen Position crosshair where you want the object to appear and click once Grab the object by a handle and drag to resize it until the label displays in its entirety as shown to the right Numeric Display 32765 Next we ll create a Button object Click on Objects gt Buttons The following dialog box will appear Buttons x General Protection Visibility Details v Label Text Language EE Character Size 8x16 x Selected Label Text Button Style Pasition Color Top Text E Bottom Background x Tag Name BUTTON OBJECT 7 I Display Frame Actuator Type Toggle On Off Text Language Blink Background Blink On Text fon H L x E Off Text fort Simulate Press Cancel Help MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net ED
119. 1 Increase Clock by 1 hour 220 increment value 127 Increment Decrement Value Object 127 Increment Decrement Hour 102 Choose the function 102 Label 102 Text 102 increment decrement operation program 128 Increment Decrement Value Label 127 146 150 153 155 operation 128 Increment Decrement Value Object 127 129 155 Enter Text 127 130 increment decrement operation program 128 meet Programming Software User Manual Label 127 129 146 150 153 155 Increment Decrement Value tab 128 Indicator Button Object 46 Actuator Types 47 120 Label 46 On Off Text 47 Style 46 Tag Name 46 119 Indicator Light 67 Indicator Light Object 67 Label 67 On Off Text 68 Style 67 Tag Name 67 industrial automation 238 Information Panel 183 Input Tag 144 231 inputs 38 Installation 9 installation screen 10 Installing the Software 9 internal Real Time clock 102 internal tags 38 Introduction 3 5 J JPEG File Interchange Format JPG 116 K K Sequence DirectNet and Koyo Modbus C 8 C 11 C 14 C 21 Keypad 80 Data Type 58 Fractional Digits 59 Justification 59 keypad 6 57 65 Keypad Popup alphanumeric Text Entry Object 80 L I OR 129 Label 41 127 129 146 150 153 155 label numeric entry keypad 57 ladder logic 38 95 Language 106 221 Language Preference System Messages 221 Languages 6 42 214 leading zeroes 44 LED A 5 legend 92 level sensitive Event 232 event 228 Line 179 Line
120. 2 Ethemet C0M Port PLE Type z View Edit PLE Com Setup and Protocol Edit Program Browse E mag m z ThinknDo Configuration Map fil f i Browse E Se Li Close Project Click on File gt Close Project to quit the current project Save Screen Click on File gt Save Screen to save the current active screen Save Project Click on File gt Save Project to save the current project Screens Project Attributes and databases will all be saved Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Copy Project s O O OOOO Project As 21x Save nfa Project Al c Define Source and Destination PLCs Mappings m Source PLC 1 Allen Bradley SLC 500 DF1 Full Duplex Rev D Destination PLC 1 Allen Bradley SLC 500 DF1 Full Duplex Rev D Destination PLE 2 Copy Project As Click on File gt Copy Project As to save your project under another name The dialog box shown to the right will appear allowing you to enter a name for the copied project Save Project As Protected If you click on Save Project As Protected you will only be able to transfer the project to and from the panel as is The project will not open in PowerPanel Programming Software to allow editing This protects the project from unauthorized changes after distributi
121. 2 NO 8x16 32 NO 112 NO 1 Message Number 3 NO 6x16 81 YES 34 NO 1 Message Number 4 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Import Messages Click on the Import Messages menu item to import Messages into your current open project from a Microsoft Excel xls file or a CSV Comma delimited or Comma separated values file format Comma delimited JJ D i a p 1 Click on Import Messages gt Comma delimited to import messages from a CSV file The following window will appear Navigate to the folder where the file is stored Look in J PowerPanel z e ck g _ Drivers Firmware l Project Symbols Filename E Files of type PowerPanel Message CS Files csv 7 Cancel 4 2 Click on the csv file you want to import to highlight it and then click on the Open button The following dialog box will appear Message Database Import from CS x IV First row contains the header information Help Click OK if the first row in the csv file contains header information If it does not click in the box to remove the check mark and then click OK If the box is not checked and the first row does contain the header information click in the box to place a check mark and click OK 3 The file will be written to the Message Database To avoid overwriting or replacing an existing message s
122. 218 screen contrast 105 screen description 72 screen design features 34 Screen List 34 Screen List Selector Object 150 Screen Menu 174 Screen number 30 Screen Saver 103 Screens 151 changing from a PLC 219 navigate Explorer View 174 switch between or open 174 screens 6 235 group in a list 150 Search 236 Search and Replace 190 security 215 223 Seimens S7 C 25 Seimens Step 7 Programming Software C 25 SELECT ACTION 27 Select All 171 Select Current Language 220 Select Language Object 106 Label 106 select the language 107 Text 107 Select PLC 224 Select with Enter Button 147 Selector Switch 6 51 Send Report to Slave 133 Send Message to PMD Marquee Slave 110 separated by commas 198 serial port 3 Serial Printer support 6 Set Limit 85 Set Off 41 42 47 52 120 Set On 41 42 47 52 120 Set Panel Time 185 Set Point 96 Set Point SP 95 set points 58 Setpoints 155 Setup Menu 190 Setup Mode B 2 Show 320x240 Rectangle 178 Show Ticks 84 89 156 Show Touch Cells 178 Siemens 3964R Protocol C 25 Siemens S7 MPI Adaptor C 25 Signed 38 Signed Unsigned 38 Simulate Press 43 size a Bitmap Static Bitmap 180 Sizing a Bitmap in Symbol Factory 182 sizing bitmaps Static Bitmap 182 Slave 111 112 SLC 5 03 5 04 and 5 05 DF1 Full Duplex C 5 SLC 500 5 01 5 02 and 5 03 DH485 AIC C 6 Slide Switch 6 51 Snap to Grid 176 Software 3 meet Programming Software User Manual Software Error Messages A 17 Sort by Address
123. 6 42 Uppercase B mn dm xo oO a o Oo gq O OONnNOOUBRWN O O O K O1 NO ice K w PQN I A h O O O K K O PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Name Octal ec Hex Description 0103 67 43 Uppercase C 0104 68 44 Uppercase D 0105 69 45 Uppercase E 0106 70 46 Uppercase F 0107 71 47 Uppercase G 0110 72 48 Uppercase H 0111 73 49 Uppercase 0112 74 4A Uppercase J 0113 75 4B Uppercase K 0114 76 4C Uppercase L 0115 77 4D Uppercase M 0116 78 4E Uppercase N 0117 79 4F Uppercase O 0120 80 50 Uppercase P 0121 81 51 Uppercase Q 0122 82 52 Uppercase R 0123 83 53 Uppercase S 0124 84 54 Uppercase T 0125 85 55 Uppercase U 0126 86 56 Uppercase V 0127 87 of Uppercase W 0130 88 58 Uppercase X 0131 89 59 Uppercase Y 0132 90 5A Uppercase Z 0133 91 5B Left square bracket 0134 92 5C Back slash 0135 93 5D Right square bracket 0136 94 5E Caret 0137 95 5F Underscore 0140 96 60 Back quote 0141 97 61 Lowercase a 0142 98 62 Lowercase b 0143 99 63 Lowercase c 0144 100 64 Lowercase d 0145 101 65 Lowercase e 0146 102 66 Lowercase f 0147 103 67 Lowercase g 0150 104 68 Lowercase h 0151 105 69 Lowercase i gt SS J oO Q D Xx _ oO WwW gt N lt XS lt CHNHDOVOZZO AC TOmMMIO Sao FO a0O00o 8 n aa 2 a Q Q lt ra im ed S Sees O me it Ue Programming Software User Manual Name Octal j k m n o p q r S
124. 7 Q Q 2 6 Color 3 Q 2 6 Monochrome 3 Q2Panels 3 5 quotation marks 198 R Radio Button Object Label 48 On Off Text 49 Style 48 Tag Name 48 Radio Buttons 48 RAM 6 35 RAM Memory 184 RAM to Flash 184 Range 58 84 144 Read Alarm History Count 186 Read from Tag 128 Read Line Graph from Panel 188 Read Program from Panel and Edit OFF LINE 29 read write 38 Readings 93 Reboot 184 Recipe 62 Recipe Object 62 63 Label 62 Recipe Tab 63 Register Values 63 Text 62 Recipe object older version 62 Rectangle 179 redo 6 171 Reference 166 232 Reference Data 140 register value me det Programming Software User Manual increment or decrement 128 Remove Image 126 Rename Screen 175 Report Object 132 Label 132 Messages 133 Report Messages 133 Slaves 132 Requirements 3 resize a symbol 182 resolver based encoder values 155 REVIEW 31 Revisions 183 Right click 34 Right click menu objects 237 programming screen 237 Project Screens Explorer View 237 Right Click Menus 237 RS 232C or RS 422A 485A PLC Interface Cable 3 RS 232C Programming Cable 3 RS 485 215 RSLogix configuration software C 3 S Sample Rate 91 Timed 92 Triggered 92 State 92 Tag Name 92 Save Project 30 166 Save Project As Protected 167 Save Screen 30 166 Saving Errors Sxx_x A 21 Scaling 60 71 86 90 Bar Graph object 90 Meter Object 86 Numeric Display object 71 Numeric Entry Object 60 Screen Background Color 177 Screen Buffer Overflow
125. 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the clock to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty PS To Choose how the Analog Clock will appear perform the following steps 1 Under Color choose the color of the Background face of the clock Digits and Hour Minute Hand 2 Select whether or not you want the Second Hand to Display and the Color if enabled Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net me URS Programming Software User Manual Digital Clock Digital Clock x General Visibiity Details peoseosesesssessoeseseosen Language BE Character Size exe Label Text DIGITAL Pasition Color Siop Text l 7 Bottom Background z V Display Frame Options Date 17 24HourMode Color a Time IV Show Seconds Text El r C Time and Date Character Size Background z E Date Format dd mmm yy 7 6 8 Cancel Help To put a Label on the Clock object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2
126. 94 All electrical circuits connected to the communications port receptacle are rated as Safety Extra Low Voltage SELV Operating Temperature G Square and Q2Panel 6 Monochrome 6 Color 06 0 to 45 C G Square and Q2Panel 8 Color cccccccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 0to 40 C G Square 10 Coll ccecccccccccsssssseeeceeeeeeeesseesseeeeeeeeeeeesseeens 0 to 50 C Giga ie Ville 19 6 0 siaren nent te een een a ee eee een 0 to 45 C Storage Temperature G Square and Q2Panel 6 MONO cccccsssesssseeseeeeeees 20 to 60 C G Square and Q2Panel 6 Color essees 25 to 60 C G Square 8 COMP 2ccccceccccaceasanceccthodsaddeadadsastodesesnccdcccecadeess 20 to 60 C Q2Panel 8 COlOM sirrien nnani ai 25 to 60 C G Square 10 Cols ccecccccccccssssssseeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 25 to 60 C Gy SOMONE 19 Ol OF keesrmsoreisp inneren E Eaa 25 to 60 C Operating Humidity c cece 10 95 R H noncondensing Air Composition 0 0 0 0 ceeeeee cece eee e ees No corrosive gases permitted No preventative maintenance is required The PowerPanel touchscreen should be cleaned as needed with warm soapy water See the PowerPanel Hardware User Manual P N MAN UTICW 001 for a list of compatible incompatible chemi cals and compounds vii PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual This page intentionally left blank viii Introduction In this chap
127. 94 www uticor net CD me it Ue Programming Software User Manual Indicator Button Object tj An Indicator Button combines a regular button with an indicator light be It allows you to perform a WRITE operation to one bit and a READ operation from a second discrete location The state of that READ location determines whether the button is displayed in the ON or OFF mode You may choose to make the READ and WRITE location the same Indicator Button x Jett her 2 iain General Protection Visibilty Details On i L o Language M Character Size ex Selected Label Text INDICATOR Style Position Color Top Text r Indicator Button entom Background r Tag Names Button x MV Display Frame Indicator Actuator Type Toggle x On Off Text Char Size Color Language i Text Blink Background Blink On Text Jon 6x8 x H j x E Off Text Of fes A oar Simulate Press Cancel Help To put a Label on an Indicator Button perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 221 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on
128. Bus Plus Ethernet IP Profibus DP The 10 TFT Color Model is offered in two sizes One that has the same footprint as the previous version of the PowerPanel and the new PowerPanel standard size smaller than previous version Q2Panels Q 2 Model User Field Nonvolatile Flash Expandable Backup Card Option Description Memory User RAM for Program Backup 6 Monochrome Panel 6 STN Color Panel 8 STN Color Panel 512K 8 TFT Yes Color Panel to 1 MEG 10 TFT Color Panel A list of PLC Drivers Alistof PLO Drivers supported is provided on page 7 ofthis mama is provided on page 7 of this manual MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net Option Cards Available A B Data Highway Plus A B Remote VO DeviceNet VO ModBus Plus Ethernet IP Profibus DP Oat Programming Software User Manual Features The following is a list of important features for the PowerPanels Pre built panel components for easy screen design Special parts such as Toggle Switch Slide Switch Selector Switch Throw Switch Thumbwheel Object Meters PID Faceplates and Analog Clock O p S ce 12 Bow pr Flash based design for easy firmware upgrade e Field expandable user RAM not available with all models Nonvolatile flash card option for user program backup e Color models support 128 color palette for components and bitmaps e 16 shade
129. C Com Setup PLC Editor Revision B i Tinen oo Magne Panel Station Number Default Station Number Max Station Number NOTE on TAGs for this type PLC If communicating to other than the default PLC the address string must be preceded __ Cancel Heb by the PLC address of the unit you want to Timeout Time 1 255 tenth of second Poll Time 0 255 tenth of second ATE communicate with For example 3 N7 0 is PLC address 3 MOU Programming Software User Manual PLCS DF1 Channel 0 Channel 1A Channel 1B Channel 24 Channel 28 Communication Mode Remote Mode Change System Point To Point System Slave System Master C User ASCII The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a PLC5 with DF1 Protocol Attention Charq S0x1b l Enable System E User fu Diagnostic File 0 To set up the PLCS DF1 using RSLogix setialPort options configuration software program the Channel es Pai a gt Configuration screens as shown to the right ga or St Bits f1 x nnel 24 Channel 28 Open PowerPanel Programming Software and i eE Control Line No Handshaking Attention Charq 0x1b le System E User fu Diagnostic File 0 configure Project Information as shown in the figure below Cancel Apply Help After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The Se
130. C Communications Driver aisles sternal To set up the MFX PLC using MEDOC configuration software acta sal om program the Communication Setup screen as shown to the right setup Open PowerPanel Programming Software and configure Project Information screen as shown in the ihe elie le Cele figure below After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box gt p O N O PowerPanel will appear Enter the y parameters shown Click on A P A the OK button to save your J J Rs as easy as 1 2 3 selections You will return to SELECT ACTION PowerPanel Programming Software Version 2 1 UTICOR Technology L P Phone 1 563 359 7501 the Project Information Edit Program Selected Action Edit Offline Write Later ww uticor net screen Click on the OK OFELINE Wite ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION rab a Project Location button to begin creating your c Program Files PowerPanel Projects Browse PowerPanel Project E Pret Project Name from Panel and N Edit OFF LINE New Project prp F x pu ddy u rm wo D xe m Start Editing Screen Number fi 7 Name Serta Panel Type G 2 8 Color 640x480 Finnar Edit Program ON LINE Mitsubishi Melsec FX Series Ed PLC Editor Revision B FUE p itor Revision and Piotocol Mits
131. CO graphic files They can be arranged and positioned in just about any manner you prefer to represent your application functions or processes Dynamic Bitmap Object A Dynamic Bitmap can show a visual representation of a process There are two bitmaps per object one that is shown when a bit is ON and another that is displayed when the bit is OFF For example you could create a green blower and a red blower to display If the process is running the green blower would be shown If the process is not running the red blower would be displayed Dynamic Bitmap x General Visibiity Details Label Text Language pE Character Size 6x8 v Label Text DYNAMIC BMP Position Color g Top Text z Bottom Background 7 Tag Name Background color for Bitmaps IV Display Frame f Transparent On Bitmap Allow Stretching I Stretch to Fit Size 7 Maintain Aspect Ratio Import Bitmap Symbol Factory Copy From ClipBoard Off Bitmap v Allow Stretching Stretch to Fit Size I Maintain Aspect Ratio Import Bitmap Symbol Factory Copy From ClipBoard Simulate Press Cancel Help LEASE NOTE If you select le a Label on the Dynamic Bitmap object perform the following i a E a E 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your wll he disabled object See note to the left 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to selec
132. Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Switch on the screen and size it e To size a switch click on it to select grab a handle with the mouse and drag to the size you want e To move the switch select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Step Switch Object ae as The Step Switch object simulates a Mechanical Step Switch on the Ci PowerPanel It allows you to simultaneously monitor and control two three or four different bits and display ON and OFF text for each bit Each time the Step Switch is pressed each bit will be cycled one at a time from OFF to ON with only one bit ON at a time Step Switch General Protection Visibilty Details Step 1 Step 2 STEF SWITCH OBJECT peseseesseeeseseeesseseeeg Nevessessssseeseesessesees Language 1 Character Size 6 8 v ceded Style Position Color op Text Botton Background IV Display Frame Number Of Steps 2 Simulate Press Cancel Help To put a Label on a Switch perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See sectio
133. Center Right Background T Blink Cancel Help To put a Label on the Dynamic Text object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 221 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the text to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net ED MO UME Programming Software User Manual Choose the Trigger Tag Name This Tag allows the PowerPanel to monitor a bit in the PLC and display text based on the ASCII values in a block of PLC registers OTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The EDIT TAG DETAILS screen will appear 1 Select the Trigger Tag Name by clicking on the down arrow to display the list or enter a Tag Name in the entry field If the Tag Name is new the ADD NEW TAG DETAILS dialog box will appear The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String
134. Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place object on the screen and size it e To size the object grab a handle and drag it to the size you want To move the object select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual a Text Entr E y The Text Entry object when pressed on the panel brings up a character entry alphanumeric keypad This allows the operator to enter text up to 40 characters to send to a Tag assigned to an address in a PLC It has many uses some of which may be to send part numbers or production numbers to a PLC or to send a message to a PLC that will in turn route Click here to enter text Text Entry x TEXT ENTRY General Protection Visibilty Details T Label Text Language Character Size Label Text F EXT ENTRY Position Color op Text fo B otom Background v String Tag I 7 IV Display Frame m Justification Horizontal Left 6x8 E Size ex x Color Text E Blink Background Blink Center Center f Right Bottom Cancel Hep it to one or more plant floor message display s To put a Label on the Text Ent
135. Consult your Printer or Slave manual for appropriate ASCII character i commands Enter the ASCII string that you want to send to the printer k To embed a non printable ASCII character click in the field where you want it to appear and press F7 The following dialog box will appear Non Printable Ascii character Hh z 0x1 0x2F and Ox F OxFF Ox i Enter values in Hexadecimal JElete Commonly Used Non Printable Ascii characters _ dette Gg f 2 ww Cancel Enter values in Hexadecimal in field next to 0x or you may click in front of ESC for escape FF form feed CR carriage return or LF line feed to embed these commonly used printer commands MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net me it Ue Programming Software User Manual m Click on Apply to enter your selections You will exit the Non Printable ASCII Character dialog and return to the Embedding Data Value dialog n The ASCII characters will appear in blue and underlined in the printer string field example shown below Embedded Command Printer gt Select tag from where value will be read for embedded data Selected tag is a numeric tag Digits E Zuto Gheck lt gt Display Format Unsigned Decimal z E Total Digits Justification Leading Spaces vY Fractional Digits p Selected tag is a discrete tag On nn w P Speci
136. D a a 1 O D MO UE Programming Software User Manual 4 Click on the Find Next button The program loader will find the character string in applicable Tag Names and highlight the line s where it appears 5 Click on Replace if you want to approve check each item before replacing Click on the Replace All button if you want to replace all instances of the character string without checking S Shs am Number of PLC 1 tags Number of PLC 2 tags Number of internal tags Number of Expression tags and Total Tags The number of PLC 1 and PLC 2 tags that are programmed in the project are listed here Also the number of internal tags and Expression tags that are currently programmed in the project are provided Total Tags is the combined total of all kinds of tags Highlight Internal Expression Tags This is enabled by default Click on the box with the check mark to deselect this option When it is selected the internal tags in the list will be displayed in blue and the expression tags will display in red Highlight Unused Tags Click in the box in front of Highlight Unused Tags to enable this option The tags that are not currently linked to an object or attribute are highlighted in the list The unused tags are highlighted in yellow If you want to delete the unused Tags click on the Delete Unused Tags button at the bottom of the screen Tag This is the number of the Tag in the list Tag N
137. D O Free 443692 Hardware B Total 524200 Flash 0 Clock 22 12 50 Contrast 51 04 DEC 02 Group 1 Unit 1 Assign Group pcx ree oo Contrast Tout ipad Display Exit Test Test Press the Assign Ports button When the Assign Ports button is pressed the following screen will appear COH1I is assigned to the computer while in setup Port Derice COH i Computer PLC PLC Driver PLC wot i Press the AV Arrow buttons to switch between the COM1 and PLC Port Select the Device you want to connect to the COM1 Port by pressing the Computer PLC Driver Printer or Slave button If COM1 will not connected a device press the Not Used button Your selection will appear next to the port you are configuring Do the same for the PLC Port Please be aware that you will not be allowed to assign the same device to both ports If you are pressing one of the device buttons and nothing is happening you have already assigned that device to the other port When you press the Exit button the panel will return to the Main Setup PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual screen The PowerPanel is now set up to recognize the particular device assigned to the ports Printer Communication Parameters If you have selected a printer as one of your devices you must set up the communication parameters for your printer using PowerPanel Programming Software The communication parameters must be set in the Project Attributes window
138. Data Acquisition Objects 139 155 Display a blank message 109 Frequency Chart 141 Display an error message 109 123 Statistics 143 Display and Entry Expression Tags 193 Table View 139 Display Blank A 6 Data Acquisition Tool Bar 162 Display Frame 41 Data Acquisition Tool Bar Icons 40 Display Grid 176 data collected 143 display images Data Format 128 on panel 122 data table 38 meet Programming Software User Manual Display images based on Bit Number 123 Display images based on Image Number 123 Display messages based on Bit Number 109 Display Messages based on Message Number 109 Display Saver 103 213 display tag character values 77 Display the last displayed bitmap ignore the new 123 Display the last displayed message ignore the new 109 Display Time and Date 153 Divisions 89 156 Draw Frame 181 Draw Horizontal Vertical 179 Draw Menu 179 Draw Tool Bar 162 Driver Memory 184 Dynamic Bitmap Object 116 139 143 Copy from Clipboard 117 121 125 Label 116 119 On Bitmap and Off Bitmap 117 120 Symbol Factory 117 121 125 Tag Name 117 Dynamic Text 77 Label 77 String Tag Name 78 Text Characteristics 78 Trigger Tag Name 78 E edge sensitive event 228 232 Edit 172 Edit Alarm Details Dialog Box 203 edit an existing tag 196 Edit Menu 171 Edit Message Details Dialog Box 208 Edit Passwords 43 Edit Program OFF LINE Write to Panel Later 27 Edit Program ON LINE 30 Edit Tag Details 42 edit compile download
139. EUNSIGNED_INT_16 INTERNAL 3 f LC ERROR DISCRETE INTERNAL 4J EXPRESSION UNSIGNED _INT_16 0 000 00 PLC1 A N7 12 UNSIGNED_INT_16 PLCI B BUTTON OBJE DISCRETE B3 0 0 PLCI INDICATOR LICDISCRETE B3 1 0 PLC1 NUMERIC ENTUNSIGNED_INT_16 N70 PLC1 NUMERIC DISIUNSIGNED_INT_16 N7 1 PLC1 CONTROL LIS UNSIGNED_INT_16 N7 5 PLC1 CONTROL LIS UNSIGNED_INT_16 N7 6 PLCI N7 10 UNSIGNED INT 16 N7 10 PLCI N7 11 UNSIGNED _INT 16 N7 11 PLC1 SETPOINT OF UNSIGNED_INT_16 EXPRESSION SETPOINT ON UNSIGNED INT 16 _ N7 10 N7 11 EXPRESSION ADDTAG UNSIGNEDINT6 N7 10 N7 11 EXPRESSION NUMERIC DISPLAY Column Headers in the Excel file will be TAG NAME TAG DATA TYPE ADDRESS EXP an expression will appear within double brackets OF CHARACTERS INITIAL VALUE RETENTIVE FLAG if applicable PLC INT EXP will list if the tag is a PLC1 or PLC 2 tag and Internal tag or a Expression tag DEST TAG if an Expression tag the Destination Tag will be listed here and appear in A message will appear letting double brackets These attributes are listed for each tag in the project you know whether or not the database export was successful and how many tags were exported Setup Tag Database Tag Cross Reference Export Tags gt Import Tags Click on the Import Tags menu item to import the tags into your current open project from a Microsoft Excel xls file or a CSV Comma Comma delimited delimited or Comma separa
140. Editing Language 1 Msg Print Char Size Text Color Blink Bkg Color Msg Text 1 YES 6x8 YES BMJ ves i Perform schedule maintenance lt gt Henge attributes to Detaull attributes Get as Default Message attributes Add Edit Delete Help OK Cancel ok 1 Click on the Add button The following Add New Message dialog box will appear Add New Message Dialog Box n ET Message Number f m Limits Text Color H T Blink Char Size 6x8 x Background Color I Blink J Print i m Message Text Colors you have selected for the ee i message text and background display TT right in the message database window Help Add New Message Close Total Number of Messages 4 Current E ditin i 2 Select the Message Number using the UP DOWN arrows Jabe co a Ae 3 Select the Text Color by clicking on the DOWN arrow to view 1 YES 8x16 o 3 NO e8 the color palette Click on the box in front of Blink if you want ee E the text in the message to blink on and off 4 Select the Background Color and whether or not you want the background of the message to Blink MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net Reference PowerPanel Message Print Out Please Note To set the printer parameters see page 195 Project Attributes Printer tab To set the PowerPanel COMI port to Printer see Appendix D Programming Software User Manual Sele
141. Expression Define Expression N7 12 is the Expression Tag N7 10 Tag Value 1 Operator Positive Add Tag Name N7 12 Tag Datatype UNSIGNED_INT_1 6 Expression N710eN711 of Characters gt if aracter fo lt j N7 11 Tag Value 3 umeric Display is the Destination Tag Initial Yalue Retentive Flag Value a 4 Initial alue Retentive E 1 3 4 Apply Changes Close Help Define Write Expression x Te PES Double click to embed an This iS a very simple example of the complex the expression Press Ct eto mdve to new line Operator in the expression SOTET R AEE computations that can be be accomplished with Se ape Hex value delimiter Expression tags However please be aware that Expression Tags are limited to a maximum of 40 operands per tag Complex operands may use more memory and may further limit the number of operands per expression In order to avoid errors when trying to use the tag avoid using too many operands per expression Negative Subtract Positive Add Modulus Multiply Divide lt lt Shift Left gt gt Shift Right lt Less than lt Less than or equal gt Greater than gt Greater than or equal Equal to condition Click on this button if you have not previously lt gt Not equal created a Write Evaluated Expression Value tag amp Bitwise AND r Biwise
142. FIBUS 1 C 31 IMATIC 300 1 OP hta Click on the Properties button then click on the Parameters tab and set the MPI Addressto2 s Meee Click on the Properties button then click on the Network Settings tab MPI 1 Set the Transmission Rate to 187 5 kbit s dnyas Jld x pu ddy MONE Programming Software User Manual Open PowerPanel Programming Software and configure Project Information as shown in the following figure Step 1 Project Information i PowerPanel G 2 8 Color 6404480 NTIS eVIsiGn Siemens S7 RevB ainen ley Mamme After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the parameters shown Click on the OK button to save your selections You will return to the Project Information screen O a F r o p 20 O l qa Click on the OK button to begin creating your PowerPanel Project MOU Programming Software User Manual Entivity s Think amp Do WinPLC Communications Setup The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a Think amp Do WinPLC Project with Modbus RTU Protocol To set up the PLC using Think N Do configuration software program the PLC Communications Serial Port Setup screen as shown below 2170 View 1T_D_TEST Configuration E Configuration View Drivers Devices Tools Window Help Daa
143. Graph 91 Orientation 91 Line Graph Object 91 Axis Tick Color 91 Background Color 91 Display Legend 92 formatting 93 Label 91 Language 92 Pen Tab Legend 92 Tag Name 92 Pen tab 92 Sample per Chart 92 Sample Rate 92 Total of Samples 92 XY Axis tab 93 lines horizontal and vertical restraint 179 Il ABSOLUTE 129 log the PLC error code A 7 Logic Master configuration software C 12 C 18 Lookup Text Object 75 207 Enter Message and Attributes 109 Justification 109 Label 75 108 122 Language 110 111 134 Message Database 75 108 122 magnifications screen 178 Main Menu Bar 158 Main Programming Screen 158 Maintain Aspect Ratio 117 120 124 Maintain aspect ratio 181 Major Divisions 84 89 156 Manual Mode 95 map file 32 mapped 38 mapping 38 Math Logic Object 129 Label 129 Operation 130 Maximum 144 Mean 144 me det Programming Software User Manual mechanical switches 51 Median 144 Melsec FX C 17 Memory 35 Memory bytes 184 Memory Card A 6 Menu commands 166 Message sending to printer 112 135 Message Database 75 76 108 207 Message Number 110 Message Text 76 Messages 108 110 Import 211 Print B 3 Report Object 133 messages 75 108 Meter 83 Meter Object 83 Alarms Tab 84 Digital Display Tab 85 Format 84 numbers 85 Fractional Digits 85 Justification 85 Label 83 Style 83 Tag Name 83 Meters 6 Micrologix 1500 C 4 MicroLogix DF1 Full Duplex C 3 MicroLogix DH485 AIC C 4 Microsoft Excel 199 Midpoint v
144. IS OLA VOD CCL iesise a E A E EAEE AEE EE 68 FCO WA ee a E E A EE EE 70 TA CCE e E E E E E Jaen satay ntoawenatecine 71 EE Ea A E E E AE E IERA EE E EEE A EAA A IAA A A E 71 pee e e e R AE ETE REE dees are E E E EE E E 72 Loor uo Te e a E E E 74 M ssage Database ssia r E A E r ES AE Eaa 75 DUAE T N e E E a e E 76 TL EAUS a A E E een ee eee ee ee eee eee 78 NOI ODICE ee vane tains E EE E E nianadduduoanuaaeeiesemeceenigisdeet dent 80 ANOT OOR rn E a E E a E 80 PV AU OSI reee a E E E N 81 EE ES e E E E NEEE E EE E EE ate E EE E E E A 82 A edit oa E e I EA E A E EE A R SEE O E 83 Don D SOV MA eea E E E E stones 84 C WA ee E EE E E EE E E 85 B AO SE ear E E E N E 87 DENTS A WA e e a E E 88 SC WA e E E E 89 BERE EES EE E E EE E ET E E EEE E A 90 P eea E E EE EE E E E 91 PN PMS E e N E E AEE A E A EAEE E 92 a FC a ODO E E E deteatSaenentindeteerall 94 Ea ae TE e E E A E E E E E E E E EE 96 Change creen ODEO Aora aE E E E E EE 97 Alarm Pi FOL OD O a E E EEEE EE EEEE aE A 99 TS CS racers be pe ceca E E E E EE ote puadinbentetit 101 inerement Decrement TOQUE ssceiscsissnsiag siorsacicnsnhatnnntaetsanedsetasesima ind vatnacasis ia naien saaat 101 Activale Screen AV OE eeens arnike Ea aa NE ARA EE EA EASES EEE Ea 102 AS CONA eaa A EEE E E E E E 104 OS e E E E E E E S E 105 MURESAN OE ee E ES E E E E taut 107 Message TaD eee er E E E 109 PEMA SCG niai E EA EE E E EE 115 DYNAMIC BINAN a E E a andl eaaateannateeniaee re aecesunencnenncdt 115 B
145. Internet resource and Windows will open it For you Cancel Browse MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net D a _ J 3 T O 5 O S ce 12 Bow pr Oat Programming Software User Manual JJ PowerPanel Programming Software PowerPanel Programming Software Version 4 0 Installation A new breed of Touch panels from Uticor Technology Welcome to the PowerPanel Setup program This program will install PowerPanel on your computer It is strongly recommended that you exit all Windows programs before running this Setup program Click Cancel to quit Setup and then close any programs you have running Click Next to continue with the Setup program WARNING This program is protected by copyright law and international treaties Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this program or any portion of it may result in severe civil and criminal penalties and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under law Next gt p Cancel PowerPanel Programming Software Icon u This icon will faneista appear on your Editor desktop after installation Software License Agreement Ed Please read the following License Agreement Press the PAGE DOWN key to see the rest of the agreement ticor Technology L P Electronic End User License Agreement NOTICE TO USER THIS IS A CONTRACT BY INDICATING YOUR ACCEPTANCE BELO
146. Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net PowerPanel Please Note The Data Type defaults to the Data Type selected for the FIFO Input Tag The Data Type is only selectable when unsigned unsigned octal and hex The Data Types and their respective ranges that may be available are as follows 32768 to 32767 2147483648 to 2147483647 0 to 65535 0 to 4294967295 O to 177777 O to 37777777777 0 to FFFF 0 to FFFFFFFF 0 to 9999 O to 99999999 Signed 16 Decimal Signed 32 Decimal Unsigned 16 Decimal Unsigned 32 Decimal Octal 16 Octal 32 Hex 16 Hex 32 BCD 16 BCD 32 Please Note If you choose to display a Reference value Table View is the only place on the panel display that the reference data will be displayed Programming Software User Manual Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty FIFO 1 2 3 4 Enter or select the FIFO Name The FIFO name is the tag name where the global data is collected Enter Table Number 1 127 Enter Scroll By Number 1 100 Sele
147. Language 7 lanquage7 o Language 8 Languases o Language 9 Languaes Cancel Help The PowerPanel supports Multiple Languages Language Preference allows you to select and view different versions of text strings while you are working in the programming software Each version can be created for a different language up to 9 for each object where text is displayed For each Language type in a name for that Language under the heading Enter Language Name The Default Language is the language to be used by the PowerPanel on power up A brief tutorial is provided here to show you how the Multi Language Support Feature works If for instance you are creating a Push Button Object and you want the text within the button to say Hello in Language Number 1 HOLA Spanish equivalent in Language Number 2 and GUTEN TAG German equivalent in Language Number 3 do the following 1 Click on the Button Object and then click on the General tab if necessary 2 Inthe Language Number box type in 1 or click on arrows to scroll up or down then type HELLO in the text box Go back to Language Number box and type in 2 then type HOLA in the text box and repeat for 3 and GUTEN TAG 3 Click on OK MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net JJ D i a p MO UE Programming Software User Manual 4 The next time you type in Language Number 1 2 or 3 t
148. NOT lt lt LEFT SHIFT gt gt RIGHT SHIFT MOVE O Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual 4 Certain operations do not require a second source If you select these operations the Source 2 field will be unavailable grayed out The are NEGATE ll ABSOLUTE ROUND NOT and MOVE If you select lt lt LEFT SHIFT or gt gt RIGHT SHIFT the Tag field will be unavailable Source 2 can only be a Constant 5 Under Source 2 select the second value used in the math logic operation Select Tag Constant or Previous Operation 6 If you want to store the result of the Math Logic Operation in another location ensure that the Store to Tag box is checked and then select the Destination Tag 7 Click on the Add New Operation button to accept selections entries and go to next operation that you want to program Click on Close to exit without adding operation Protection See Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections e Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net Ed MO UM Programming Software User Manual Report Object
149. NOT DISCONNECT EQUIPMENT UNLESS POWER HAS BEEN SWITCHED OFF OR THE AREA IS KNOWN TO BE NON HAZARDOUS CAUTION Do not press the PowerPanel touchscreen with any sharp objects This practice may damage the unit beyond repair Trademarks This publication may contain references to products produced and or offered by other companies The product and company names may be trademarked and are the sole property of their respective owners UTICOR Technology L P disclaims any proprietary interest in the marks and names of others Manual Part No MAN UTICW M Version 4 0 05 2003 Copyright 2002 2003 UTICOR Technology L P All Rights Reserved No part of this manual shall be copied reproduced or transmitted in any way without the prior written consent of UTICOR Technology L P UTICOR Technology L P retains the exclusive rights to all information included in this document PowerPanel MANUFACTURED and MARKETED by UTICOR Technology L P 4140 Utica Ridge Rd Bettendorf IA 52722 1327 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Table of Contents WARNING Caution 00 0 0 cccccccccccccceceeceeeeeeeeeceeceeeaeaaeaeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeuesceceecenenaeeeseseeeeeeeeeess inside front cover Table of Contents enc baceis geascte sree sien rendu dnedernucaee mayer tern naiet ixaaiieda sansdanespetetesmianadeniecariomeseaius miyendasdennetnncaaech i Manual Revisions ha cece csc nce es
150. Nesersesseenesseeensesees Paes a Character Size 5 5 Z Label Tex MULTISTATEBM MULTISTATEBMP o STATE BMP Position Color 1 op Text G Bottom Back round Please Note If you convert il 2 images from one to the other type of display Bit Number Image TagName 7 Number you may lose some of Images i Display images based on Bits are represented in the progr ammed Images dur 1ng l Bit Number C Image Number Decimal System C Octal System MV Display Frame the conversion SE Selecting Bit Number would display the images based on whichever bit is ON in Mask in a the specified PLC Address Background Color z I Transparent Display the last displayed bitmap Ignore the new value Simulate Press Cancel Help To put a Label on the Multi state Bitmap object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text See note to the left 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 221 Non programmed bitmap action on panel Display an error message Display a blank bitmap 3 Select Character Size from the available choices PLEASE NOTE If you select 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Label for this object the Display 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear Frame and Transparent options at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame will be disabled
151. OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Thumbwheel object button on the screen and size it e To size object grab a handle and drag the object to the size that you want To move the object select it click and hold left mouse while dragging to where you want it to appear on the screen Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Indicator Light Object An Indicator Light object allows you to monitor and display the state of a bit The Indicator Light reads the bit information and produces the appropriate display For example the Indictor Light could display the status of a bit linked to a push button Indicator Light x Indicator Light Object General Visibility Details perseeeeseeeesseeessseeeey Label ext m Select Style Language 4 Character Size 6 8 Selected Style Label Text fINDLIGHT Position Color Top Text r Bottom Background z Indicator Light Object Tag Name 7 IV Display Frame On Off Text Color Language Text Blink Background Blink On Text Jon E E Off Text or zr Simulate Press Cancel Help To put a Label on the Indicator Light object perform th
152. Obj Type Buttons No of Selected Objects 2 SIE Ys 35 OFF LINE MODE ZA Status Bar The Status Bar is located at the bottom of the Programming Screen and shows the status of the current screen It provides information about a tool bar or menu item on the main programming screen that the pointer passes over displays the number of selected objects the XY location coordinates of the cursor and the current programming mode ONLINE or OFFLINE If you pass your cursor over an object on the screen the status bar will provide you with the Height and Width in pixels of the object and the Object Type e g Buttons 3 Easy Steps Tool Bar This tool bar appears on the right hand side of the main programming screen It allows you to easily navigate to one of the three main steps in creating a program for your PowerPanel using the PowerPanel Programming Software To open click on Edit gt Toolbar gt 3 Easy Steps 3 Easy Steps al Click on button number 1 to Exit Project to Information Screen You will aia exit your current project and return to the Step 1 Project Information Screen Screen D 5 2 Click on button number 2 to Design Your Screens The Open New Screen May Teena dialog box will appear You can select from one of the current project s 3 g Screens screens or enter a new number and name to create a new screen Click PQ on this button to quickly go to another screen in your project for editing or a 3 create a new s
153. Overflow Discrete o Popup Keypad Discrete o ri Current Language Number word X Switch to Screen Number Map To Internal Tag Only Map To Internal Tag Only PLE1 Error Code Value word PLC Error Discrete pide Error Code Value word PLC Error Discrete Cancel Help 3 Press Enter The following ADD NEW TAG DETAILS dialog box will appear ON a UL Programming Software User Manual ADD NEW TAG DETAILS x Enter Tag Details for the Tag ERROR CODE VALUE Select Tag Type C PLC 1 Allen Bradley SLC 500 DF1 Full Duplex Rev D Expression Define Expression Address String O Expected IO Type RAW Data Type UNSIGNED_INT_16 No of Chars jo Initial Yalue Retentive Flag Initial Value Retentive a D z 15 26 c cO 2 O oo lt 3 p a 4 Under Select Tag Type select Internal Tag and then select UNSIGNED_INT_16 as the Data Type Click OK 5 Click in the field next to PLC Error Discrete and type in PLC ERROR as shown below Project Attributes x General Printer Passwords Clock Panel to PLC PLC to Panel Language Ports Alarm Protection Item Tag Name Current Screen word 2 Good Communication Toggle Discrete LOO i tS i Low Battery Discrete oo Screen Buffer Overflow Discrete po Popup Keypad Discrete 2 Current Language Number word ooo Switch to Screen Number Poo Map To Int
154. PLC 1 tags 10 Reset Help Cancel PLC 2 Number of PLC 2 tags 0 A Number of internal tags 2 Search and Replace in Tag Name A Number of Expression tags 3 Find Replace With Total Tags 15 Find Next Replace JV Highlight Internal Tags Once you have made your T Highlight Unused Tags selections and click on Import Tag TagNane Data Type ADDR ot Intay Ret Puc De m the data in the Excel fields will 1 ERROR CODE VALUE UNSIGNED_INT_16 INT H 2 PLC ERROR DISCRETE INT be placed into the Tag Database 3 EXPRESSION TAG SUBTRACT UNSIGNED_INT_16 0 0007 PLC1 4 N712 UNSIGNED_INT_16 PLCI columns shown here 5 BUTTON OBJECT DISCRETE B3 0 0 PLC1 6 INDICATOR LIGHT DISCRETE B3 1 0 PLCI 7 AIAC DIC CMTOWV LIMCICMHMEM IMT 1C MFN ort Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel S Shoes Gam o LEASE NOTE Programming Software User Manual Alarm Database To program the panel to monitor the PLC for errors and trigger an alarm see page 188 Project Attributes Panel to PLC tab PLC Error and PLC Error Code Value Alarm Database x Total Number of Alarms 0 Current Editing Language 1 Add Edit Delete Help Cancel To program an alarm in the Alarm Database perform the following steps Alarms are numbered from 1 to 999 1 Click on the Add Edit button to add a new alarm To edit an existing alarm click
155. Program to Panel dialog box to begin transferring the project to the panel 3 PowerPanel Demo Project prp 1 Numeric Entry Oj x Fie Edit Screen Objects Draw Panel Setup Window Help laj x S DH eeo ocjena o lee B ll 4T 1 e 6 Blam ae COM far E sgial Oloa e me esti me og 282 lw G ARMA MIRE UM RI BOR l s OO E 5 SBEewmRwst bah 9 x Wa Project Screens a O Z 3 Easy Numeric Display Steps Exit Project to Information 3 Vite Your Click on 3 Write Your to Panel Program to Panel This screen will appear Write Program To Panel Project Information For Help press FA O O Project Title C Program Files PowerPanel 3 1 2 Project Demo Project Panel Type E 8 Color 6404480 ar ea elen Bradiey SLC 500 DFT Ful Duplex Rew D PLC 2 Type and S Protocol Project Information is provided here i Panel Information al Memory By e Memory Byl z P Panel to PLC Link Make sure the information is correct before o Fma A es evision pr oceedi ng Fre La amp Not Connected Ethernet COM Port is shown here Click on the Configuration button to choose COM Port Make sure the correct COM port is selected before proceeding program to panel CAUTION Ethernet COM Port Pressing Start will OVER WRITE program Configuration C already in the panel If you do not want to lose program
156. R CODE VALUE EXPRESSION DESTINATIO INDICATOR LIGHT N7 10 IF THEN ELSE ENDIF Hex value delimiter Logical NOT Negative Subtract Positive Add Modulus N7 11 N7 12 NUMERIC DISPLAY NUMERIC ENTRY Multiply PLC ERROR Divide SETPOINT OFF lt lt Shift Left SETPOINT ON gt gt Shift Right lt Less than lt Less than or equal gt Greater than gt Greater than or equal Equal to condition lt gt Not equal amp Bitwise AND Fa Bitwise XOR 2 I Bitwise OR Write Evaluated Expression Value to Add New ba Tag Cancel Help Expression Tags Display and Entry Expression Tags Display expression tags are expressions that do not assign the result to a destination tag The result is used as the display value for objects for example an Indicator Light object These tags are read only and can only be used where read only tags are permitted These tags are updated when the operand values change Entry Expression Tags Entry expression tags assign the result to a destination tag These tags are write only and can only be used where write only tags are permitted amp Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual xpression tags are also not allowed in the following System Attributes tags under the Pan
157. T E E E 151 ecole lec laqiagiigie O eere nn emnn Terror E E nr ty errr er emer ere arene 152 Project Screens Explorer View asec cs tees tees tae tase eames enssieria tae nde Ahonen ne etetsceteenanegeaan 152 Chapter 6 Reference BS I EE T E at E EAN hee ENE OE ec cea eee 154 EE METU ee A E E Ree eee re ee nee eee 159 T N O E N A E E E E 162 IDET Bi ig a E E E E E ee er ee eee ae 166 r OM see ce ak E E E ce eee 167 SIZING a Biman in Symbol ACIONY saccodaenciaateanssaienstinea aneancen EEEE 170 PANCET e E E E E ee eee ee eee 171 Se ONO M E EE E E E E E E AE E ET TAE E ANE AAE EA E E E 178 TOD IA G e N A E E at eee ry eee es 178 Tao Gross miei se dol gl ele sennie E e E re rea ees 181 EPOR T 0 aeneee nen rie eee ere ee eee me re emer eiree eee te en eo een eee ne ee ee ere eee eee 182 APON TNS certo as E as een ea eeeed vane ctu eee 183 PAV Te EV arene cence A A E E ace eonid E 186 EPONA gt ennenees en eee eee One er ene eer S 188 IS US MO eh sesycrs iih ta pecan EAEE 189 ESPOT MESE AOS gate eee nee mene re ner ney eee ere ens ene ee nee ee eee ee 191 MEON NOSS TIES ae naaen nee aren tee ent one ee eer ee eee merce ee eeiny meee es eee eee ee ee eee 192 PO OC ANIOI OS serari a S a randiawceeeeeatont 194 ProSCTr DE SCIPION eee cere emer re meen ener entree er nen eens eee er eee eee ee eee eee 205 vo 4 Mt ad Sl Oger ne Te eR ee em eae Srey em ee ene E Se ren eer a eer ee rere en ere Tre 205 Upor AC TCO sic tace span cae aniecewtaca cna eas
158. Tag Name that you type in as the Tag Address The Address must be in the correct Data Format For example if using an Allen Bradley SLC 500 you might name the tag N7 2 which is the address format of the PLC register MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net G2 S Shs am MO UE Programming Software User Manual Objects Overlapping Warning This is enabled by default Click on it to deselect check mark in front of item will disappear This warning message if enabled will pop up when you attempt to save a screen or project with overlapping objects Click Yes to save with overlapping objects or No to cancel the save Objects Overlapping Error Message x Numeric Entry and Change Screen are overlapping on the screen named Demo Project 1 prp 1 Numeric Entry Screen Tl Do not display this message again Overlapping Objects Information Click on this to bring up the following dialog box Information about the overlapping objects is displayed From here you can rearrange the order of the overlapping objects by bringing them forward Move Up or sending them back Move Down Click on the object in the list that you want to move to highlight it and then click on the Move Up or Move Down bution You can also click on an object in the list and click on the Edit button to edit the object details or click on Remove to remove the object from the screen Thi
159. Time and Date 185 Panel to PLC 217 Panel to PLC Link 35 Panel Tool Bar 162 Panel Type 27 30 GROUP 44 PASSWORD 44 Password 43 Password PLC 44 Password Protect Object 43 Password Protected Alarm History Count 101 Password Protection 6 Password Tag 44 Passwords 43 215 223 Paste 171 PC 3 PC Com Port Connects to Panel 28 PC Port 35 PC requirements 3 Pen 92 PID Faceplate Object 95 Alarm Bit 96 Label 95 Legend tab 97 Mode Bit 96 Output 96 Bar color 96 Bar ranges 96 Tag Name 96 Process Variable Setpoint Tag Name 96 KLUC Programming Software User Manual PID Faceplates 6 PID loop tune face plates 34 Place Button 42 PLC 5 38 addresses 6 44 Attributes 32 Cable Part Numbers 8 data type 70 Driver 184 Driver Code Revision 184 Driver memory 184 Error 218 HELP 4 location 57 Manufacturer 184 memory locations 6 Model 184 register 57 65 78 registers 77 Type 30 Type and Protocol 27 32 PLC 1 and PLC 2 190 PLC Cable Part Numbers 8 PLC Communication TIMEOUT A 13 PLC Communications Serial Port Setup C 12 C 13 C 18 C 27 PLC Communications Setup C 3 Allen Bradley C 3 DeviceNet I O C 8 DirectLogic C 11 K Sequence DirectNet and Koyo Modbus C 8 EtherNet IP C 14 GE 90 30 90 70 SNPX C 12 GE Versamax PLC C 13 General Electric GE C 12 Generic Ethernet IP Network C 14 Generic Profibus DP C 21 K Sequence DirectNet and Koyo Modbus C 11 Melsec FX C 17 MicroLogix DF1 Full Duplex C 3 MicroLogix DH485 AIC C 4 Mit
160. To do this exit Project Title C Program Files PowerPanel Project D emo Project prp project and Read Program from ee ae Pa ne L th en save 1 t to your P C Pressing Start will OYERWRITE program Panel Type f 2 8 Color 640x480 already in the panel If you do not want Configuratii to lose program in the panel press LTT PLC 1 Type and len Bradley SLC 500 DF1 Full Duplex Rev D Cancel and first Read program from Protocol Panel and save it on your PC PLC 2 Type and Protocol Cancel m Panel Information Panel to PLC Link imware Total Memory 524288 Bytes Revision o a Connected Under Project Information Free Memory fase 72 Bytes feo the screen provides you with the Project Title you are about to transfer the Panel Type you are transferring the project to and the Operation complete project written to the panel CAUTION Pressing Start will OVERWRITE program already in the panel If you do not want to lose program in the panel press Cancel and first Read program from Ethernet COM Port Configuration Panel and save it on your PC OK PLC1 Type and Protocol and PLC2 Type and Protocol that you have selected as used by your application If you are connected to 2 PLCs it will list both Press Start to begin the transfer or Cancel to abort Help fi 7 Unit Number 1 4095 i Cancel If you receive an error message check to ensure your panel to PC connections are correct
161. User Manual Click on the XY Axis tab to continue formatting your Line Graph General Pen XY Axis Visibiity Details Axis v Label Language p Color H Text ix Axis Major Divisions p Minor Divisions 2 IV Show Y Axis grid V Show Tick Numbers Y Axis ShowTicks WV Label Major Divisions fe Language EE Color z Minor Divisions 2 Text Yas IV Show X Axis arid Range Note Select the sign type signed or unsigned that matches the sign of pen tag data types Valid Ranges Show Tick Numbers Signed Te 0 0 Unsigned Floating Point Maximum 4294967295 Precision for Floating v 4294967295 The Line Graph is set up with the vertical axis Y representing the Tag value Value and the horizontal axis X represents time Readings Under X Axis make the following selections 1 Choose whether or not to Show Ticks for the X Axis Reading Click on the box in front of Show Ticks if you want them to display on the object 2 Enter the number of Major Divisions and the number of Minor Divisions you want to display on the graph 20 tick marks are the maximum allowable for major and minor divisions 3 Choose whether or not to Show X Axis Grid and Show Tick Numbers 4 Click in the box in front of Label if you want if you want a label for the X Axis Here you will enter the label Text and make selections for the text Language number and Color
162. W YOU ACCEPT ALL THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT IF YOU DO NOT AGREE WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS GREEMENT DECLINE WHERE INSTRUCTED AND YOU WILL NOT BE ABLE TO INSTALL AND USE THE SOFTWARE Carefully read all the terms and conditions of this agreement prior to installing PowerPanel Editor hereinafter called SOFT WARE Installing of the SOFTWARE indicates your acceptance of these terms and conditions fal Do you accept all the terms of the preceding License Agreement If you choose No Setup will close To install PowerPanel you must accept this agreement _ lt Bock ves __ to Setup will install PowerPanel in the following folder To install to this folder click Next This is the final installation screen Here you select the destination folder where your software program will be installed The To install to a different folder click Browse and select another default destination location is C Program Files PowerPanel If you wish to select another destination click on the Browse button To complete the installation click on Next gt button That s all there is to it The PowerPanel Icon shown above will appear on your desktop Simply click on it to open the Programming Software Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net older You can choose not to install PowerPanel by clicking Cancel to exit Setup MAN UTICW M V4 0 Tutorial In th
163. aO BUNOT e E E E E 118 PUES AUS BIOD eea E E E eE 121 MPSS TAD EEEE E E EE 123 Increment Decrement Value Object ccccccccecceeceeeeeeeeseseeeseeseceeeneaeeceeseeeeeeeeeeeeessesseeesenenaneaeeees 126 Increment Decrement Value Tab cc ccceeceeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaaeaaaaaaeaaeaasaaesceseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeneess 127 Muk TUNC UOT ODI OCI sasaa EEE E EE EE E EEEa 128 STU OS a eE a EE E E a E E E E E 129 Ropon ODOC aer E E ER E Geese aeteetnet 131 escages TID eae E E E E 132 Data FC OUIG IN OR CCS sesi ern E AT R E En a E aa Ee Taa Ea 138 TRIE NION Sercio eenas aE Erer EEEE EEE AE E TAE E AE R E EE 138 POC CAN a E EER E E 140 E e eaten EE A N SE REEE E A E E S E E TEE E E E E 142 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Chapter 5 Main Programming Seren secreet EANAN EE NEARE EKANA ENAERE E RAER ai 146 D a E E eee ere ee 146 MISENA E a e E E ee eer eee ee ee 146 Tl E aea E E E A S 147 DPE TOB a e A A E E A erence 148 Base OS Cts OOl Bii erea EE 148 TAFOD 2 0 B Wee A E E E E A ee 149 System Objecis T00L BAF seian EER RE E A EAA 149 Bim POD ce TOOLE W sre E E men ee errr oe Tt peer tenn errr e 150 Data Acouisti n TOO BAT sesser EREE Sete amare ean span teas sagen eee 150 Drow TOO B Se oes aoe ees 150 PNE M09 B 21 eaea ree nen turer ae nore ee ae ene eae nee ee oe eee ee een eee 150 S Ba Senne een eon ere mn er eer ee Te ce ere een mee ere E er eT ee er ee eee ee 151 aS eS OIE aM aaa tars eusaitet apne etic deoeathne
164. abel on the Data Acquisition Frequency Chart object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 221 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty FIFO 1 Enter or select the FIFO Name The FIFO name is the tag name where the global data is collected You must have already programmed the FIFO under Setup gt Global Objects gt Data Acquisition FIFO 2 Enter Table Number from 1 to 127 Frequency Tag Select whether or not you want a tag to set the maximum frequency on the Y axis This tag will hold the a maximum value Click in the box in front of Use Frequency Tag and then select a tag in the Maximum Frequency Tag field If you do not select this option it defaults to the number of readings selected when you defined the FIFO Range You may choose the X axis Range that will appear on the Frequency Chart to be set by the Use Values or by the Use Tags option The minimum and maximum depe
165. added Expression Tags added Duplicate Tags option and Search and Replace test option added to Tag Database Touch PRLS Alarm List Screen List Selector Control List Selector objects added Notification and Handshake Flags added to Numeric Entry Objects vi PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual EU Information The G Square Series PowerPanel is manufactured in compliance with European Union EU Direc tives and carries the CE mark The G Square Series PowerPanel has been tested under CE Test Standard EN55011 and is listed under UL File E209355 The following information is provided to comply with EU documentation requirements Technical Support SELV Circuits Environmental Specifications Preventative Maintenance and Cleaning Please NOTE Products with CE marks perform their required functions safely and adhere to relevant standards as specified by EU Directives provided they are used according to their intended purpose and that the instructions in this manual are adhered to The protection provided by the equipment may be impaired if this equipment is not used in accordance with this manual Only replacement parts supplied by UTICOR Technology L P or its agents should be used Consult PowerPanel Programming Software Help or you may find answers to your questions at our web site www uticor net If you still need assistance please call our technical support at 1 800 832 3647 or FAX us at 1 563 359 90
166. ag to where you want it to appear on the screen MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net O me it Ue Programming Software User Manual Control List Selector Object temp to 32F et temp to 72F Temp to 125F Control List Selector The Control List Selector Object allows you to group common or frequently used controls value into a list The operator can scroll the list and choose from a descriptive list of operator friendly control value names and execute the control with the press of a button Control List Selector x General Values Protection Visibility Details Label Text Language BE Character Size 6x8 Label Text Control List Selector Color Text Background X Use tag for Initial State V Display Frame Initial State aa R Tag Destination o T ag v reales Iv ss with Enter Pat t for Unsigned Decimal Text Properties Color Text E 1 Blink CharSze 68 E Background x l Blink Cancel Help To put a Label on the Control List Selector object perform the following steps 1 2 3 4 5 7 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 221 Select Character Size from the available sizes Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Text an
167. agers 7 Engineers Supervisors Maintenance Alarm History Object Shift 1 Operator Shift 2 Operator Shift 3 Operator General Alarms allow you to select the security or Protection level of those that can clear alarm history or counts A numerical keypad will pop up when Note This d t t th eh ee eee the Clear or Clear All buttons are pressed on the Alarm History screen or the Alarm Counts screen prompting the user to enter a password Passwords are entered by the operator with the popup keypad MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net S Shoes Gam o me it Ue Programming Software User Manual NOTE These PLC Attribute settings must match the PLC Communications Port that you are connecting the PowerPanel to E gt Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net Project Description Enter text here to describe your project You may enter up to 400 characters Click on the OK button when you are finished Project Description Ea Type in as much text as you need to describe your project Select PLC Click on the down arrow to view the available PLCs Select the PLC Type and Protocol for the First PLC you are using If using a Second PLC click in the box in front of Second PLC and make selections If your PLC Type and Protocol is Entivity s Think amp Do Modbus the Think N Do Map File field will beco
168. ages into the database The following window will appear Paste Messgaes x Please specify the message number to start copying to Confirm before overwriting Overwrite without confirmation C Do not overwrite Cancel Enter a message number to start copying to Select from the options Confirm before ovewriting Overwrite without confirmation and Do not overwrite Click OK The messages will be pasted into the Message Database MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net me it Ue Programming Software User Manual Comma delimited To Excel Export Messages Import Messages X b Project Attributes Project Description Select PLG Upgrade Firmware Global Objects Setup Export Messages Badeni Click on the Export Messages menu item to write the messages from Export Tags your current open project to an Excel file or a CSV file C Import Tags gt pone eas Comma delimited ET E The CSV Comma delimited or Comma separated values file format saves xX a only the text and values as they are displayed in cells of the Message Database All rows and all characters in each cell are saved Columns of data are separated by commas and each row of data ends in a carriage return If a cell contains a comma the cell contents are enclosed in double quotation marks Example of what a CSV file looks like opened in Notepad 1
169. alue 89 Minimum 144 Miscellaneous Errors Mxx_x A 27 Mitsubishi PLC Communications Setup C 17 Modbus RTU C 18 Mode 144 mode 27 31 Mode Bit 95 models 5 Modicon PLC Communications Setup C 18 Momentary Off 41 42 47 52 120 Momentary On 41 42 47 52 120 Momentary ON or Momentary OFF setting powerup state 42 47 52 120 monitor a bit 78 monitor and display a tag 88 monitor specific Tags 91 Monitor Tags 187 monochrome 6 mouse 3 mouse cursor 4 Multi Function Global Object 227 Multi Function Global Operation 229 Multi Language Support Feature 221 Multi state Bitmap 122 Image Display 123 Label 122 Program Images 124 Multi state Bitmap Object 122 Images Add Image 124 how they will be displayed 123 Programming 124 Remove Image 126 tab 124 Label 122 Tag Name 123 Multi state Indicator 108 print messages from B 3 used as an indicator light 114 Multi state Indicator Light 114 Multi state Indicator Object 108 Label 108 Mask 109 Message Attributes 109 Message Display Bit Number Message Number 109 Message display 109 Messages Default Message Attributes 114 embed a data value within 111 enter and attributes 109 how displayed 109 Non programmed message action on panel 109 Send Message to PMD Marquee Slave 110 Tag Name 109 N Navigation Tool Bar 33 ndicator light 46 needle 83 New Screen 174 non printable ASCII characte 112 Non Printable ASCII Character 113 136 non printable ASCII character 112 135 Non programmed bit
170. alue for the numeric keypad The value is ignored KEYPAD ENTRY TOO LOW This message indicates that the user attempted to enter a value that was less than the minimum value for the numeric keypad The value is ignored TAG TYPE VALUE MISMATCH This message indicates that the object contains a value that is of a different type than the object s tag For example the value may be a signed value but the tag may be an unsigned value The object should be edited to contain the correct value type INVALID CODE This message indicates that the user entered an invalid password for a protected object The user must enter a valid password The passwords are defined in the project attributes SCREEN BUFFER OVERFLOW This message indicates that there are more objects on the screen than the panel can display When a screen is displayed the panel copies the objects to a buffer If the buffer is filled then this message is displayed and any remaining objects are ignored The amount of memory used by an object is dependent on the type of object visibility the label and strings used by the object Some objects should be removed from the screen Oa Programming Software User Manual PowerPanel Programming Software Error Messages Error Codes Error Codes are divided into categories and are numbered with prefixes and 3 digits as follows Value Range Errors VXx_xX PLC Conversion Errors Pxx_xX Tag Errors TX x Project Information Step 1 Errors I
171. ame You may enter a descriptive Tag Name of up to 40 characters Data Type This is the format of the data Select the Data Type that is appropriate for your type PLC Choose from DISCRETE SIGNED_INT_16 SIGNED_INT_32 UNSIGNED_INT_16 UNSIGNED_INT_82 BCD_INT_16 BCD_INT_32 FLOATING _PT_32 and ASCII STRING PowerPanel ADDRESS EXP The syntax for entering PLC addresses depends on the type of PLC A message similar to the one shown to the left will display letting you know if the PLC Address type and Tag Data Type don t match or if the Address is invalid If you are configuring an Expression tag the expression will appear in this column Error TO2_3 Invalid Address Invalid File type Number of Characters If the Tag will read a character ASCII string from the PLC or write a character string to the PLC you will need to enter the number of characters here Each PLC register can contain 2 characters You may enter up to Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual PLEASE NOTE If your panel is connected to multiple PLCs see Mapping Tags in the Help file for your PLC Type MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net 40 characters The PLC will assign the correct number of sequential registers needed for the string The address you have entered for the tag is the starting addre
172. and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the text to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The EDIT TAG Enter a Tag Name DETAILS screen will appear 1 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag Name from the available choices MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net ED MO UME Programming Software User Manual Please Note The value corresponding to the Tag Name tells which message number from the message database is to be displayed 2 Ifthe Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC and select the Data Type from available choices Click on the OK button Select Message Text Justification Messages created in the Lookup Text object are saved in the Message Database See page 180 for Message Database setup This is a local attribute for each Lookup Text object So the same message in one Lookup text object can be left justified within the frame while in another Lookup Text object it can be right justified 1 Select the Horizontal and Vertical Justifica
173. and drag to the size you want To move the object select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen 156 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 Main Programming Screen In this chapter Title Bar Main Menu Bar Standard Tool Bar Object Tool Bars e Basic Objects Tool Bar e Text Objects Tool Bar e System Objects Tool Bar e Bitmap Objects Tool Bar e Data Acquisition Objects Tool Bar Draw Tool Bar Panel Tool Bar Status Bar 3 Easy Steps Tool Bar Programming Screen Project Screens Explorer View me ask Ud Programming Software User Manual Main Programming Screen Title Bar Main Menu Bar Standard Tool Bar Draw ToolBar Panel Tool Bar 3 PowerPanel Demo Projec srp 1 Numeric Entry ia File Edit Screen Objects Draw Panel Setup Window 58 3 es Og BE T Proj N Data Acquisition Objects Tool Bar Project ER i Screens Jf gt i Basic Objects Tool Bar Explorer View gt Bitmap Objects Tool Bar System Objects Tool Bar Text Objects Tool Bar Indicator Light 3 Easy Steps Tool Bar Status Bar va No of Selected Objects 0 x 204 Y 16 OFF LINE MODE The Main Programming Screen is shown above Itis here that you will design your PowerPanel operator interface screens In this section we ll briefly identify and describe the main
174. anel Programming Software User Manual A QUICK REVIEW for ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION Project Location C Program Files PowerPanel 3 1 2 Project Browse Project Name Example Project prp v Start Editing Screen Number fi Name Numeric Entry Screer Firmware Panel Type G 2 8 Color 640x480 Reyision PLC 1 PLCT a nd Poiaca AllenBradley SLC 500 DF1 Full Duplex Rev D View Edit PLC Com Setup Think 1 Do Map file Browse PLC 2 PLE Type View Edit PLE Com Setup and Protocol Think nDa Map file Browse Under ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION you will perform all or some of the following actions depending upon the working mode you have selected 1 Project Location will default to the directory where the PowerPanel Software program is stored If your project resides in another location click on the Browse button to navigate to a different directory and folder D 2 D O wn D EE xe Click on the Help Button at 2 Under Project Name click on the down arrow to view saved anytime for help projects or enter the new project name 3 Start Editing Screen allows you to select the screen that you Click on Clear to clear your want to begin editing To have the project open to the screen entries and start over you wish to edit click on the down arrow to select the Name or the Number of the screen If
175. anual 10 11 12 13 14 15 Add New Alarm 1 x Alarm Number f 4 Tag Name JERROR CODE VALUE Alarm State Gn Gf r Limits Alarm State OutofRange Low Limit jo M Log High Limit QS Print IV Display gt Send Message To PMD Marquee Slave Group Number fo z Unit Number 0 4095 p Alarm Text Language f ERROR CODE VALUE Help Add New Alarm Close For Alarm No 1 click on the down arrow next toTag Name and select ERROR CODE VALUE from the list Select Out of Range for Alarm State under Limits and set both the Low Limit and the High Limit to 0 Leave Log and Display selected If you want the message sent to a PMD Marqee or Slave click in the box in front of Send Message to PMD Marquee Slave Enter the Group Number and Unit Number of the slave Under Alarm Text type in the alarm message as ERROR CODE VALUE Click on the Add New Alarm Button The Alarm has been saved to the database Add New Alarm 2 i x Alarm Number 2 4 Tag Name PLC ERROR Me Alarm State On Off m Limits Alarm State four of Range z Low Limit M Log High Lint Print IV Display TT Send Message To PMD Marquee Slave Group Number 0 z Unit Number 0 4095 a Alarm Text Language fi a PLC ERROR Help Add New Alarm Close For Alarm No 2 click on the down arrow next to Tag Name and select PLC ERROR from the list
176. ap Unmap Advanced Advanced Options gt Options gt Options Memory Discrete gt Start Word p a Memory Discrete z Start Word jo General Module Scanlist Input Output ADR Summary Type Size Map Auten Polled 62 0 2 1 0 Unmap 1 2 1 0 07 Device Polled 62 07 Device F Cancel Apply Help Return to PowerPanel Programming Software and begin creating your PowerPanel project O a c lt W 20 O l qa PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual DirectLogic PLC Communications Setup K Sequence DirectNet and Koyo Modbus The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a DirectLogic PLC with K Sequence Protocol using DirectSoft PAA MiGs z configuration software Ez J pene E oe To set up the DLO5 PLC K Sequence_ using ae DirectSoft configuration software program the Time out e00ms Setup Communication Ports screen as shown to the right DirectNet and Modbus are selected ATS off delay time 5 me here also Station Number 1 RTS on delay time 5 ms i Baud rate 9600 z Open PowerPanel Programming Software and Stop bits z configure Project Information screen as shown Parity 0a z in the figure below Port 2 6 Pin Modular EG PowerPanel After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol Step 1 Project Informatio
177. ap return to the starting control value when the end of the list is reached In other words if the operator presses the down arrow when he reaches the end of the list he will be taken back to the first control value in the list Likewise if he presses the up arrow and is on the first control value in the list he will be taken to the last value on the list 2 Leave the Select with Enter Button selected if you want the operator to be able to choose and execute a control value from the list If it is not selected the Enter button will not appear on the object and the operator will only be able to use the up down scroll arrows to view the list 3 Choose the data type for the control value by clicking on the down arrow in the field next to Format for Value Select from the available choices Choose Text Properties 1 Select the Color of the object Text and Background 2 Click in the box in front of Blink if you want the Text and or Background to Blink 3 Select the Character Size from the available choices Keep in mind the size of the object on the panel screen when choosing size MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net 147 me it Ue Programming Software User Manual Click on the Values tab and the following window will appear Control List Selector x General Values Protection Visibility Details Number of values in the list 0 Current Editing Language 1
178. appropriate for your type PLC ASCII STRING is only choice available Select the Number of Characters Click on the OK button PowerPanel Supports see Appendix B PLEASE NOTE Each ASCII Select the String Characteristics 1 Select the Character Size from the available choices 2 Select the Color of the Text and Background and whether or not they will Blink 3 Choose the Justification of the Text that is displayed within character uses I byte of data There are 2 characters per register 40 character maximum uses 20 consecutive registers The Address String is the first the frame Choose both Horizontal Left Center or Right and register of the consecutive Vertical Top Center or Bottom justification for the Text within the frame register block Protection See Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections e Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Text object on the screen and size it To size the Text Entry object select it grab a handle and drag until it is the size you want To move the object select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen This is the Popup alphanumeric Keypad that displays on the PowerPanel touchscreen when the T
179. aracter Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net E gt KALUES Programming Software User Manual 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the PID Faceplate to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty Under Process Variable Set Point you will make the following selections Process Variable Set Point Tag Names Bar Color Background Process Variable v i i Set Point 7 mj mm Minimum fo Maximum 65535 Total 5 Fract fo NOTE To edit the Address 1 Select the Tag Name for Process Variable that will monitor the String with your cursor in the process Tag Name field click on the 2 Select the Bar Color and Background Color for the Process right mouse button The EDIT Variable as displayed on the PID Faceplate object TAG DETAILS screen will 3 Select the Tag Name for the Set Point appear 4 Select the Bar Color and the Background Color for the Set Point as displayed on the PID Faceplate object 5 Select the Minimum and Maximum Range for the bar graph Select the Total number of digits you want to display and how many if an
180. are program the Channel Configuration screen as shown to the right Open PowerPanel Programming Software Bees one and configure Project Information screen as Token Hold Facto P shown in the figure below Max Node Address 31 After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter ok Cancel Amy Hep the parameters shown Click on the OK button to ENE xl save your selections You PowerPanel will return to the Project gt Information screen Click 4 step l on the OK button to begin creating your PowerPanel E s as easy as 1 2 3 SELECT ACTION PowerPanel Programming Software Version 2 1 P roj ect 3 UTICOR Technology L P Phone 1 563 359 7501 Edit Program Selected Action Edit Offline Write Later www uticor net OFF LINE Write ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION to Panel Later R REA o Project Location x lt c Program Files PowerPanel Project Browse A d 7 5 ET N OTE Th e Defau It Read Program Project Name a dp PLC Add ress can be ma aae New Project prp 7 Q O any valid unused Start Editing Screen Q i address from 0 to 31 Number fT z Name NewScen e lt Edit Program Panel Type x2 g 7 Firmware ype G 2 8 Color 640x480 Fevision Allen Bradley SLC 500 DH 85 MicroLogix AIC E3 MwA jer Eraciey SLC SOU Microl oan DALASA Fev B View Edit PL
181. ash card Miscellaneous Errors Mxx_x Error M01_1 Error in memory allocation Reason You will get this error if PowerPanel Editor is not able to allocate certain amount of memory for doing some operations Solution close other applications and try If you still get this error save the project and close the application Restart your computer and try again Error M02_2 Unable to open the Project file prp Oak UL Programming Software User Manual Error M02_3 Unable to open message database file pmd Error M02_4 Unable to open alarm database file pad Error M02_5 Unable to open PLC attributes file atr Error M02_6 Unable to open annotations file pan Error M02_7 Unable to open project options file ppo Solution You have renamed your project accidentally while project was open in PowerPanel Close this project and open it again Error MO3_1 Unable to create project file prp Error M03_2 Unable to create PLC attributes file atr Error MO3_3 Unable to create message database file pmd Error M03_4 Unable to create alarm database file pad Error M03_5 Unable to create annotation file pan Error M03_6 Unable to create project options file ppo Error M03_7 Unable to save PLC Attributes file atr Error M04_1 Unable to create temporary project file prp Error M04_2 Unable to create temporary annotations file pan Error M04_3 Unable to create temporary PLC
182. ason APLC dll file has been moved or deleted from the program directory Solution Reinstall the software Oa Programming Software User Manual Error M06 _8 Received checksum is not equal to calculated checksum Solution Reinstall software and try again Error M06 9 No PLC has been selected Solution Reinstall software and try again Error MO7_1 Invalid Screen Name Error M07_2 Invalid screen ID screen ID range is 1 999 Reason Valid screen name s length is 1 to 40 characters Solution You have to specify a valid screen name Do not include any special characters s y 5 25 lt gt EtC while naming your files First character should be alphanumeric Error M08_1 Downloaded project is a protected project This cannot be edited viewed in the editor Reason Project is write protected Solution You will not be able to open this project for viewing editing purpose Contact the people from whom you got this project y xipueddy O c z V gt e Ke Error M09_1 System out of memory to run Symbol Factory Solution Restart your system Error M09_2 Invalid Symbol Factory exe file Solution Reinstall the software Error M09_3 Unable to find Symbol Factory application Solution If you have moved symbols directory to some other place please copy it back Otherwise reinstall the software ON a UL Programming Software User Manual Bitmap Errors BMP_xx Er
183. at was created in an older version of PowerPanel Programming Software 1 x this version V3 0 will recognize it and convert the old Recipe object to the new Recipe object This is true whether you are reading from the panel or from the project file Ensure that you have the latest version of the firmware Cancel Help To put a Label on the Recipe object button perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 221 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty mportant Note If overlapping this object the maximum number of tags that can be written to is 40 Enter Text Here you will enter the Text that will appear within the object and control how that text will appear Select the Language number 1 9 for the Text Type in what you want to appear within the button Select Character Size from the available choices Select the Color of the Text and the Color of the Background If you
184. attributes file atr Reason You might receive these error messages if you are running two instances of the PowerPanel Programming Software opened a project in one and then gave the same project name in another to be downloaded from panel Solution Give a valid project file name that is not open in any application If you still face the problem close all your applications and run only one instance of PowerPanel and try again D z 1 26 cO S O E lt 3 p H Error M05_1 Unable to unload Error M05_2 Unable to load Reason There is a dll file in the directory that doesn t belong The program loader will report this error Solution Remove the specified file and reinstall the software Error M06_1 Not a PowerPanel Solution Connect a PowerPanel to the computer and try to communicate with the panel Error M06 2 File corrupted number of bytes in the screen is zero Error M06 _3 Unable to rename the selected screen Error M06_4 Problems in project checksum Error M06_5 Invalid screen checksum Solution You need to recreate the project If this problem persists please report it to technical support Error M06_6 There are no PLC dlls available in this execution directory Reason If you have moved all the PLC dlls from the directory where PowerPanel exe resides you will receive this error message Solution Reinstall the software Error M06_7 PLC DII file being used by this project is not found Re
185. b Divisions is 20 3s 1 Ifyou want to show tick marks on your bar graph click on box in front of Show Ticks to enable 2 Select where you want the tick marks to be on the graph Left Top or Right Bottom 3 Select the Number of Major Divisions and the Number of Minor Sub Divisions to display The maximum ticks allowed for Major or Minor Divisions is 20 4 Click on the down arrow next to Color to view the color palette for the tick marks Place the cursor over a color and click to select 5 If you want to show numeric values for the tick marks click on the box behind Show Tick Numbers 6 If you have selected a Floating Point Tag the Precision for Floating Point entry will be enabled This will allow you to display the value of a tick mark on the bar graph with up to 5 decimal points Click on the down arrow to select number of decimal points 7 Select the Minimum and Maximum Range of the values represented in the bar graph display Ranges must be entered in Decimal 8 Ifyou want a Bipolar bar graph click on the box in front of Bipolar and enter a Midpoint value A Midpoint between the Minimum and Maximum Range will appear 9 Under Color click on the down arrows next to Background Bar Foreground fill and Bar Background to view the color palettes and make your selections Click on the box below Blink to enable that feature Click on the Digital Display Tab to Format the numbers and how th
186. be visible click on the box to deselect NOTE To edit the Address the box will be empty String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The EDIT TAG aue a cele N ie aac F ee DETAILS seen Wil oppe Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag Name that you want the Numeric Display object to monitor 2 Ifthe Tag Name is new the Tag Entry dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC and select the Data Type from available choices Click on the OK button MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net O MO UE Programming Software User Manual Enter the Format of the Numeric Display Format Data Type Signed Decimal 7 Justification LeadingZeros leadingZeros Zeros v Size e s e s Color Digits Text o T Blink Total Digits 15 Background T Blink Fractional Digits 1 The Data Type is dependent upon the Tag type In turn the Tag data type is dependent upon the type of PLC you are using Therefore your selections next to Data Type in this object will be limited by your Tag and PLC data type PowerPanel Programming Software will automatically limit your selections based on the PLC and Tag address format The Data Types and their respective ranges that may be available are as follows Sign
187. beled Switch to Screen Number enter a tag for this item Note Must be a word type tag and the data type for this tag should be unsigned decimal or BCD 4 Save the project and then write the project to your Panel 5 When communications between the PLC and the Panel are established the PLC can control the screen that will be displayed on the Panel MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net amp KALUES Programming Software User Manual a In the PLC write a value to the register that was assigned to the Switch to Screen Number tag The value should correspond to the screen number you wish to display Note this attribute is value oriented not bit oriented b If a value is written that does not correspond to a valid screen number the displayed screen will not change or give any indication that the value was invalid S Shoes Gam o c Writing a value of zero to the Switch to Screen Number tag will change the screen displayed on the panel to the previously displayed screen d Writing the same value to the Switch to Screen Number tag will be ignored For Example Assume the PLC wrote a 5 to the Switch to Screen Number tag and the Panel is displaying screen 5 If the panel screen is changed using a Change Screen Object to change to screen 6 writing a 5 to the Switch to Screen Number tag a second time will be ignored The pan
188. ber Map to Internal Tag Only Tag for the internal register that stores a screen number value Writing a screen number to this tag will cause the panel to display the screen This tag can be used by the Recipe Math Logic and Numeric Entry objects PLC Error discrete and PLC Error Code Value word Error Code Value word Tag for internal location that the panel writes values to indicating which PLC errors have occurred in the unit The values are in decimal only Convert them to Hex to find the PLC Error Code Value PLC Error messages are listed in the Appendix A PLC Error Messages and in the programming software help under the PLC Help topic Driver Errors PLC Error Discrete Tag for internal location where the panel sets a bit to indicate that a PLC error has occurred NOTE Map to Internal Tag only DO NOT assign PLC addresses or other objects to these tags x x Enter Tag Details for the Tag Enter Tag Details for the Tag ERROR CODE VALUE PLC ERROR Select Tag Type C PLC1 Allen Bradley SLC 500 DF1 Full Duplex Rev D Select Tag Type C PLC1 Allen Bradley SLC 500 DF1 Full Duplex Rev D Address Strini ion Je sion Address String l Expected IO Type RAW Expected IO Type RAW Data Type JUNSIGNED_INT_16 gt Data Type DISCRETE No of Chars No of Chars gt T Initial Value Retentive Flag gt T Initial Value Retentive Flag Initial Value I
189. bit data type allows you to define only 16 images Solution Reduce the number of images to under the maximum imposed by the tag data type D z 1 26 c cO 2 O E lt 3 p H Error BMP_33 Shrinking the images result in one of the non stretching images to be reduced in size therefore not allowing shrinking of images Reason One of the images you have selected cannot be resized Solution Check your images to see if you have deselected the Allow Stretching option ASCII Characters In this Appendix Character List me it Ue Programming Software User Manual PowerPanel ASCII Characters Name Octal Dec Hex Description oP 040 32 20 Space 041 Ja 21 Exclamation point i 042 34 22 Double quote 043 35 23 Pound sign 044 36 24 Dollar sign 045 37 25 Percent sign amp 046 38 26 Ampersand 047 39 27 Apostrophe single quote 050 40 28 Left parenthesis 051 41 29 Right parenthesis 052 42 2A Asterisk 053 43 2B Plus l 054 44 2C Comma 055 45 2D Hyphen minus 056 46 2E Period decimal point dot 057 47 2F Slant slash 060 48 30 Zero 061 49 31 One 062 50 32 Two 063 51 33 Three Four 065 53 35 Five O66 54 36 Six 067 55 37 Seven 070 56 38 Eight 071 57 39 Nine 072 58 3A Colon 073 59 3B Semicolon 074 60 3C Less than Left angle bracket 075 61 3D Equals sign 076 62 3E Greater than Right angle bracket 077 63 3F Question mark At sign 0101 65 41 Uppercase A 0102 6
190. buttons and displays that will be transferred to the panel and communicate with the PLC when this tutorial is completed The Main Programming Screen opens with the toolbars shown below k N PROGRAMMING TIP Before you begin placing objects on the programming screen click on Edit gt Default Tag Data Type and select SIGNED_INT_16 By selecting the default data type as SIGNED_INT_16 here you won t have to select it later when configuring the tag details for the objects Please note however that if the data type for an object requires something other than the default data type you have selected it will show the required data type i e Discrete a O Z These are the objects you are about Project Screens to configure in this tutorial Explorer View 3 PowerPanel Dt mo Project prp 1 Numeric Entry Oj x S DE een alm S o tle ll 4T 4 Lia ot s Ba ama COM fNRmB S2 a O8 o ule m e ssh a mm gE lw G ANN ARIE SUR BOR polu eang gh a hah By x ee Project Screens Bose a 1 Numeric Entry Numeric Display TT 7 2 Design Your Screens 3 Vite Your Program to Panel Indicator Light ml b No of Selected Objects 0 x 281 Y 473 OFF LINE MODE Num WY For Help press F1 MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net D O E 1 There are many more
191. click on the Duplicate button 4 The duplicates will appear in the Tag Database list Tag Cross Reference The Tag Cross Reference screen provides you with a list of the programmed tags and across reference to the objects that use them Information is provided on the PLC type and protocol next to PLC1 and PLC2 if applicable at the top of the screen Tag Names are listed alphabetically Click on the arrow to scroll to a particular tag name Information on the Address Data Type I O Type and Number of Alarms programmed to the tag is given In the Object List you are provided with the objects or Project Attributes that use the selected Tag The Object Type Tag Type in Object and the Screen Name of where the Object appears is listed in the window To view specifics for each Tag go to the Tag Name field click on the DOWN arrow and select one from the drop down list Tag Cross Reference x PULI Allen Bradley SLC 500 DF1 Full Duplex Rev D PLC 2 Tag Name BUTTON OBJECT Address B3 0 0 DataT ype Discrete lOType RAW Number of Alarms 0 Object List SI Object Type Tag Type in Object 1 Buttons Rect l 80 t 320 1 239 b 39 1 Numeric Entry 198 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Setup Tag Database Tag Cross Reference Import Tags b Alarm Database Export Alarms Import Alarms M
192. creen Q Write Your Click on button number 3 to Write Your Program to Panel When you are Program ar i to Panel finished with the project or want to test it on the PowerPanel select this button The Write Program to Panel Screen will appear allowing you to transfer the current project to the panel memory Click on this button to transfer your project to the PowerPanel MAN UTICW M V3 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net O me ask U2 Programming Software User Manual Programming Screen This is the programming screen where you will build project screens that will in turn be displayed on the PowerPanel You may program from 1 to 999 screens in a project These screens are used primarily to incorporate objects messages and graphics Placing these items onto the programming screen allows you to have input and control over what is being displayed on the panel 3 PowerPanel Demo Project prp 2 Panel Control E j x Fie Edit Screen Objects Draw Panel Setup Window Help 18 x ao DO s amp Bo ac ae Y O He B lle AT 4 4 1a 0 s 8 Blam exit gf TR B OO i sie Ge ea ee Li lee A AIA ESTE 5 Ol E g EEE i ojx a Project Screens QJ 1 Numeric Entry g 2 Panel Control g 3 System Startup 0 4 Monitor Pump Output J 5 Global Data Access Time and Date 11 38 46 25 NOV 2 Go to Sy
193. creen They can collect change and or store PLC register data This means that Global Objects can be controlled by a PLC Data collected from a Data Acquisition FIFO Global Object can be displayed using the Data Acquisition Objects found under the Objects Menu See page 138 Multi Function The Multi Function Global Object is very similar to the Multi Function Basic Object The only difference is that the Multi Function Global Object is triggered by an event rather than by an operator pressing a touch screen object When the event or actuator condition is met the operations will be performed and the results written to the destination tags It can be controlled by a PLC The Multi Function Global Object allows you to perform a Boolean or Arithmetic operation using two tags and will store the result in a third tag The operations supported are ADD SUBTRACT MULTIPLY DIVIDE MODULO NEGATE Il ABSOLUTE ROUND amp AND I OR I XOR NOT lt lt LEFT SHIFT gt gt RIGHT SHIFT and MOVE Multi Function x General Operations Label Text I Event Type while a discrete tag is on level sensitive Tag x Time 1 10th Sec fi 0 Hour Minute tn Second Cc iV Al i second Cancel Help Under the General tab for the Multi Function Global Object perform the following steps 1 Click in the field after Label Text and type in a name for the obj
194. ct OFF WARM UP RUN PLEASE NOTE The Tri State switch object is always snapped to a touch cell to ensure that it operates properly on the panel screen Ifyou select the vertical style you will notice that a label is not available grayed out NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The EDIT TAG DETAILS screen will appear MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone The Tri State Switch object controls two bits at a time from two different tags It consists of three buttons If the first button is pressed both the bits are OFF If the second button is pressed the first bit is ON and second bit is OFF If third button is pressed the first bit is OFF and second bit is ON Tri state Switch x General Protection Visibilty Details Language Character Size 6 8 Label Text TRISTATE Selected Position Color ous Top Text zj Bottom Background zj Tag Names FistBt p Second Bit Po V Display Frame lete ee Select Style Language fis Character Size 6x8 z often JOFFE O e i BackGround Bink Ee Second Text SECOND TEXT Of E z E NOTE For this object resizing will always be in multiples of default size Cancel Hep To put a Label on a Switch perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number Se
195. ct 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 221 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty Select Digit Format This allows you to program characteristics of the current contrast setting that will display on the button The current setting will appear on the button above the UP and DOWN arrows Use the arrows to increment or decrement the setting Select the Size and Color of the characters Text and whether or not they will Blink and set the color of the button Background and whether or not it will Blink Protection See Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net O MO UME Programming Software User Manual OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections e Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Adjust Co
196. ct the Character Size of the Message Text by clicking on the down arrow next to the Char Size field to choose from the available choices Click on the box in front of Print if you want the message to print to a printer anytime it is displayed on the Panel The message print out will look similar to the following TIME amp DATE 8 18 57 28 MAY O1 MESSAGE THIS IS MESSAGE NO 1 THIS IS MESSAGE NO 1 TIME amp DATE 8 25 47 28 MAY O1 MESSAGE THIS IS MESSAGE NO 1 THIS IS MESSAGE NO 1 TIME amp DATE 8 25 51 28 MAY O1 MESSAGE THIS IS MESSAGE NO 2 THIS IS MESSAGE NO 2 TIME amp DATE MESSAGE HIt 8 25 53 28 MAY O1 TIME amp DATE MESSAGE BYE 8 25 55 28 MAY O1 TIME amp DATE 8 25 58 28 MAY O1 MESSAGE THIS IS MESSAGE NO 1 THIS IS MESSAGE NO 1 Under Message Text select the Language for the message up to 9 and then enter the text for the message When finished click on the Add New Message button To edit an existing message 1 Edit Message Details Dialog Box 2 Click on the message in the Message Database list to highlight it and then double click or click on the Add button The following dialog box will appear Edit Message Details 2 x Message Number 2 m Limits Text Color E i T Blink Char Size 6x8 x Background Color T Blink T Print m Message Text Language fi 4 I Apply Changes Help Close Make changes and then click on the Apply Changes Message button Th
197. ct whether or not you want the Display Sorted Data Format 1 2 Select the Data Type depends on FIFO data type see note to the left of the table data Choose the Justification Leading Spaces Leading Zeroes or Trailing Spaces of the table data Choose the Size of the displayed data Select the Color of the data Text digits and whether or not it will Blink Select the Color of the Background and whether or not it will Blink Under Digits select the Total Digits depends upon FIFO type see note to the left that you want to display and the number if any of those digits that you want to be Fractional Digits depends upon FIFO data type Place a check mark in front of Range if you want the data table to indicate when data is over or under a set range Select the Under Range minimum and the Over Range maximum Select the Color that you want the Under Range below minimum data to appear as in the table and whether or not you want it to Blink Select the Color that you want the Over Range above maximum data to appear as in the table and whether or not you want it to Blink Reference Format 1 2 3 4 Select the Data Type of the Reference Data to display on the table it will display to the right of the input value Select the Justification of the data Select the Color of the Digits and whether or not you want it to blink Under Digits select the Total Digits you want to appear in the refe
198. d Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty Enter Tags 1 Click in the box in front of Use tag for Initial State if you want the object to read an initial value whenever the object is used This means that when you use the Control List Object the object will read the starting value from the tag you select here Clickon the down arrow next to Initial State Tag to select from the available tags or enter a new tag O Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual 3 Ifthe Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will appear where you will map the tag The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC Click on the OK button 4 Click on the down arrow or enter a new tag for the Destination Tag This is were the control value will be sent when the operator selects it from the object list Choose how the Control Selector List will function Use Wrap Select with Enter Format for Unsigned Decimal M Around Vv Button eri Unsigned Decimal Text Properties Color Text E T Blink Char Size 6 8 Y Background Blink 1 Leave the Use Wrap Around check box selected if you want the list to automatically wr
199. d Loop Controller d Openthe PROFIBUS DP folder until you get to ANYBUS S PDP Click on the folder and drag it to the line in the window a am shown in the picture to the right 2 ilceusts29 _tesz auf ft pera Link PoC Ge ENCODER A olepos2avo5s Jeesz32 ho ho CET 2008 D Gee Eo ie Og cw 20 O l qa Ea ET 200C Po GET 201 po Ge ET 200m po Ge ET 2008 Po Ge ET 2000 Po Ge ET 200K Po Ge Funection Modules C IDENT Please Note When dragging the folder make sure you have it right on the line before releasing the mouse insertion possible button H E MOU Programming Software User Manual e The properties window will open as shown to the right once you drag and drop f Under the PARAMETERS tab configure your PROFIBUS ADDRESS g Click the PROPERTIES button in order to configure the modules profibus connection h Go to the NETWORK Os HW Config SIMATIC 300 1 Configuration ANYBUS_PGI_RES ah Station Edit Insert PLC View Options Window Help slaa S Sale ii fe 82 no Profile Standard J PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS il 3 Additional Field Devices Properties PROFIBUS interface ANYBUS S PDP General Parameters Address Transmission rate 1 5 Mbit s Subne
200. d Protect Object and then click on the Edit Passwords button The following screen will appear x GROUP Password Tag PASSWORD TAG Cancel 12 Under PASSWORD for the GROUP Managers type in 1234 Click OK Please Note Once the password is entered for Managers all objects that you configure for Protection at the Managers level will now require the Password 1234 Please Note You can also assign passwords by clicking on Setup in the Main Menu Bar and then Project Attributes gt Passwords tab MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net Ee a O Z O E m PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual NOTES ON RESIZING 13 For the purposes of this tutorial we will leave the remaining options AN OBJECT set to their defaults or not configured Ignore Scaling tab Notification Drag the object to move or amp Handshake Visibility Details tab they are explained in detail for drag a handle to resize the this object in Chapter 4 of the manual object The pointer l changes to a four way 14 Click OK at the bottom of the dialog box arrowhead for moving or n a two way arrow for 15 A crosshair cursor will appear on the programming screen Position resizing crosshair where you want the object to appear and click once i 16 Grab the object by a handle and drag to Dragging a side handle a o le width or resize it until th
201. d drag to where you want it to appear on the screen MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net lt gt MO UM Programming Software User Manual Multi state Indicator Multi state Indicator is an object that is created to display preprogrammed r messages within a frame on the PowerPanel screen Each object has preprogrammed messages that are stored in the object itself In other words Messages are stored in the object not the Message Database It displays one message at a time based on a bit the one that is set or a value in the tag The maximum number of messages that can be programmed is 255 Click on the Messages tab to program messages in the database Messages designed in the Database are numbered based on the tag data type If the Value corresponding to the Tag Name is 10 Message Number 10 will be displayed within the Multi state Indicator Text Frame Multi state Indicator x General Messages Visibility Details goreesseseesseeeseseessseg Nesesssssssesssssaseasees Language Character Size jes z Label Text MULTI STATE INDICATOR Position Color Top Text zj Bottom Background Tag Name 7 IV Display Frame m Messages Display Messages based on Bits are represented in BitNumber Message Number Decimal system Octal system Mask Selecting Bit Number will display the messages based on whichever bit is ON Mask in Hex in t
202. d exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections e Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Object on the screen and size it e To size the object grab a handle and drag it to the size you want To move the button select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to the area on the screen that you want it to appear MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net GP PowerPanel Text Object E 22i Triggered Lookup Dynamic Text Text Entry Grab a handle with your f mouse A Al A A g ii The Text Object Tool Bar as it originally appears in the programming window You can move the tool bar to other locations on the programming window by clicking and holding the left mouse button on the handle bar see above and dragging to where you want it to appear in the Programming Window The Text Tool bar as it appears on the programming screen t AAA 4 9 Programming Software User Manual Static Text This object allows you to place text anywhere on the screen to provide information screen description etc You can choose whether or not to display a frame around the text and whether or not you want it to be transparent Static Text ES General Language fl Character Size 6x8 x Text STATIC TEXT a x 4 4 Justification X l V Display Fram
203. d goes back sixteen levels of undo Redo will redo the oc Select All Cirle previously undone action Align Delete Del Cut Eo This allows you to Cut remove a selected item s to the clipboard Toolbar Current Editing Language Co py This allows you to Copy without removing a selected item s to the Default Tag Datatype clipboard Tagh ame as Address Objects Overlapping Warning Overlapping Objects Information Paste This allows you to Paste a selected item from the clipboard onto the displayed screen Select All Click on Select All to select all items on the displayed screen Align This allows you to Align selected gay Let items onthe screen You may also Metical Center execute these commands by Bight clicking on their respective icons PAARO on the standard tool bar You must Bottom have at least two objects selected in order to execute the Left Right Top or Bottom Align commands Left Aligns left sides of all the selected objects to that of left most object Vertical Center Aligns all the selected objects to the vertical center of screen Right Aligns right sides of all the selected objects to that of right most object Top Aligns top sides of all the selected objects to that of top most object Horizontal Center Aligns all the selected objects to the horizontal center of screen Bottom Aligns bottom sides of all the selected objects to that of bottom most object
204. d is an internal value stored in the panel TAG Tag names are assigned to PLC registers that hold the passwords This allows you to change the codes by writing new code values in the assigned PLC registers It also gives you the ability to design a screen that allows a Supervisor to change security codes from the touch screen Only use positive values when assigning tag values Under the Clock tab you will select the following attributes x General Printer Passwords Clock Panel to PLC PLC to Panel Language Ports Alarm Protection Item Tag Name Date Tags Year word I Month word Day word Time Tags Hour word v Minute word v Seconds word v Clock Source INTERNAL Panel maintains clock using onboard Realtime Clock Chip Panel will Internal write date and time values to PLC if above tags are mapped to PLC Extemal CAUTION Use Read Write PLC addresses to use Internal Clock option EXTERNAL Panel uses values from the above tags in place of internal realtime clock Panel will read these values from PLC if the tags are mapped to PLC Cancel Help Date Tags Year word Tag for the location that the panel sets with the year 0 99 Month word Tag for the location that the panel sets with the month 1 12 Day word Tag for location that the panel sets with the day 1 31 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M
205. d you are finished DI8 DO08x24 10 ANYBUS S PDP Slot f M Order number l Addr Q Ad Co INPUT 4 Byte 2 word 11 Return to PowerPanel Programming 1 127 IN OUT 32 Byte 16 word 256 287 256 287 INPUT 8 Byte 4 word a S ft d b 72 SS aa Ree eae INPUT 16 Byte 8 word O 3 aaa INPUT 32 Byte 16 word E a oftware an egin creating your as INPUT S206 von j SE QR SO INPUT 128 Byte 64 word PowerPanel project a eee ee OUTPUT 1 Byte Q O 2 E in a OUTPUT 2 Byte 1 word 2 i ees a ae OUTPUT 4 Byte 2 word QO a a ee OUTPUT 8 Byte 4 word lt i i Pe e OUTPUT 16 Byte 8 word TE ET OUTPUT 32 Byte 16 word ey ae es OUTPUT 64 Byte 32 word SS SSS SS a OUTPUT 128 Byte 64 word SS aaa 7 ns pa Fa as 17 Loads the current station into the load memory of the current module MOM Programming Software User Manual Seimens S7 MPI Adaptor PLC Communications Setup The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a Siemens S7 MPI Adaptor with Siemens 3964R Protocol Using the Seimens Step 7 Programming Software open your project and proceed to Dijsear _ amp aales sal aft Ee ie Bi lt norne gt a al he the MPI Interface Setup Screen Sy EZText_1 fg SIMATIC 300 1 t r PROFIBUS 1 p oix gt 15 x al a le alata 8 le DLL we n Properties CPU 315 2 DP R0752 PRO
206. default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty Text Properties 1 Select the properties of the text that will appear in the list 2 Select Text and Background color Character Size and whether or not the Text Background or both will blink O Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Click on the Screens tab to place screens on the list The following window will appear Screen List Selector x General Screens Protection Visibility Details Maximum of screens for this List 255 Current Editing Langauge 1 Number of Screens in this List 0 Screen Screen Name Screen Name Text Move Up Move Down Add Edit Sereen Delete Sereen s Cancel Help 1 Click on the Add Edit Screen button to add a screen to the list The following window will appear Add Screen List Selector Screen x Screen Id Screen Name v Numeric Entry x Screen Name Text Language E Numeric Entry Add Screen Close Help 2 Find the screen you want to add by clicking on the down arrow in the Screen ID or Screen Name fields 3 Select the Language number from the available list 4 When you have the the screen that you want to appear in the list clickon the Add Screen window 5 Continue to do this until you have all the screens
207. e Tag C Value jo Maximum Range Tag o Value ir Color v Show Ticks Background E Bar Foreground M Bar Background mm Left Top Right Bottom No of Major Divisions 5 Tick Color H Cancel Help To put a Label on the Touch PRLS object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 221 Select Character Size from the available sizes Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty o po On Setpoint Tag Off Setpoint Tag 1 Enter or select a tag that will store the On and Off Setpoints for the object MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MO UME Programming Software User Manual 2 If the Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will appear where you will map the tag The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC Click on the OK button when finished
208. e This example shows how an r Group Number fi z Unit Number 0 4095 fp embedded printer command SE Message let ee will be represented in a Press F7 to embed a data variable Language fi Press CTRL ENTER to go to next line of this message message S Help Add New Message Close MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MO UE Programming Software User Manual 5 You may continue to add messages or click on the Close button to return to the Messages tab dialog Your programmed messages will display in the list Multi state Indicator x General Messages Visibility Details Maximum number of messages 255 Display Messages based on BIT NUMBER Current Editing Langauge 1 Bits are represented in Decimal Number Total Number of Messages 2 PROGRAMMING TIP BiH Print Char Size Text Color Bink Bka Color Bink Langit Msa Tert If you want the Multi state Jha NO int mle NO ee TETA ae ea Indicator object to act as a Multi F cm state Indicator Light simply create your Messages with different Background Colors and no Message Text Use the Blink feature to draw the operator s attention a Add Edit Message Delete Messagels Get as Default Message attributes Henge attributes to Deraull athibutes Cancel Help 6 Ifyou want a programmed message s attributes to become the default for all new m
209. e Horizontal Vertical rT oo C Top fansparent Cont Cont a 2 enter enter Tert H Right Bott 2 n Background z Cancel Hep Under the General tab you will make the following selections 1 Select a Language 1 9 that you want the text to display in 2 Select a Character Size from those available e g 6 x 8 8 x 16 8 x 32 3 Type in the Text as you want it to display on the PowerPanel Panel screen The text can be up to 500 characters and wraps within the frame 4 Select Horizontal Left Center or Right and Vertical Top Center or Bottom Justification for the text Default for both is Center 5 Ifyou want the text to appear within a frame click on the box in front of Display Frame to enable If you want to see through the text and or frame to what lies underneath click on the box in front of Transparent 6 Select the Text and Background Color from the available choices Default Text color is black and the default Background color is gray OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections e Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Text Object on the screen and size it To size the object grab a handle and drag To move the button select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen
210. e TOOL BAR e m Switches ls Wet e IE Control List Selector oa Step Switch l e 6 Screen List Selector e TRI Tri State Switch Alarm List Numeric Entry IMM Touch PRLS Recipe Thumbwheel Indicator Light Numeric Display Analog Clock Configure an object by Digital Clock selecting i rom the Mee OBJECT TOOL BARS s Bar Graph Line Graph PID Face Plate Dynamic Bitmap Change Screen SASeEMFoOBOA Sin Alarm History e 4 Multi state Indicator MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net ED me it Ue Programming Software User Manual Text Objects Tool Bar Icons z fa Static Text e Triggered Text e Lookup Text e Dynamic Text i E Text Entry System Objects Tool Bar Icons j d Adjust Contrast e Increment Decrement ak Hour Ej Activate Screen Saver H Select Language Bitmap Objects Tool Bar Icons Dynamic Bitmap Bitmap Button e IE Multi state Bitmap Data Acquisition Tool Bar Icons Table View AAR Frequency Chart i G Statistics O Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Button Object Pressing a Button object allows you to WRITE to a Tag It can be displayed in a variety of colors sizes and shapes and has a simulation option allowing you to see how it will look when pressed You may b s
211. e if you want to take several temperature readings in an hour s time and then have the graph display this average as one sample on the chart Select a number between 1 and 259 Click on the Pen tab to program the individual readings lines Line Graph xi General Pen XY Aris Visibiity Details Pen Tag Name Color Line Type Language Legend 1 J4 oS lV Display Legend Note If unsigned data type is selected for range then the pen tags must also have unsigned data types assigned to them Signed and Unsigned data types CANNOT be mixed on the same line graph NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the 1 Click on the down arrow to select the Tag Name for the register Tag Name field click on the you want Pen 1 or 2 3 4 5 6 to monitor and illustrate right mouse button The EDIT 2 Select the Color and Line Type from the available choices TAG DETAILS screen will 3 Select the Language Number 1 9 appear 4 Click in the Legend field and type in the text you would like to display in the legend for Pens 1 through 6 The legend will display the Color and Line type and what you enter in the Legend field Limit the legend names to 16 characters maximum 5 Click on the box in front of Display Legend if you want the legend to appear on the line graph object ED Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software
212. e when represented in binary format does not have consecutive 1s Solution Enter a mask value represented by consecutive bits Error BMP_23 Cannot add image Object size exceeds maximum limit Reason Addition of new image is exceeding maximum object size 512K bytes Solution Select a smaller image or use an image editing application to reduce size and attempt to import again Error BMP_24 The height and width of selected image are out of range Do you want to resize it to fit the screen Solution Click Yes and the image will automatically be resized and imported y xipueddy O c z V gt e Ke Error BMP_25 Image for this value has already been defined Select a different bit for image Reason You will receive this error message when configuring a Multi state bitmap and attempt to redefine an image Solution Select a different bit for the image Error BMP_26 A log file named has been generated it contains summary of modified bitmap objects in the project Reason When a project created by an older version of the program loader is opened and there are objects that couldn t be converted to latest format a log file is generated with a description of those objects Error BMP_27 Static Bitmap OBJECT SIZE LIMIT exceeded please reduce the size of object or select a smaller bitmap Reason While saving or selecting an image the Static Bitmap size exceeds the 512K maximum Solution Reduce size o
213. e Database i Export Messages All rows and all characters in each cell are saved Columns of data are Import Messages separated by commas and each row of data ends in a carriage return If a Project Attributes cell contains a comma the cell contents are enclosed in double quotation Project Description m arks i Select PLC Upgrade Firmware Example of what a CSV file looks like opened in Notepad Global Objects gt ALARM TAG NAME ALARM STATE LOW LIMIT HIGH LIMIT DISPLAY LOG PRINT LANG ALARM TEXT 1 MOTOR RUNNINGON YES YES NO 1 The Motor is Running 2 MOTOR STOPPED OFF YES YES NO 1 The motor has stopped 3 OVER TEMP 0 100 YES YES NO 1 Oven Temperature is over maximum Click on Comma delimited if you want to save the alarm Save in My Documents iG cH database asa CSV file The L My Music following window will appear E PowerPanel Tags allowing you to name the file ee eee and navigate to the directory and folder where you want it to be saved Save as type PowerPanel Alam CSV Files csv Cancel p To Excel Click on the To Excel menu item to write the alarms from your current open project to a Microsoft Excel file The PowerPanel Programming Software will open Microsoft Excel and write the alarms to an Excel book as shown below Click on File gt Save As in the Excel program and enter a name for the file Click on the Save button to save the file under the name you have ente
214. e Range type must be the same before the OK button is selected Error J10_4 Total number of line graphs must be between 0 and 255 Reason You will not be able to create more than 255 line graphs in a single screen Dynamic Bitmap Static Bitmap Error J11_1 Selected file is not a BMP file Solution Select a valid Windows BMP file Error J11_2 No Bitmap file was selected Please select a BMP File Solution One of three actions can be taken 1 Select Copy from Clipboard to copy the file name chosen from the Symbol Factory 2 Select Import Bitmap to choose a bitmap from a file somewhere in your computer or off the network to enter in the File Name box Error J11_3 Select either ON or OFF bitmap Reason Dynamic bitmaps require at least one bitmap to be selected Error J11_4 Compressed BMP size exceeds the maximum size usable BMP size Reason PowerPanels use a Run Length Encoding RLE technique to compress Bitmaps for display and saving purposes The maximum allowable size of a compressed BMP is 512K Ifthe selected BMP results more than 512K during compression this error occurs Even if the bitmap size is less than the panel s resolution you may get this error KALUE Programming Software User Manual Solution You need to select a different BMP If you would like to use the same bitmap you need to reduce the complexity of the bitmap Although there is no straight forward way to tell that a bitmap would result in less
215. e changes will be saved to the Message Database If you want to set the Default Message Attributes to the same as a configured message click on it in the Message Database dialog box list to highlight it and then click on the Set as Default Message attributes button To change an existing message s attributes to the default attributes click on the message in the list to highlight it then click on the Change Attributes to Default Attributes button E gt Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Add Edit Message Edit Right Click Menu Desta If you right click the mouse button while your cursor resides anywhere in sil the Message Database window the menu shown to the left will appear Paste e If you want to Add a message click on Add Edit If you want to Edit a message click on the message in the database to highlight it right click to bring up the menu and then select Add Edit JJ D i a p e If you want to Delete a message click on the message click while holding the Shift Key to select more than one message to highlight and then select Delete from the menu If you want to Copy a message click on the message click while holding the Shift Key to select more than one message to highlight and then select Copy from the menu e Open the Right Click Menu again and click on Paste to paste the copied mess
216. e following steps NO Tame 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 221 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty To Choose an Indicator Light Style perform the following steps 1 Under Select Style click on the style you prefer for the indicator light object you are creating 2 Your choice will appear under Selected Style Enter a Tag Name 1 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag Name that you want the Indicator Light to monitor 2 Ifthe Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC Click on the OK button MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net Q MO UME Programming Software User Manual Enter On Off Text Here you will enter the Text that will appear within the object and contro
217. e from the available sizes 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty Enter Text that will appear on the button Here you will enter the Text that will appear within the touch object and control how that text will appear Select the Language number 1 9 for the Text Type in what you want to appear within the button Select Character Size from the available choices Select the Color of the Text and the Color of the Background If you want the Text or the Background to Blink click on the box below Blink to place a check mark indicating that the option is enabled i a MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MO UM Programming Software User Manual Enter Math Logic Operation 1 Click on the Operations tab and then click on the Add Edit Operation button The following dialog box will appear Multi Function x General Operations Protection Visibility Details Maximum number of operations 20 Number of operations in this multi function object 0 Opr Destination Soucet Operation Source2 Add Operation De
218. e label displays in its Numeric Entry height only dragging a entirety as shown to the right corner handle changes the width and height simulta neously 17 Next we ll create a Numeric Display object Click on Objects gt Numeric Display The following dialog box will appear Numeric Display D x General Scaling Visibilty Details Label Text Language f Character Size 8x16 Label Text Numeric Display To EDIT TAG DE TAILS Position Color right click the mouse while me Tet J ottom Background x the cursor is on the Tag Name Tag Name NUMERIC DISPLAY 7 Display Frame Data Type Signed Decimal v Justification Leading Spaces 7 Size 6x8 7 Color Digits Text N M Bink Total Digits 5 Background I Blink Fractional Digits ge Use tag for decimal point Decimal point Tag Name z Cancel Help 18 Click on the box in front of Label Text to activate the object label 19 In the field next to Label Text type in Numeric Display as shown above 20 Click in the field next to Tag Name and type in NUMERIC DISPLAY Press Enter The following screen will appear ED Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 21 22 23 24 20 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual ADD NEW TAG DETAILS x Enter Tag Details for the Tag NUMERIC DISPLAY Select Tag Type PLC
219. e sE EEEn E E AENEASE NEE NEEE EE necked eres V EU Information eisdeechin2scaeccigaseidnciaes s edciarchsassasadeadasaadassaanavsbsaiacncksbaaieddeapsdiaaiesiedaadeiasdeaccdecddenssae vi Chapter 1 Maruaroa ANION e a S E E a E 2 MUOU OM e A E E E E 3 What you need t get SEAS ech ccicp ucts cocettntinsunmnsienttendaiatuabueducenagstinntatsenatadpnsedes ices dniatviannecieseantuseiatianergumesstieasendes 3 POWO e E E E a ee E E E E 3 OWS e E E vate E E EE EE EEE EEA E EE 3 Noc HORN oeer E E E E E E T E 4 OPEC ONA EEP erran E E EEEE EES 4 POVO AEP a e e E E r ER A E E 4 PEO REER ae cece cece e E E E E E 4 RSC AN UO eei E E atic eit ania E E E 4 POV Sree Modele seirer ninina eiA En aa Earne E AA eR EEE r i 5 FOGS ere E E E E E mneteanee deeudnangeeunanes 6 PLCS Supported by FowerFanmelS asesir nsis EEA EA aE AEAEE EE 7 PEC Cable Part NUMDETS fe setrestnasecteaicettices cttaete nirna eiiiai a aeara rE rinia 8 Programming Cable Pait NUMDET sresti ionniienidniniiahusnnesyeeiedsuentedeueanedndesimauteeseeedacensiodian 8 PowerPanel Programming SOMWANS ches ccnecscaveakinctennmtcdnossiansans dusinisenanwdaseieinssachalapsadbnnt tcepsininidencaieietandedieareex 9 Healing he OPW AS saer e aE E E OSa 9 Chapter 2 T t nal Conngure PLC sarrera E na ARa Ea ERREA i 12 Tutorial Create a Project sivcccsiicacciansiensisnannciets enasipiyncsinsdenasindinenniiniiebentedsinantcnesngsaibuatsansvaiseeaneddiaevacantedneennaes 13 AOT eae E EE E E E E emeteereatce eee d
220. e section on Language page 221 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the button to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty To Choose a Tri State Switch Style perform the following steps 1 Under Select Style click on the style you prefer for the button object you are creating 2 Your choice will appear under Selected Style Tag Names Click on the down arrow to select or enter new Tag Names for the First Bit and for the Second Bit If the Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net E gt me it Ue Programming Software User Manual Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC Click on the OK button Text Here you will enter the Text that will appear within the object and control how that text will appear Text ss Language p Character Size iE 7 r Color Off Text JOFF TEXT Text Blink BackGround Blink First Text FIRST TEXT on M fF Second Text SECOND TEXT Off m E z r 1
221. e your Edit Program Selected Action Edit Offline Write Later www uticor net OFF LINE write ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION selections You will return to to Panel Later Project Location t h e P r Oj ect n fo rmat i on C Program Files PowerPanel Projects ERTE screen Click on the OK Read Program Project Name from Panel and New Proiecte W button to begin creating your Edit OFF LINE O a a Oo D co 20 O l qA Start Editing Screen PowerPanel Project Number fi 7 Name Scr 1 7 ee anel Type G 2 8 Color 640x480 Finnie iz PLC Editor Revision B Hesian m wali ae LC Type Eerten on E anot oiha Gaara d Pratocol Modicon Modbus RTU Rev B T View Edit PLC Com Setup BAK Aaa 9600 7 Default PLC Slave No 0 247 Alikehw o eS Protocol JATU Registers per Message lap file HIS se Stop Bits One ie zz e4 7 Parity Even Coils per Message e4 20 Select R5485 o Timeout time 1 255 N Y tenths of Second N v Control ATS o Poll Time 0 255 NOTE on TAGs for this type PLC Require CTS No X tenths of Second fo k aE If communicating to other than the M loa bae Hoh tte Low Word High Word etait default PLC the address string must be High Byte Low Byte Default C High Word Low Word preceded by the PLC address of the unit you want to communicate with For example 3 40001 i
222. eason When working ON LINE the panel loses power or the communication link between the panel and PC is interrupted or disconnected When you select Save Screen or Save Project you will receive this error message Solution Check to see if panel is receiving power then check the COM line between the panel and PC for a good connection Object Errors Jxx_x Radio Buttons Error JO1_1 Object cannot be accommodated in the new position Reason The Radio Buttons object cannot have any buttons overhanging the screen Vertical and horizontal Radio Buttons will only allow enough buttons to extend from one end of the screen to the other More buttons will generate this message Solution One of two courses of action may be taken The first is to reduce the size of the object itself The second option is to reduce the number of buttons in the object Error J01_2 Cannot add another button To do so would exceed the panel size Reason The Radio Button object will not allow more buttons when the object is the same height width as the touch panel screen Error J01_ 3 Vertical Radio Button can not accommodate more than 6 buttons Reason 6 panels have a maximum of 6 vertical touch cells therefore you can t select more than 6 buttons Step Switch Error J02_1 Number of steps Range is from 2 to 4 Solution Enter a number between 2 and 4 or use the wheel next to the box ma Programming Software User Manual Error JO2_2 Step Switch x Ta
223. eate your own Demo project based on this one adding color password protection and dynamic graphics for instance The PowerPanel and PowerPanel Programming Software are practical versatile and best of all make it easy for you to create a dynamic interface for your application The PowerPanel 15 TFT Flat Panel Glove Model PowerPanel lt a ee gt WALT _ TA AN MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net ED Project Setup In this chapter ON LINE and OFF LINE Projects Project Setup Entering Project Information Step 1 Designing Screens Step 2 Write Your Program to Panel Step 3 Q jet dp S 2 hon a me it Ue Programming Software User Manual Project Setup Decide now if you want to work ON LINE or OFF LINE You may create a new project on your PC by working off line not connected to a PowerPanel You may also work on line with the PowerPanel unit to make changes to an existing project Working off line you may use PowerPanel Programming Software to design your PowerPanel in your office or home or even while traveling Your project becomes as portable as your laptop and your PowerPanel is not down while you are redesigning or making modifications as your unique application needs grow or change Your project may be transferred to the PowerPanel at any time
224. ecimal point Tag Name 59 70 Ethernet IP C 14 decimal points Profibus DP Network C 21 controlled by tag 59 70 Computer interface B 4 Decrease Clock by 1 hour 220 Conditional Expressions 194 decrement configuring your first screen 28 value 127 Connecting Panel to Multiple PLCs addressing DEFAULT image 124 42 192 Default Language 214 221 Constant 63 195 229 DEFAULT Message 110 context sensitive onscreen help 4 Default Message Attributes 114 Contrast 105 Delete 171 Control List Selector Object 146 Delete Screen 175 control logic 38 Description Screen 177 control output value 95 description of process or condition 73 control sequence 38 design 26 control value 146 design changes 26 controlled by a PLC 227 design screens 158 controlled variable in the process 95 Design Your Screens 33 Copy 171 Destination Tag 195 Copy from Clipboard 121 181 Details 45 Copy Screen 167 DETAILS button A 14 Copying Tags Screen 168 detect a PLC error A 7 CSV file 198 204 210 DeviceNet I O Network C 8 CTS Switch C 20 Diagnostics 185 Current Editing Language 172 Digital Clock 81 Current Language Number 218 Digital Display 85 89 Current Screen 217 Justification 90 customize 238 Digits 59 70 85 90 Cut 171 Dimensions 125 Direction 194 D DirectLogic PLC Communications Setup C 8 C 11 DirectSoft configuration software C 11 DATA Acquisition OBJECTS TOOL BAR 39 Discrete 38 data acquisition 231 Display 183 Data Acquisition FIFO 144 Display a blank bitmap 123
225. ect up to 40 characters 2 Select the Event that will actuate the operation Events that you may choose from are MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net JJ D i a p me it Ua Programming Software User Manual e when the source operands change performs the operation only when the Multi function source operand changes when a discrete tag turns on edge sensitive performs the Multi function operation when the event tag is turned on performs the Multi function operation again only when event tag is turned on again S Shoes Gam o Positive ON Edge Sensitive Actuator Multi function Performs Operation Performs Operation Performs Operation EventTag ON e when a discrete tag turns off edge sensitive performs the Multi function operation when the event tag is turned off performs the Multi function operation again only when the event tag is turned off again when a discrete tag is on level sensitive performs the Multi function operation when the event tag is ON and will update as long as the event tag remains ON and when source operand changes Positive ON Level Sensitive Actuator Multi function Performs Operation ee anata E A Event Tag e when a discrete tag is off level sensitive performs the Multi function operation when the event tag is OFF and will update as long as the
226. ed 16 Decimal 32768 to 32767 Signed 32 Decimal 2147483648 to 2147483647 Unsigned 16 Decimal 0 to 65535 Unsigned 32 Decimal 0 to 4294967295 Octal 16 O to 177777 Octal 32 O to 3777171771111 Hex 16 0 to FFFF Hex 32 0 to FFFFFFFF BCD 16 0 to 9999 BCD 32 0 to 99999999 h Click on Data Type and select from the available choices 2 Click on Justification and select from the following Left Justify Right Justify or Leading Zeroes 3 Click on Size and select from the available character sizes Click on down arrow to view list of sizes 4 Under Color click on down arrow to view the color palette for Text Click on any color to select 5 Click on the box in front of Blink if you want your text characters to blink 6 Select color for Background and whether or not you want it to Blink 7 Click on Total Digits under Digits Here you will select how many digits from 1 to 10 depending on the Data Type and Tag Type that you want to display 8 Ifyou want Fractional Digits enter 1 through 10 here select 0 for none For example if your maximum value is 999 you would enter 3 under total digits If your maximum value is 99 9 NOTE If a Decimal Point tag enter 3 under Total Digits and 1 under Fractional Digits is selected the Fractional Digits 9 Ifyou want a tag to control the decimal points click in the box in will not be used The number front of Use tag for decimal point and then enter or select a of frac
227. ed frame types 39 V Value 93 128 Value Range Errors Vxx_x A 17 Values 148 Vector based graphics 34 vertical axis Y 93 Vertical Center 171 VGA display 3 view custom screen magnifications 178 View Edit Attributes 224 View Edit PLC Com Setup 28 32 Visibility 45 Visibility Tag 45 Visibility Details 45 Visibility Details Tab 45 Visual Alarm Settings 84 W Watchdog 217 What you need to get started 3 Windows 98 NT4 0 2000 ME 3 Windows Icon ICO 116 Windows Menu 235 Windows Metafile WMF 116 Windows based architecture 26 WinPLC Communications Setup C 27 wiring diagrams 4 word 38 Wrap Around 147 Write Program to Panel 35 WRITE toaTag 41 Write to Tag 128 X X Axis 93 X axis 142 XY Axis Label 93 Major Divisions 93 Minor Divisions 93 KALUE Programming Software User Manual Show Tick Numbers 93 Show Ticks 93 Show Vertical Grid 93 X Axis Grid 93 Y Y Axis 93 Range 93 Y axis 142 Z Zoom 178
228. een This is useful when designing screens for more than one panel size Be sure to select Screen gt Show Touch Cells when using this feature in order to actually see the rectangle Zoom i Click on Zoom to ustom Zoom view your screens at Curent zoom 100 preset magnifications Select from the available magnifications Use the peaa A scroll bars to the right and Radio Buttons bottom of the screen to Switches view another area of the screen Step Switch Tri state Switch Numeric Entry Recipe Thumbwheel Indicator Lights Numeric Display as Objects Menu Meter Bar Graphs i i EE Because objects are the main screen creation tool in the S project a section of this manual is dedicated to Alarm History explaining each object in detail For information about an HA object seen on the menu to your left see the OBJECTS n chapter of this manual beginning on page 37 Multi Function i Report Data Acquisition Control List Selector Screen List Selector Alarm List Touch PRLS MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net amp MO UE Programming Software User Manual Draw Line ab S Rectangle i rT Circle pa D Static Bitmap j cb Frame oc Note To toggle between horizontal vertical lines and diagonal lines you may press F8 on your keyboard Draw
229. een screens Double click on an existing screen listed in the Explorer window that you want to edit The Main Programming Screen will open to the selected screen You can easily switch between screens you are working on to copy paste make changes etc Screen O01 2 New Screen 24 Alarm Screen 4 Pump Operation Screen 5 Monitor Pump Screen MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MO UME Programming Software User Manual Rename Screen This dialog box allows you to Rename an existing screen in your project S D 2 z Number Title i Screen O01 Screen List 1 Screen UU 2 New Screen 3 Alarm Screen 4 Pump Operation Screen 5 Monitor Pump Screen Cancel Help k 1 Select the screen you wish to change from the Screen List 2 Click in the Title box and change the title to the new name 3 Click on the Rename button Your screen will be renamed to the Title you have entered Delete Screen Click on the screen s you want to delete from the project and then press the Delete button Delete Screen x 2 New Screen 3 Alarm Screen 4 Pump Operation Screen 5 Monitor Pump Screen coren Ho 176 J Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Grid Size Grid Settings x M Show Grid T Snap to Grid eeeeeesecessseessee
230. el Programming Software User Manual o Step 1 Project Information 3 Easy Step 1 Project Information x Steps rm PowerPanel 1 i s as easy as 1 2 3 PowerPanel Programming Software Version 4 0 Setup Your UTICOR Technology L P Phone 1 563 359 7501 Project Selected Action None wwww uticor net Information SELECT ACTION ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION Project Location Edit Program 3 2 OFF LINE write i to Panel Later Project Name Design Your Screens m Start Editing Screen ResdProgem inter oe Edit OFF LINE 3 Pane Te e PLET seats Write Your eT z Wiew Edit PLC Com Setup Program Edit Program eu to Panel ca Maptio ro pice To have the toolbar shown above Ethemet COM Port PLC Type appear on the righthand side of the and Protos Main Programming Screen click on Configuration Tesi 5 Edit gt Toolbar gt 3 Easy Steps on the Main Menu You can do this after o you ve opened a project Ls p SELECT ACTION Under SELECT ACTION click on one of the three working mode buttons ap If you want to work offline not connected to a PowerPanel click on the D Edit Program OFF LINE button labeled Edit Program OFF LINE Write to Panel Later You will Write to Panel Later use this mode when creating a new project u EM 1 From Project Information screen click on the Edit Program OFF LINE write OFF LINE Write to Panel Late
231. el to PLC tab Current Screen Good Communication Togglke Low Battery Screen Buffer Overload Popup Keypad and PLCI and or PLC2 Error tags Operators End of expression Left parenthesis Right parenthesis Bitwise NOT Logical NOT Negative Positive Modulus Multiply Divide Add Subtract Shift left Shift right Less than Less than or equal Greater than Greater than or equal Equal Not equal Bitwise AND Bitwise XOR Bitwise OR Logical AND Logical OR Assignment Special Symbols Hex constant Octal constant Accumulator MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone The destination tag is updated when a new value is assigned to the tag for example when entering a value into a numeric entry object Objects that read and write to the same tag CANNOT use Expression tags These include the following objects Button Switch Radio Button Step Switch Tri state Switch Thumbwheel Switch the Numeric Entry when using a single tag and as an object s Protection tag Conditional Expressions The format for the conditional is IF lt expression gt THEN lt expression gt ELSE lt expression gt ENDIF The ELSE and ENDIF are required All expressions require at least one operand The conditional can be used as an operand For example tag1 IF tag2 THEN tag3 10 ELSE 5 ENDIF The following table provides a list of the Operators their Symbol order of Precedence and Direction Precedence Direction 13 Left to right 13 Left to
232. el will not respond until it sees a new value in the Switch to Screen Number tag Beeper On Off Discrete This tag can by written to by the PLC to turn on the panel beeper This will allow the PLC to turn on the panel beeper at anytime Beeper is activated by PLC and not by a press to a touch cell Increase Clock by 1 hour Discrete This allows the PLC to increment the panel system clock by 1 hour Decrease Clock by 1 hour Discrete This allows the PLC to decrement the system clock by 1 hour Clear Alarm History Discrete This allows the PLC to clear the panel alarm history Clear Alarm Count Discrete This allows the PLC to clear the panel alarm count Trigger Screen Saver Discrete This allows the PLC to trigger the panel screen saver Select Current Language word This allows the PLC to select the current language 1 9 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual NOTE For an operator to change the language on a configured panel see System Objects Select Language Under the Language tab you will assign the following attributes x General Printer Passwords Clock Panel to PLC PLC to Panel Language Ports Alarm Protection Enter Language Name Language 1 lanquget st Language 2 lanquge2 0 Language 3 lanquage3 st Language 4 Languages Language 5 Languae5 Language 6 lanquce6 oo
233. elect from 5 types of button states Momentary ON Momentary OFF Set ON Set OFF and TOGGLE Buttons x General Protection Visibilty Detail Language 4 Character Size 6x8 z Label Text JPUSH Position Color Top Text 7 Botton Background Tag Name 7 IV Display Frame Actuator Type Toggle z On Off Text Language i On Text Jon Off Text Jott Simulate Press To put a Label on a Button perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text Choose from 128 Colors 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 221 Color Blink E 3 Select Character Size from the available choices Text Blink Background Blink 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Mer J Ae 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear ERE EEE DE eee at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame mpa pelaa e e aaa a a A 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down PR RRERERESREELESL S fle arrow to view the color palette ee LT ee 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the z z e z e a frame around the button to be visible click on the box to deselect ENNNETENEEEEONNC the box will be empty Click on the down arrow next to To Choose a Button Style perform the following steps the default color block for text or 1 Under Select Style click on the sty
234. elected by default If you do not want the frame around the Line Graph to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty Select Orientation Select Left to Right default if you want to plot the line graph points from left to right Select Right to Left if you want to plot the points from right to left on the line graph The Sample Rate for the Line Graph can be timed or triggered by an event MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net D MO URE Programming Software User Manual e Timed how often in Seconds Minutes or Hours the line graph will update Enter this parameter next to Sample Rate and select per Hour Minutes or Seconds e Triggered triggered by a bit that will be monitored to update the line graph The trigger state conveys whether the line graph will be updated when the monitor bit is on or off Select the Tag Name for the monitor bit Select On State or Off State Total of Samples is the number of readings stored in the line graph at one time The maximum number of readings is 999 Sample per Chart is the maximum number of readings that will be visible on the chart Use the arrow buttons on the object to view more of the chart NOTE The minimum number of readings is two Number of readings to average per sample You may choose to have the graph average a number of readings in a sample and display that sample average on a the chart For instanc
235. elp button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Dynamic Bitmap on the screen and size it e To size the bitmap select it grab a handle and drag to the size you want e To move the bitmap object select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen 2ymbol Factory File Edit Options Help Categories 3 D ISA Symbols Air Conditioning Architectural Arrows ASHRAE Controls amp Equipment ASHRAE Ducts ASHRAE Piping 3 000 symbols to see for yourself what is available and how simple it is to use in building dynamic PowerPanel screens amp Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual A Bitmap Button A Bitmap Button is a touch object that combines functions of a button a Dynamic Bitmap and an Indicator Light It allows you to perform a WRITE operation to one bit and a READ operation from a second discrete location The state of that READ location determines whether the button is displayed in the ON or OFF mode You may choose to make the READ and WRITE location the same Bitmap Button a x General Protection Visibilty Details Label Text Language EE Character Size exe v Label Text EMP BUTTON Position Color Top Text 7 Bottom Background r Button Tag Indicator Tag Actuator Type Toggle X IV
236. en te fi x Name Scr 1 7 PLC Editor Version B Panel Type x ou Rinnivware ype G 2 8 Color 640x480 x Finita BaudRate 19200 FJ Ti Time 1 255 PLC Type 7 z as ie p ci E and Protocol GE Series 90 30 SNPX Rev B T View Edit PLC Com Setup Parit odd x ii Poll Time 0 255 a i r Stop Bits One x tenths of a second amka Map file Default SNP X ID string i sf 2 of ts 3f E sf 2f sf i i e 3f Ok fo sd sf A sf ts PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual GE VERSAMAX TE HWC Test 0 0 1C200CPU001 aii File Edit Parameter View Tools Window Help The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a GE Versamax PLC with SNP Protocol To set up the PLC using GE Fanuc Software VersaPro configuration Turnaround Delay mSecin 10 mSeclr 0 software program the Port 1 and__ swi Port 2 as shown to the right BIT Eile Edit Parameter View Tools Window Help Settings Scan Port1 RS 232 Port 2 RS 485 Memory Power Consumption Open PowerPanel Programming ee sa Software and configure Project Part Made SNP i Port Type Slave Information screen as shown in the DARPA WF 19200 figure below Parity Odd Stop Bits 1 Timeout Long l Turnaround Delay mSecin 10 mSec lr 0 After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Converter Power Consumpt
237. en the project is written to the panel In the Add Tag Details or Edit Tag Details dialog you can select the Initial Value Retentive Flag option This option affects the values of the tags when the program is loaded into the panel and when the panel is reset If you enter a value in the Initial Value field when the program is loaded into the panel or reset the tag will be set to this value and sent to the PLC If not selected the values are set to zero numeric off discrete or text when program is loaded into the panel or reset If you have entered a value into the Initial Value field the Retentive option becomes available Select the Retentive flag option if you want the initial value to be used ONLY when the program is loaded into the panel When the panel is reset the tag values will be retained In other words it will not cause the tag values to change The values will be sent to the PLC 13 What will be the state of objects if they are mapped to internal tags The same holds true as discussed in FAQ number 12 above 14 When I have objects at the boundary of the screen am not able to move the objects freely vertically up down or Horizontally left right near the boundary What can do to correct this You can use the PC s keyboard arrow keys to move objects up or down along the boundary line 15 What is the maximum number of screens that a project can have The maximum possible is 999 However the panel s memory ma
238. eneceie 13 O e E EE E E aus aeecscteennvaceie 15 OE E E EE E A E S A 22 Chapter 3 PROICC SSID eaaa A E EE a E E 26 Decide now if you want to work ON LINE or OFF LINE 1 00 2 ceceeeeeeeneeneeeee sees eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 26 Sep IRONS C AIOM NON escea REEE EER EENE Ra E naaa 27 agate eee cece E E ena E E one eaeacssteaeeanbentace 27 Edit Program OFF LINE Write to Panel Later cccccccssssssseeeeeeeseeeseeeesseeeeeeeesesenneseeess 27 Read Program from Panel and Edit OFF LINE ccccccccccccceceeeeecesessseeeseeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 29 Edt Program ONLINE sissa r EE R airan ei 30 A QUICK REVIEW for ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION ccccccsssssseeceeeeesssssrteeeeess 31 slep 2 Design YOUR SOlCCINS ssena a AiE Ra AEREA RAE ERE 33 Steps Write Your Program to Panel ssassie a ana a aa a Ea R 35 Chapter 4 ODIE MENU eea E E E E E E E E E ES 38 PUROT ODIE a EEEE E E E E E E 41 POETON AO eea E E 43 PS UNE VANS WA e A E A E AEE heen E E EET 45 Mdicator TSR OND ODOC ercer EEEE E irre AAEE ER ENSE 46 FU PaO secre E E E E E E E E E Lededmnneseceaet 48 EERO e EEEE E E E E E E EET E E EET EREE EE E 51 RC CCL ae EE E E 53 Treo ae OWM ODJET ssaa a EEE Eas Eri 55 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Numo ENUY OD CO esre E E 57 SC UVC Wel eei E E E EE E E E 59 Fraternities pen tee tctect dine anatase E A EE EE E E EE E 61 BMS OS Ci serosa a r E A E EEr E i 64 MIC AMO LONLOD OC ar aara a A E E R 66 Numere D
239. ents for easy screen design Special parts such as Toggle Switch Slide Switch Selector Switch Throw Switch Thumbwheel Object Meters PID Faceplates and Analog Digital Clock Flash based design for easy firmware upgrade Field expandable user RAM not all PowerPanel Models does not include Q2Panels Honvolatile flash card for user program backup About PowerPanel Click on About PowerPanel for copyright manufacturer and version number of the PowerPanel Programming Software About PowerPanel EAE UTICOR Technology L F Copyright C 2002 Version 3 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Right click while cursor is on programming screen 4 4 Cut Objects Copy Objects Paste Objects Select All New Screen Open Screen Rename Screen ZooM Display Grid Snap to Grid Grid Size Show Touch Cells Screen Description Background Color Gyerapping Objects Information Right click while cursor is on an object Edit uk Copy Paste Select All Bring Tia Front Send To Back Same Size Same Height Same Width Gyvernapping Objects Information Simulate Next State Simulate Previous State Right click while cursor is in the Project Screens Explorer View window MAN UTICW M V4 0 Hew Screen Open Screen Rename Screen Delete Screen
240. ep in detail explaining all the variables and choices Because the objects share many common features they are not repeated for each object Any features that are unique to a particular object are explained in its own section We recommend that you try out the tutorial beginning on page 11 to learn the steps involved in creating a PowerPanel project ED Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual BASIC OBJECTS TOOL BAR O co W a m E g al O IMIN x oO he e 68 ee g BB The Objects menu allows you to choose from several predefined objects Objects provide generic panel functions The objects can be accessed TEXT OBJECTS TOOL BAR from the Object Tool Bars Basic Objects Text Objects System Objects Bitmap Objects and Data Acquisition Objects shown above A A Be ASEN and to the left and the Objects Menu shown on the preceding page All of the objects in this menu have user defined frame types line and fill SYSTEM OBJECTS TOOL BAR colors and text To configure an object click on the object icon on the Ta o g al object tool bar or on the object name in the menu drop down list with your lt b de Ej T mouse Basic Objects Tool Bar Icons Multi functi BITMAP OBJECTS TOOL BAR Te Mulu tunction Cy Button a om e Indicator Button Report Radio Button e 4 Increment Decrement DATA Acquisition OBJECTS Valu
241. er Manual General Electric GE PLC Communications Setup GE 90 30 90 70 SNPX LM90 70 PRG9030 The following screens provide you TTS DUN with an example of how to set upa fero oiro tiera 3 Eek E EO OO GE 90 30 PLC with SNPX Protocol amp MMUNICATIONS To setup the PLC using Logic Master qq eee configuration software program the essa ommnrsieE PLC Communications Serial Port AMETERS oe oe oe Setup screen as shown to the right aaa baa 1 count 1 100 se Open PowerPanel Programming Software and configure Project LC Communication gt Information Information screen as shown in the es Ye eee figure below After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View Edit PLekx _L_ _ _ eee x Setup The PLC Attributes d N PowerPanel dialog box will appear Enter 4 Step I N the parameters shown Save your selections You SELECT ACTION PowerPanel Programming Software Version 2 1 UTICOR Technology L P Phone 1 563 359 7501 will return to the Project EdtProgam Selected Action Edit Offline Write Later ala on wwe ution SE Information screen Click oPsneitats ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION ET on the OK button to begin C Program Files PowerPanel Project Browse a creating your PowerPanel Read Program Project Name KSE Project EMorrUNE ewros zi Q lt A Start Editing Scre
242. ernal Tag Only Map To Internal Tag Only Do not assign PLC addresses or Other objects to these REG Error Code Value word ERROR CODE VALUE PLC Error Discrete PLC ERROR X REZ Error Code Value word PLC Error Discrete 7 Cancel Help 6 Press Enter The following ADD NEW TAG DETAILS dialog box will appear MOU Programming Software User Manual ADD NEW TAG DETAILS x Enter Tag Details for the Tag PLC ERROR Select Tag Type C PLC1 Allen Bradley SLC 500 DF1 Full Duplex Rev D ple Racsesoeesscseesseosessese tA Define Expression Expression Address String Expected IO Type RAW Data Type DISCRETE No of Chars jo 4 Initial Yalue Retentive Flag Initial Value Retentive fa Cancel Help 7 Under Select Tag Type choose Internal Tag and select DISCRETE as the Data Type Click OK 8 From the Main Menu Bar click on Setup gt Alarm Database The following dialog box will appear Alarm Database x Total Number of Alarms 0 Current Editing Language 1 Al Tag Name AlState Low limit Highlimit Display Log Print Lang Alarm Text 9 On the Alarm Database dialog box click on the Add Edit button The following Add New Alarm dialog box will appear O c z V gt e Ke y xipueddy D z 15 26 c cO 2 O oo lt 3 p a KALUES Programming Software User M
243. es the port that is connected to your panel and click on the Start button Read the information below to learn more about 4 the Write Program to Panel screen Setup Your Project Information Before Panel Write 2 Write Program To Panel x Project Information SEA e P ro vides informa tion about the Project Title C Program Files PowerPanel 3 1 2 Project Demo Project current project you are about to transfer to the panel Panel Type are 8 Color 640 480 PLC 1 Type and lt a 3 Protocol Allen Bradley SLC 500 DF1 Full Duplex Rev D Arte Your Panel to PLC Link will display PLC 2 Type and Program Not Connected until to Panel p download is completed Panel to PLC Link Total Memory Bytes Revision DON T LOSE AN EXISTING PROGRAM If teeme oe O Moma you re not sure of the changes you have made save the existing program to a different project name from the one you are about to transfer to the panel before you click on the Start button Press the Start Button the program will be transferred to the panel Press START to write program to panel already in the panel If you do not want TE E to lose program in the panel press Cancel and first Read program from CAUTION Ethernet COM Port Pressing Start will OVERWARITE program Panel and save it on your PC Panel Write Completed If the panel is connected to a PLC the Panel to PLC Link
244. ess String appropriate for your type PLC and select the Data Type from available choices Click on the OK button v O Valid Range Minimum Minimum 0 Maximum Maximum 65535 To Enter Range Check perform the following steps 1 Under Range Check set the minimum and maximum set points Click on Minimum the low end point and enter a value The operator will not be allowed to enter a value lower than the value in this field 2 Click on Maximum the high end point and enter a value The operator will not be allowed to enter a value higher than the value in this field Valid Range is shown in the next window 3 The Valid Range is shown Your minimum and maximum set points must be within these limits m Format Data Type Unsigned Decimal Justification Leading Spaces Size js Color Digits Text H T Blink Total Digits 5 Background x J Blink Fractional Digits 0 4 jo To Select the Format of the Numeric Entry Keypad perform the following steps The Data Type is dependent upon the Tag data type In turn the Tag data type is dependent upon the type of PLC you are using Therefore your selections next to Data Type in this object will be limited by your Tag and PLC data type PowerPanel Programming Software will automatically limit your selections based on the PLC and Tag address format The program will also let you know if you have entered an invalid data type SIGNED DATATAG SIGNED Keypad only
245. essage Database Export Messages Import Messages Project Attributes Project Description Select PLC Upgrade Firmware Comma delimited To Excel Export Tags Click on the Export Tags menu item to write the tags from your current open project to an Excel file or a CSV file Comma delimited The CSV Comma delimited or Comma separated values file format saves only the text and values as they are displayed in cells of the Tag Database All rows and all characters in each cell are saved Columns of data are separated by commas and each row of data ends in a carriage return If a cell contains a comma the cell contents are enclosed in double quotation marks JJ D a a 1 O D Example of what a CSV file looks like opened in Notepad Global Objects gt TAG NAME TAG DATATYPE TAG ADDRESS OF CHARACTERS INITIAL VALUE RETENTIVE FLAGPLC NO INTERNAL EXPRESSION TAG SUBTRACT UNSIGNED_INT_16 4 N7 12 UNSIGNED_INT_16 4 BUTTON OBJECT DISCRETE B3 0 0 1 INDICATOR LIGHT DISCRETE B3 1 0 1 NUMERIC ENTRY UNSIGNED_INT_16 N7 0 1 NUMERIC DISPLAY UNSIGNED_INT_16 N7 1 1 N7 10 UNSIGNED_INT_16 N7 10 1 N7 11 UNSIGNED_INT_16 N7 11 1 Click on Comma delimited if you want to save the tag database as a CSV file The following window will appear allowing you to name the file and navigate to the directory and folder where you want to save it Save in SI Project
246. essages created click on the message in the list to highlight and then click on the Set as Default Message Attributes button 7 lf you want to change a programmed message to the current default attributes click on the message in the list and then click on the Change Attributes to Default Attributes button 8 To copy a Message click on it in the list to highlight and then right click your mouse A popup menu will appear Click on Copy 1 NU bxi OL NU 1 Message 1 2s TNO_ 6x8 Te INO 1 Message 2 3 NO 6x8 Add Ect NO 1 Message 3 Delete Multi state Messages Past EG Please specify the bit number to start copying to pa Confirm before overwriting Paste a Then click on Paste and the window shown to the right will appear C Overwrite without confirmation b Select the message number or bit Do notovenite number that you want to copy the i Cancel message to amp Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual When you have selected the Confirm c You may also choose to have the software Confirm before before overwriting option the overwriting Overwrite without confirmation or Do not following message will appear Click overwrite a message Click on the radio button in front of on YES to replace message or No to the option you want to enable cancel the overwrite Sareea d Check to ensure that yo
247. essary a un mie pe a a select Group Number 1 15 and Unit Number 1 4095 Click onfiguration button to check change the on OK to accept COM port configuration and return to the PONSEN Project Information screen l aai gt 9 Click on the OK button to accept all settings Ethernet COM Port Saga You are now ready to begin configuring your first screen gt Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Read Program from Panel f you are connected to a panel and want to transfer a project from the and Edit OFF LINE panel to your PowerPanel Programming Software for editing click on the Read Program from Panel and Edit OFF LINE button Any changes u Pooch you make to the project will not take effect until you write the edited project from Panel and to your PowerPanel Edit OFF LINE 1 From the Project Information screen click on the Read Program from Panel and Edit OFF LINE The following screen will appear If not using the default directory click on the Browse b utton to g o to di rector y and Project tobe Read from Panel As f Oo der wh ere pr oj ect wi l l be C Program Filesi PowerPanel Projecti stored Project Name Select or enter Project Name Reading Project from Panel Connecting Using COM1 __ Click on Start to read the project from panel Click on Start button to Start
248. etails The Tag Name will TAG DETAILS screen will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate appear for your type PLC and select the Data Type from available choices Click on the OK button Choose how Messages will be displayed Messages can be displayed based on bit only 1 bit at a time in Bit Mode if more than 1 it will error or based on a value in the tag The maximum number of messages that can be programmed for an object depends on Please note Selecting Bit Number the tag data type will display the messages based on whichever bit is ON in the tag 1 Under Messages select to Display messages based on Bit Selecting Message Number will Number or Message Number display the messages based on the tag value 2 If displaying messages based on Bit Number and you only want certain bits in a register to be used click on the box in front of Mask Then enter the HEX value in the field provided Mask HEX for the bits that you want to use These will be the only active bits used by the object This option is not available grayed out if you choose to display messages based on message number 3 If you chose Bit Number select either Bits are represented in Decimal system or in Octal system ee nee eee 4 Next you will choose the Non programmed message action on panel If a value or a message number is sent to the panel that does not have a valid programmed message associated Display an err
249. ever sounds Select Yes or No Display large keypad on panel Defaults to smaller one Enable this attribute if you want the popup keypad to take up the entire screen of your panel for 8 10 and 15 inch models Under the Printer tab you will make selections for the following attributes Project Attributes x General Printer Passwords Clock Panel to PLC PLC to Panel Language Ports Alarm Protection ease Note To set the Er Cnn Ceen Coa PowerPanel COMI port to Stop Bits Printer see Appendix D F Select R5485 SL V Require CTS Data Sea IZ Control RTS C Seven Eight Cancel Help Baud Rate Select baud rate to match Printer Select from 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 or 38400 Default is 9600 Parity Stop Bits Data Bits Select the corresponding attributes of the printer 214 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Select RS485 This allows you to select RS 485 as the communication protocol If you are connecting RS 232 or RS 422 do NOT select this feature Click on the box to place a check mark if you want to enable RS 485 Require CTS Select this to match the printer JJ D i a p Control RTS Select this to match the printer Under the Passwords tab you can make the following selections x General Printer Passwords Clock Panel to PLC
250. ext Language BE Character Size exe r Label Text J LARM LIST Position Color C Top Text 7j Bottom Background I Display Time_Date J Display Tag Name IV Display Frame Text Properties Color Text B 0 Blink Char Size 6x8 Background x l Blink Cancel Help To put a Label on the Alarm List object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 221 Select Character Size from the available sizes Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty Aai Choose how you want the object to display by making the following selections 1 Click in the box in front of Display Time and Date if you want the time and date that the alarm was triggered to be displayed 2 Click in the box in front of Display Tag Name if you want the name of the tag that triggered the alarm to be displayed 3 Under Text Properties choose the Color of the Text and Background and whether or not they will Blink Choose the Character Size of the text in the list MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501
251. ext Entry object is pressed Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Clock Object See page 186 to set up the Clock Attributes Clock with label Time Clock without label The Clock object allows you to display a real time clock showing the current date time or both analog clock displays time only It can display as either an Analog or Digital Clock Analog Clock Analog Clock x General Visibilty Detail gessessoseoseoseoseosesseg Label Text Reseesesesenenenenssanseet Language Character Size 6x8 z Label Text ANALOG Color Position Top Text b Bottom Background v MV Display Frame r Color Background z Hour Minute Hand i Digits i v Show Seconds Hand Seconds Hand To put a Label on the Clock object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 221 Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette
252. ey will be displayed on the Bar Graph Bar Graph x General Digital Display Scaling Visibility Details petessesessessssssssesseseesssseny pr a e A Justification Leading Zeros hd Digits Total 325 Fractional Digits 25 1 Click on the box in front of Digital Display if you want the current register values to display on the bar graph MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net D MO UME Programming Software User Manual 2 Click on Justification and select from the following Leading Zeroes Leading Spaces or Trailing Spaces 3 Click on Total under Digits Here you will select how many digits from 1 to 10 depending on the Data Type of the Tag that you want to display 4 Ifyou want Fractional Digits enter 1 through 10 here select 0 for none For example if your maximum value is 999 you would enter 3 under total digits If your maximum value is 99 9 enter 3 under Total Digits and 1 under Fractional Digits Scaling tab Bar Graph x Click on the Scaling tab if you want General Digital Display Scaling Visibilty Details the Meter s Display Value to be B Beaing a different than the PLC Value PLC Value Display Value Point 1 fo fo Point2 85535 65535 Example Scaling is only for display purpose on this object The value you enter would be interpolated using these two points for display Example Point 1 PLC
253. f bitmap or select another image Error BMP_28 Dynamic Bitmap OBJECT SIZE LIMIT being exceeded please reduce the size of object or select a smaller bitmap Reason While saving or selecting an image the Dynamic Bitmap size exceeds the 512K maximum Solution Reduce size of bitmap or select another image Error BMP_29 Bitmap Button OBJECT SIZE LIMIT being exceeded please reduce the size of object or select a smaller bitmap Reason While saving or selecting an image the Bitmap Button size exceeds the 512K maximum Solution Reduce size of bitmap or select another image ON a ULL Programming Software User Manual Error BMP_30 Adding another image to the Multi state Bitmap object or stretching it exceeds the max object size limit Reason While saving orselecting an image the Multi state Bitmap size exceeds the 512K maximum Solution Reduce size of bitmap or select another image Error BMP_31 Object can t have more than 255 images in the object Reason When configuring a Multi state bitmap and images are displayed based on Image Number you have exceeded the maximum of 255 images Solution Reduce the number of images Error BMP_32 Object can t have more than xx images due to the limit imposed by selected tag s data type Reason When configuring a Multi state bitmap and images are being displayed based on Bit Number you are limited by the tag data type to the number of images you can define For example a 16
254. f you select lt lt LEFT SHIFT or gt gt RIGHT SHIFT the Tag field will be unavailable Source 2 can only be a Constant 5 Under Source 2 select the second value used in the math logic operation Select Tag Constant or Previous Operation 6 If you want to store the result of the operation in another location ensure that the Store to Tag box is checked and then select the Destination Tag 7 Click on the Add New Operation button to accept selections entries and go to next operation that you want to program Click on Close to exit without adding operation 8 Ifyou need to edit an operation click on the operation you want to change in the list under the Operations tab and then click on the Add Edit Operation button You can also move the operation up or down in the list using the MoveUp MoveDown buttons To delete one or more operations click on them in the list to highlight and then press the Delete Operation s button You will be asked if you want to delete the selected operation s click on Yes to delete or No to exit without deleting Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Data Acquisition FIFO The Data Acquisition FIFO Global Object is a nonvisual object that remains active behind the scenes acquiring data When an event is met triggered in the Event Tag or at set time intervals data is collected read fro
255. features of this screen and familiarize you with the PowerPanel Programming Software work area E PowerPanel Demo Project 1_prp 3 Blank screen Title Bar The Title Bar tells you the name of the project and name and number of the screen that you currently have open File Edit Screen Objects Draw Panel Setup Window Help Main Menu Bar This is the Main Menu Bar PowerPanel Programming Software menus are represented by the names listed across the top of the Main Programming Screen and directly under the Title Bar Each menu item is discussed in detail in Chapter 6 Reference beginning on page 146 Screen e E z e e ho ou ao 158 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V3 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual S 0Hl lten onal e 0 lgHlE ll T Lenaal Standard Tool Bar The Standard Tool Bar consists of icons for frequently used commands These commands are also found in and accessible from the Main Menu Bar From left to right as placed on the tool bar the icons and their functions are shown below e fe Open Project Open Screen a Save Screen Cut the selection and put it on the clipboard Copy the selection and put it on the clipboard Paste clipboard contents Fa Undo the last action or Redo the previously undone action Display Project Screens Explorer View Print the active document Display program info
256. form the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 221 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Click on a Style under Select Style 8 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the Meter to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty Enter a Tag Name 1 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag Name from the available choices 2 If the Tag Name is new the Tag Entry dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net E gt MO UME Programming Software User Manual NOTE When entering limits the ranges cannot overlap NOTE These visual alarm settings are only for display on the meter and are not related to actual alarms in the alarm database type PLC and select the Data Type from available choices Click on the OK button Make the foll
257. fpo e pea F ries JIS 8 bits w 1 stop bit dnias Jld x pu ddy PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual BACK PANEL SWITCH SETTINGS Set CTS Switch to always ON the 0 or down position Set Switches SW1 through SW4 in the OFF position as shown in the figure below This is the Single Link setting N GO i gt OpenPowerPanel Step 1 Project Information Ed Programming Software and a PowerPanel configure Project 7 gf ON Information as showninthe a N figure to the right _ i t gt a i s as easy as 1 2 3 _ SELECT ACTION PowerPanel Programming Software Yersion 2 1 After selecting the PLC UTICOR Technology L P Phone 1 563 359 7501 PLC Revision Number B Default Host link fo unit number 0 31 Parity Even x Link Selector Single Timeout time 1 255 Select R5485 No x tenths of a second 12 Control ATS x ta Poll Time 0 255 J tenths of a second Require CTS No z fasc 7 data bits 2 stop bits x Baud Rate Transmission Cancel Help Type and Protocol click on ane le Selected Action Edit Offline Write Later www uticor net r a fo Pane Latai r ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION View Edit PLC Com Project Location Setu p A Th P LC Attri b utes C Program Filesi PowerPanel Projects Browse dialog box will appear Fead Pioaan Puea Neme i New P
258. from the available choices Select Justification from Leading Zeroes Leading Spaces or Trailing Spaces Under Digits click on the box in front of Auto Size if you want to have the panel automatically determine the number of digits to be placed for the embedded value Total Digits and Fractional Digits will be disabled if you choose Auto Size Also under Digits you may enter the Total Digits that you want to display and enter the Fractional Digits you want to display leave at default 0 if you do not want fractional digits If you have selected Discrete the fields under Selected tag is a discrete tag will be available Enter the text that you want to appear within the message when the Discrete register is ON and when the Discrete register is OFF If you have selected Printer or Slave under Embedded Command the field Specify string for sending to printer will be available Enter the ASCII string that you want to send to the printer To embed a non printable ASCII character click in the field where you want it to appear and press F7 The following dialog box will appear Non Printable Ascii character 0x1 0x2F and Ox F OxFF Ox Enter values in Hexadecimal Delete Commonly Used Non Printable Ascii characters e Diese E ge ge Cancel Enter values in Hexadecimal in field next to 0x or you may click in front of ESC for escape FF form feed CR carriage return or LF line feed to embed these commonly
259. fy the string for sending to printer slave Press F7 to embed a non printable Ascii character lt 0x7F gt Help Delete Cancel o Press the Add button to add the embedded data to the message You will return to the Add New Message dialog When inserted in a message each Embedded Data Value will be represented in blue and underlined as shown below This example shows how an Edit Message Details FZ embedded printer command Message Text will be represented in a Language fi Press F7 to embed a data variable message e Help Apply Changes Close Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual 8 You may continue to add messages or click on the Close button to return to the Messages tab dialog Your programmed messages will display in the list as shown below General Messages Protection Visibility Details Maximum number of messages 99 Number of messages in this report object 5 1 1 Pump 1 is operating at lt ___ HH gt 2 1 Pump 1 Pressure Report lt SLAVE gt 3 1 lt PRINT gt 4 1 Message Number 4 5 1 Message Number 5 lt SLAVE gt Delete Messagels Add Edit Message Cancel Help 9 To edit an existing message click on it in the list to highlight it and then click on the Add Edit Message button The Edit Message Details dialog will appear Make your changes and c
260. g DL305 K Sequence DirectNet ModBus Koyo addressing K Sequence DirectNet ModBus Koyo addressing Siemens S7 MPI Adapter 3964R Texas Instrum ents TI5X5 Series TBP Transparent Byte Protocol or T1505 71545 1102 T1I545 1104 NITP Non Intelligent Terminal Protocol Uni Telway Telemecanique TSX 37 Micro UNI TE Version 1 1 Other H2 WinPLC Think amp Do V6 3 Think amp Do Studio check for version Modbus RTU serial port compatibility MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net D4 450 uolonpo u PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual PLC Cable Part Numbers 3m 9 8 ft CBL UTICW 004 A B SLC DH485 port RS 485A CBL UTICW 005 A B MicroLogix 1000 1200 amp 1500 RS 232C CBL UTICW 006 Mitsubishi FX Series 25 pin port RS 422A O p S ce 12 Bow pr CBL UTICW 007 Mitsubishi FX Series 8 pin MINFDIN RS 422A CBL UTICW 008 Omron C200 C500 RS 232C Siemens S7 MPI Adaptor RS 232C CBL UTICW 017 Control Technics Unidrive 2 wire RS 485A CBL UTICW 019 Control Technology Corp phone type 6 position RS 232C CBL UTICW 021 Uni Telway Telemecanique TSX 37 Micro RS 485A Programming Cable Part Number 2m 6 56 ft See the PowerPanel Hardware User Manual P N MAN UTICW 001 Appendix A for cable pinouts or use the PowerPanel Programming Software Help Topics ED Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094
261. g is not Defined x being the step number Reason The Tag Name under the Step 1 tab was empty when the OK button was selected Solution Click on a tag from the drop down menu for the Tag Name box or type in a valid tag name in the Tag Name box une the tab Step 1 Thumbwheel Error JO3_1 Number of Wheels Range is from 1 to 5 Solution Only enter a number between 1 and 5 into the Number of Wheels field or use the wheel to the right side of the entry field UNSIGNED DECIMAL format 5 digits wheels HEX 4 digits wheels Recipe Error J04_1 At least one valid recipe tag should be defined Reason When creating a Recipe button if there are no tags entered under the Recipe tab this message will appear Solution Click on the Recipe tab and enter a tag in the first box y xipueddy O c z V gt e Ke Numeric Entry Numeric Display Error J05_1 PLC Value 1 is greater than PLC Value 2 Solution Enter a value for PLC Value 1 that is less than PLC Value 2 Error J05_2 Display Value 1 is greater than Display Value 2 Solution Enter a value for Display Value 1 that is less than Display Value 2 Meter Error J06_1 LowLow limit should be greater than Minimum value Error J06_2 Low limit should be greater than LowLow limit Error J06_3 LowLow limit is greater than High limit Error J06_4 High limit is greater than HighHigh limit Error J0O6_5 HighHigh limit is greater than Maximu
262. ge fll On Text Jon Off Text Off Simulate Press Cancel Help 6 Choose the Language number 1 9 and type in the text as you want it to appear within that button when ON and when OFF i e you might want to place the words STOP and RUN inside the buttons instead of Off and On Remember that the other universal characteristics for the button text and background have been chosen under the General Tab character size color etc MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net ED me it Ue Programming Software User Manual Protection See Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections e Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Radio Button on the screen and size it e To size the button select it grab a handle and drag To move the button select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen Simulate Press To Simulate Press double click the object to bring up the object dialog box You may also click on the object s on the screen that you want to simulate and then click on the arrows in the standard tool bar to simulate previous state or simulate next state You may have to drag the dialog box to see the ob
263. ges tab to view the following dialog Report x General Messages Protection Visibility Details Maximum number of messages 99 Number of messages in this report object O Add Edit Message Delete Messages Cancel Help 2 From this dialog box you can see the Maximum number of Messages 99 limited by memory and the number of messages you have programmed for this report object Number of messages in this report object A list of programmed Messages is displayed showing the Message Number Language Number and Message Text MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net gt MO UME Programming Software User Manual 3 To add a message click on the Add Edit Message button The following window will appear r Message Text Language i Press F7 to embed a data variable a Help Add New Msg Close 4 Select the Language Number 1 9 5 Enter the Message Text up to 200 characters for the message you are creating or edit the text of the Message Number you have selected previously 6 Press the F7 function key on your keyboard to embed a data value within the message The following dialog box will appear Embedding Data Yalue Ed Embedded Command Numeric x Select tag from where value will be read for embedded data Selected tag is a numeric tag Display Format Unsigned Decimal 7 TotalDigts p 4 Justification Leading Spaces 7 F
264. h panels 40 pixels 0 57 On the 8 inch panel 40 pixels 0 52 On the 10 inch panel 40 pixels 0 41 and on the 15 inch panel 40 pixels 738 mat Programming Software User Manual 8 Can luse the floating point data type with all objects Not on all objects Only Numeric Entry Numeric Display Recipe Meters Bar Graphs Line Graphs PID Faceplates and Multi function objects support floating point tags All other objects do not support floating point tags 9 Why do not see all the discrete tags in a pushbutton object on the Tag Name pulldown You may have defined tags as discrete but if the PLC addresses assigned to these tags are read only addresses then you will not see these tags The reason is because a pushbutton writes discrete data to the PLC address and if a tag is mapped to a Read Only PLC address the pushbutton is not allowed to write the data 10 Can I use a label on a vertical Radio button No a label is not available for either vertical style Radio button or vertical style Tri State Switch y xipueddy O c z V gt e Ke 11 How does a Radio button work A Radio button is assigned to a word 16 bit register in the PLC Each bit in the word of this associated tag corresponds to an individual button of the Radio button object Only one button can be ON at a time So turning one button ON automatically turns all other buttons OFF 12 What is the initial state of objects wh
265. he corresponding text string will come up in the text box Hello Hola 5 To view the different languages for the Button object text click Guten Tag on Edit on the Main Menu Bar and select Current Editing Language and then enter the Working language number that you want to view in PowerPanel Programming Software The text in your Button Object will change accordingly Keep in mind that this is for viewing only while working in the PowerPanel Programming Software To set the language preference that will be displayed on the PowerPanel you must select the preferred Language Number as the Default Language while programming your Project Attributes S Shoes Gam am Under the Ports tab you can make the following selections Project Attributes x General Printer Passwords Clock Panel to PLC PLC to Panel Language Ports Alarm Protection PI b h Computer interface COM1 port ease be aware that you can only assign a port to eaa PLC pot Z PLC2Driver NOTUSED gt one device If you attempt Printer Not USED Z to duplicate the COM1 e g oe NOT USED port assignment you will receive the following message x t COM1 Port can be assigned only once Cancel Help Computer Interface Select the panel port that you will use to connect to a programming computer when you create a PowerPanel Project and load it into a panel PLC Driver PLC 2 Driver Select the pane
266. he Tag Entry dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC Click on the OK button Select Background color for Bitmaps Click on the down arrow to view the color palette Select the color for the background of the Bitmap object Select whether or not you want to Display Frame selected by default around the bitmap and whether or not you want the Background to be Transparent Under On Bitmap or Off Bitmap the On Bitmap is the one that is triggered to display when the bit is ON the Off Bitmap is triggered to display when the bit is OFF Click on the box in front of Allow Stretching for the On Bitmap and or the Off Bitmap if you want the bitmap to stretch to fit the area of the object as you size it on the screen Choose from the following two options Stretch to Fit or Maintain Aspect Ratio There are three choices for bringing a bitmap into the object they are a Click on the Import Bitmap button and a window will appear allowing you to navigate to the directory folder where the bitmap file resides Click on it to highlight and click on the Open button The File Name and Size of the Bitmap will be displayed If the graphic file is too large you will be asked if you want it to be resized to fit the screen see message to the left b You may also click on Symbol Factory to gain access toa library of over 3 000
267. he Top or the Bottom of the object frame lt gt Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty Select Language that you want to switch to Select Language fi Lanquage 1 7 Text Char Size Color Blink 1 Language E iE Text E E Text Jon Back Ground x E Languages are named under Setup gt Project Attributes gt Language tab Enter Text for the button object Choose the Language Character Size Color of Text and Background and whether or not you want to enable the Blink feature for the text that will appear within the button Enter the Text that you want to appear Protection See Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections e Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Select Language object on the screen and size it To size the object select it grab a handle and drag to the size you want To move the object select it click and hold left mouse button an
268. he specified PLC Address Non programmed message action on panel r Justification i Vertical Display an error message ei Ge es Display a blank message Horizontal C Left Center Right Display the last displayed message Ignore the new value Cancel Hep To put a Label on the Multi state Indicator object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 221 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty lt gt Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Enter a Tag Name NOTE To edit the Address 1 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag String with your cursor in the Name from the available choices Tag Name field click on the 2 Ifthe Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will right mouse button The EDIT appear where you will enter tag d
269. her you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the Bar Graph object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty nn Enter a Tag Name NOTE To edit the Address 1 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the String with your cursor in the Tag Tag Name from the available choices Name field click on the right 2 Ifthe Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box mouse button The EDIT TAG will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will DETAILS screen will appear appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC and select the Data Type from available choices Click on the OK button Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Make the following selections to Format the Bar Graph v Show Ticks Fanga Note E Cy e Ranges should be Left Top Right Bottom Silat payment SSF No of Major Divisions 5 Maxi 65535 Color No of Sub Divisions 3 ee Blink Ean W Bipolar Background x E Show Tick Numbers V Mid 22767 Joan E m oint Precision for Floating Pt E Bar Background p I Maximum Number for the Major Divisions and Su
270. hone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net ED me it Ue Programming Software User Manual 2 Double click on one of the screens in the Screen List to open it or enter a new screen number and name and click on the Open button 3 Right click the mouse at any time while designing your screens to access the following menu Cut Objects Copy Objects Paste Objects Select All New Screen Open Screen Rename Screen Zoom Display Grid v Snap to Grid Grid Size v Show Touch Cells Screen Description Background Color Overlapping Objects Information Some of the screen design features available to you are Program labels in up to 9 languages Popup Keypad that allows you to enter data Q jet dp S S i ou Vector based graphics for easy sizing displayed in up to 128 colors Graphical trending PID loop tune face plates e Recipe download Thumbwheel interface Radio buttons Analog clocks Meters switches and lamps Math objects Symbol Factory library of over 3 000 factory objects 4 You are now ready to begin configuring objects Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Step 3 Write Your Program to Panel 3 Easy Steps Click on button for Step 3 Write Your Program to Panel Check to ensure that Use PC Port match
271. icor net me it Ue Programming Software User Manual Delete Objects Click on the Delete Objects menu item EF to select a Global Object to delete Click on the object s you want to delete to highlight it and then click on the Delete button The object will be deleted from your PowerPanel Project S Shoes Gam o Close Help Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Window Menu indow TEES Close Close All iil Click on Close to close the current open project screen Click on Close All to close all the open project screens Cascade Tile 1 Demo Project 2 prp 1 Numeric Entry Screen v 2 Demo Project 2 prp 2 System Control Screen JJ D i a p Cascade Click here to view open screen files in the window Screens will cascade down window overlapping each other but with their title bars in view This is helpful when you are making changes to two or more screens at the same time Click on the title bar of one of the screens to bring it to the front The title bar is grayed out in screens that are not currently active Tile Click here to view open screen files in the window Screens will be arranged within the window This is helpful if you want to copy or cut and paste objects or drawings between screens The title bar is grayed out in screens that are not cu
272. ify a valid PLC address y xipueddy O c z V gt e Ke Error T02_7 Address type does not match Tag data type or the address is invalid Error T02_8 Tag IO Type does not match Object type Reason If you specify a discrete address to an object requiring a word address or vice versa you will receive this error message Solution Specify a valid PLC address with appropriate I O Type Error T02_9 This object requires a Read Write PLC address Entered address is Read Only location Reason This error occurs if a Read Only PLC address was entered for a Touch Object Solution Enter a Read Write location for touch objects Object Type Type of Address Touch Objects Read Write Display Objects Read Write or Read Only Alarms Read Write or Read Only Project Attributes Internal Clock Read Write Project Attributes External Clock Read Write or Read Only Project Attributes Passwords Read Write or Read Only Project Attributes Panel to PLC Read Write Project Attributes PLC to Panel Read Write or Read Only Error T02_10 Number of Characters must be even and valid range is from 2 to 40 Reason In the process of making an ASCII tag the number of characters must remain between 2 and 40 If you enter a number outside of this range this error occurs Solution You can either reenter a number within the specified range or use the wheel to the right edge of that field Error T02_11 IO Type is not valid for
273. igh Limit M Print I Display Iv Send Message To PMD Marquee Slave Group Number ji Unit Number 0 4095 22 gt Alarm Text Language fi 4 Pressure Levels Dropping Use the UP DOWN arrows next to the Alarm Number field to scroll to the alarm number you wish to add Click on the DOWN arrow next to the Tag Name field and select the tag that will trigger the alarm If your Data Type is DISCRETE you will be able to select whether the alarm will be displayed when the bit is On or when the bit is Off If the data type of the tag is another data type the Alarm State selections are not available The default is On Select the Alarm State see note to left Enter the Limits tag set points Low Limit and High Limit The alarm will activate when the tag value goes outside the set point limits The available ranges for the Low and High Limits will be displayed in these fields and are particular to the data type The limits you place here must be within these ranges If the data type of tag is Discrete then data boxes for Low Limit and High Limit will not be available Click on the box next to Log if you want the alarm to be logged in Alarm History when it is triggered The Alarm History object will store up to 64 alarms and when the 65th alarm comes in it will dump the oldest alarm Click on the box next to Print if you want the alarm message to print out the Serial Port of the panel every time it
274. ilable Devices Scaniist G07 DeviceNet IO HMI 9 Look in field under Available Devices and find the DeviceNet I O HMI This represents the PowerPanel Add to the Scanlist 10 Click on the Edit I O Parameters button IV Automap on Add Node Active Electronic Key F Device Type IF vendor F Product Code F Major Revision T Minor I or higher OK Cancel Apply Help Edit 1 0 Parameters 07 DeviceNet 10 HMI 2 x Upload from Scanner Download te Scanner Edit G Parameters rT Stobe _ Change of State Cycli Input Size P bytes f Change of State Cyclic y gt 11 Match the Input Size and Output Size to the asec ge oo attributes that you set up in the PowerPanel Fr s Oumas faye N 2 Programming Software project made See a e D Q Output Size 62 Bytes ee x lt BE e Scan it xe z Poll Rate Every Scan 12 Click on OK button the Inputs and Outputs will be iie 2 mapped to the scanner module Cod __ Resto v0 Sizes 13 The following two bitmaps show examples of the Output and Input Mapping to the scanner module This example uses discrete I O mapping It is possible to map this to the MO M1 files MOU Programming Software User Manual m EY 1747 E 1747 SDN Scanner Module 2jx 1747 SDN Scanner Module 2 xi General Module Scanlist Input Output ADR Summary AutoM
275. ile Solution You might get this message when attempting to download a project or edit a project Online that contains bitmaps If this happens restart the system and try again Error BMP_13 Image file type is not supported Reason You will receive this message if you attempt to import an image in a format that is invalid not supported Error BMP_14 Image for this bit has already been defined Select a different bit Reason You will receive this error when configuring a Multi state bitmap and you attempt to redefine an image that has already been defined Error BMP_15 Unable to create bmp icons for tree view Error BMP_16 Unable to add icon to image list Error BMP_17 Unable to add icon to tree Error BMP_18 Display of default bmp on preview button failed Error BMP_19 Bmp Loading Failed Error BMP_20 Bmp loading for preview icon failed Reason This error occurs when there is insufficient memory If you receive this message contact your panel vendor Oat Programming Software User Manual Error BMP_21 There should be at least one image selected for this object Reason You will receive this message if you exit a bitmap object without defining an image Solution Define an image for the bitmap object Error BMP_22 When you have selected image number mask value should be represented by consecutive bits Reason You will receive this error message when you have selected an image number and the entered mask valu
276. iles of type Firmware files hex Cancel 4 4 Select the appropriate COM port under Ethernet COM Port and click on the OK button to begin the upgrade A status bar will let you know when the upgrade is complete The dialog box will show the File Revision number of the firmware and the Panel Revision of the Firmware Check these revision numbers If they are the same no upgrade is needed you may click on the Cancel button to exit If the file you have selected is not the right one click on the Select a different file button Upgrading Firmware x PowerPanel Editor will upgrade the current firmware in the panel by the file n below and the user program in panel will be lost when the firmware is updated Press CONTINUE to upgrade Firmware file to send to panel E Program Files PowerPanel Firmware PowerPanelcOB eta hex File Revision C 0 Panel Revision C O Check File Revision number against Panel Revision number Press Continue button to load the firmware 0 50 100 Continue Cancel Help Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Global Objects aD Multi Function Data Acquisition Fifo Edit Objects Delete Objects Global Objects Global Objects are always active and are working behind the scenes In other words they are invisible and not a part of a base s
277. ine function in your application Click on the Edit Passwords button to setup or change the passwords MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net ED me iste Programming Software User Manual The Group names that you enter here will then appear in the Protection tab dialog boxes of all applicable objects Click in the box in front of the group to allow access by that group to the object lease NOTE If you enter a password with leading zeroes e g 00003 or 00533 the leading zeroes will be ignored A keypad similar to the one shown below will appear on the panel when a protected object is pressed prompting the operator to enter the password ENTER SECURITY CODE GROUP You may change the Group names to suit your application Y Managers A Engineers Y Supervisors Y Maintenance Y Shifti Operator Y Shift2 Operator Y Shift3 Operator Y General Password Tag PASSWORD TAG Cancel Password Tag Select whether or not you want your password to be stored in the PowerPanel or in the PLC If you choose Password it will be stored in the panel If you choose Tag it will be stored in the PLC PASSWORD A 1 10 digit number numeric only is assigned here that the user must enter to perform protected functions for a particular Group You will not be allowed to enter a password if you select Tag in the second column Do not enter leading zeroes in a passwo
278. ing Objects on the current screen and allows you to make changes Allows you to simulate the next or previous state of a selected object on the current screen 0 o o o The functions on the menu to the left are accessible when you right click the mouse button while in the Project Screens Explorer View window Add a New Screen to your project Open an existing Screen Rename a Screen from your project Delete a Screen gt gt gt Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net amp JJ D i a p me it Ue Programming Software User Manual Symbol Factory Symbol Factory is a product we have included in our software for your use in creating screen graphics The Symbol Factory is a library of over 3 000 symbols for industrial automation including pumps pipes valves tanks mixers motors ducts electrical symbols flow meters material handling sensors PLCs transmitters and ISA symbols It is accessible from the Draw gt Static Bitmap and Objects gt Dynamic Bitmap menus Once opened click on Symbol Factory Help menu item for Help S Shoes Gam am Symbol Factory NOTE Go back to page 161 for oo instructions on how to size a 3 A Air Conditionin symbol bitmap before or after fichiechaal Arrows umpor ting onto a scr een Or See ASHRAE Controls amp Equipment Symbol Factory Help ASHRAE Ducts 3 D Rupture disc pressu
279. ion Amps 0 Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will l Step 1 Project Information PowerPanei J appear Enter the parameters shown Click on Li PowerPanel the OK button to save your y Step 7N selections You will return to 4 4 the Project Information Oo WW screen CI ick on the OK SELECT ACTION oo O dielcblo lel A ecnnology L F one I 5 button to begin creating your aa n Selected Action Edit Offline Write Later www uticor net i fo ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION PowerPanel Project to Panel Later seid caer C Program Filesi PowerPanel Projects Browse Read Program Project Name from Panel and New Proectpp E Edit OFF LINE ew Froject prp x pu ddy D ep D xe Start Editing Screen Number fi 7 Name Scr 1 z Panel Type G 2 8 Color 640480 a Tuwas Revision PLeT and Piotocol GE Series 90 30 SNPX Rev B View Edit PLC Com Setup Thinkeh wo Tr M Ok Help Clear Exit GE 90730 90770 SNP X x PLC Editor Version B Baud Rate 19200 F Timeout Time 1 255 fo tenths of a second Pari Odd i Poll Time 0 255 a Stop Bits One x tenths of a second m Default SNP ID string T sf SESE 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Og cw 20 O l qa KALUE Programming Software User Manual Generic EtherNet IP Communications Setup The following screens p
280. is chapter Configure a PLC Create a Project O E gt For Help press F1 2 0000 APP READ 4 Channel Configuration x PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Tutorial Configure PLC For the purposes of this Tutorial we will be using an Allen Bradley SLC 500 Programmable Logic Controller PLC with Full Duplex Protocol one PLC only To configure the PLC we are using RSLogix Programming Software The purpose of this part of the tutorial is to show you how to configure your PLC to communicate with a PowerPanel Connect the programming PC to the Alllen Bradley SLC 500 PLC With RSLogix Programming Software running on your PC perform the following steps 1 Enter the Ladder Logic as shown in the example below left These PLC locations will be used by Tags that you will create in the PowerPanel Programming Software zam 2 Configure Channel 0 System as shown 3 RSLogix 500 Untitled LAD 2 g File Edit View Search Comms Tools Window Help le x in the graphic below right Dee Ss Be B3 79 ne YR EJ 3 Save this program and transfer it to the q JE 3 amp lt gt 4 gt 00 ons OSR OSF DOT FEC PLC Place the PLC in Run Mode cee ce eaea E MA e Driver AB_DF1 1 4 Exit RSLogix Programming Software For this tutorial we will be connecting the panel to DF1 Port of an Allen Bradley SLC 500 with Full Duplex Protocol These are the settings that wi
281. is not within selected tag s data range Solution Enter a value that is within the appropriate range Valid ranges for various tag data types are TAG DATA TYPE MINIMUM MAXIMUM Signed 16 bit 32768 32767 Signed 32 bit 2147483648 2147483647 Unsigned 16 bit 0 65535 Unsigned 32 bit 0 4294967295 BCD 16 bit 0 9999 BCD 32 bit 0 99999999 Floating point 9999999999 9999999999 PLC Conversion Errors Pxx_x D z 1 26 c cO 2 O are lt 3 p H Error P01_1 The selected panel type does not support the PLC chosen for the project Do you want to continue Reason Some PowerPanels support all of the available PLC drivers and some support only DirectLOGIC drivers Solution Select an appropriate panel Error P02_1 lt PLCFrom gt is not compatible with lt PLCTo gt If you continue the PLC address from each tag will be lost and all the tags will become internal tags Do you want to continue Error P02_2 Change in selected PLC would result in possible loss of tag data Do you want to continue Error P02_3 Unable to convert to lt PLCTo gt Error P02_4 Unable to convert PLC Address Reason This error occurs if after creating a project with addressed tags an attempt is made to change to a PLC with a different address format Solution When changing PLCs check the addressing in the PLC manuals to see if they are compatible If they are not compatible then the tag database is no longer valid and the addresses will have to be reen
282. is triggered The Alarm print outs will look similar to the following TIME amp DATE 10 40 38 23 MAY O1 ACTUAL VALUE STATE ON ALARM DISCRETE ALARM 1 TIME amp DATE 10 41 30 23 MAY O1 ACTUAL VALUE STATE OFF ALARM DISCRETE ALARM 1 TIME amp DATE 10 43 04 23 MAY O1 ACTUAL VALUE 555 STATE LOU ALARM NUMERIC ALARM 1 TIME amp DATE 10 43 31 23 MAY O1 ACTUAL VALUE 3000 STATE OFF MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net JJ D i a p MO UM Programming Software User Manual 7 Click on the box next to Display if you want the alarm to be displayed on the panel when triggered 8 Select the Language number and type in the Alarm Text c message you want to display on the PowerPanel when the Q alarm is triggered The message can be up to 34 characters in 2 up to 9 different languages E 9 Click on Add New Alarm or Apply Changes Alarm button to save and exit the dialog box Setup Export Alarms Tag Database Click on the Export Alarms menu item to write the alarms from your current Tag Cross Reference i i Export Tags open project to an Excel file or a CSV file Import Tags gt Alarm Database Comma delimited seal laa The CSV Comma delimited or Comma separated values file format saves Import Alarms gt ToExcel only the text and values as they are displayed in cells of the Alarm Database Messag
283. ject on the programming screen Click on the Simulate Press button to see how the button object will display on the screen when pressed or when it switches between states E gt Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Switch Object There are several types of Switch objects that you may place on the i PowerPanel screen They simulate mechanical switches of the same iN type e g Throw Switch Selector Switch Slide Switch Toggle Switch etc Switches Ed General Protection Visibility Details Character Size 6x8 v poseeessseesssesesseeeseeg Nesscsssssessecessesseses Switch Object ons EE Label Text SWITCH OFF ON Selected Style Color Select Style 0 N Position jiop Text r a Bottom Background r Eyit TEET MV Display Frame i Tag Name v Actuator Type Toggle Switch Background On Off Text Char Size r Color Blink Language Text Blink On Text On 6x8 W j Off Text On Bis Cancel Help To put a Label on a Switch perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 221 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to
284. k on the Finish button Cancel lt Back Next gt Fns Help 12 The Generic Module has been added to the configuration in RSLogix Select Go Online in the Communications Menu and download the configuration The configuration will now be downloaded to the PLC and if no errors are detected the window will look as follows 13 Return to a RSLogix 5000 My_Controller 1756 L55 PowerPanel File Edit View Search Logic Communications Tools Window Help Programming EEE S Hse I st shehe Sie ale oftware PS nhs Seka eos A S O f t W a r e No Forces me E Controller OK and begin Nests orl eat ao Apapa Gel eo o gt i Redundance p 4 Favorites Bt A creatingyour T 3 Controller My_Controller ea E 1 0 oK PowerPanel A Controller Tags a oller r project Controller Fault Handle imersCounter compare If there are any errors a warning triangle will be present on the Generic EtherNet IP module in the I O Configuration listing Double click the module to view any error that is reported The warning O a F r o p 20 O l qa triangle will appear here TAC RNET MODULE Gen maj Error will be shown here Deserption Sos Main Routine Mapsetiine Fault Routine MOUSE Programming Software User Manual Mitsubishi PLC Communications Setup Melsec FX The following screens provide you with an example of how to set Up a Select TSS or hit F2 to edit il x MFX PL
285. ke suitable action at the appropriate time The PID Faceplate also monitors two discrete bits Mode Bit and Alarm Bit Mode Bit tells the operator whether the process is in Auto Mode or Manual Mode Alarm Bit tells the operator if any alarm for the process is active or not Process Variable PV is the controlled variable in the process Itis the actual value measured Set Point SP is the theoretical perfect value of the Process Variable Output Variable controls the Process Variable Using PID algorithm the PLC calculates this value and uses it to keep the Process Variable as close the to Set Point value as possible PID FacePlate x General Legends Visibilty Details poseenssssersscssceseeseey Language Character Size 6x8 nf Label Text rio FACE Position Color T op Text Ld Bottom Background 7 IV Display Frame Process Variable Set Point Tag Names Bar Color Background Process Variable E H Set Point O j E Minimum 0 Maximum 65535 Total 5 Fract fo E eee r Output Mode Bit Tag Name x o Minimum Total 5 Bar Alarm Bit Maximum g5525 Fract jo Backgrounc J z To put a Label on the PID Faceplate object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 221 3 Select Ch
286. l Programming Software User Manual Sizing a Bitmap in Symbol Factory Double click on the Static Bitmap symbol already Emise placed on the screen to change the size resize object The screen to the right will appear Click fleNane prn Of 5 on Symbol Factory button Size erws 26H Copy From Clipboard Symbol The Symbol Factory screen to the right will appear Symbol Factory oK _ ca Hep File Edit Options Hemp Categories Preview 3 D ISA Symbols Air Conditioning Architectural Arrows ASHRAE Controls amp Equipment ASHRAE Duct ts JJ D a a 1 O D Click on the Options button When picture symbols are exported as bitmaps they are exported at the size of the Preview window If you need a larger bitmap you can increase the Export Scale Factor from 1X to 10X from the Symbol Options screen Fine adjustment of the exported bitmap size can be done by resizing the Preview window To resize the Preview window drag its right or bottom edge Hui Options Symbol Options Override Built In Colors l M Amk LIS From the Symbol Options screen click on the DOWN Arrow next to Export Scale Factor under Export Options Select the Scale Factor in Fill Color Line Color Hi Reset v Force Solid Colors Help this case 3X Click on OK X Filled l Flip Horizontal Export Options Flip Vertical Background Color
287. l Ws Bea S Lal fail Ta FIEIRA Backplane I 0 Driver i eria f te Serial Port i Parity O ooo OO StopBits O O O Flow Control Receive Buffer Size Transmit Buffer Size Board Info Board Status Mapping Module Info Module Status Mapping 1 0 Mapping For Help press F1 Data Types that PowerPanel Programming Software can import from Think amp Do Software Think amp Do Live Think amp Do Studio Flag Flag Number Number Input Input Output Output Counter N A Float Float String Think amp Do Studio supports double precision 64 bit floating point numbers However PowerPanel only supports single precision 32 bit floating point numbers Tlhis means that the PowerPanel cannot display numbers greater than seven digits Anything larger will be rounded into an exponent number Go to www entivity com for software version 6 311 or later that will support strings The maximum number of characters that the String Data Type will handle is 40 PLEASE NOTE Entivity s Studio Version 6 5 or later currently supports the string data types for PowerPanel Entivity s Think amp Do Live Version 5 5 or later String Data Type support was planned for release in February 2002 D rr wo D xe x pu ddy PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual How do I import a Think amp Do Map file into an PowerPanel Project Step 1 Project Information x PowerPanel
288. l Help The Visual Alarm Settings provide a color band on the arc representing various limit parameters set by the programmer They provide the operator with a visual indication of current readings as needle sweeps over area that may or may not exceed fall below important values for the process or function the meter is monitoring Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual 1 Click on the box in front of Low Low Limit Low Limit High Limit and or High High Limit to display a visual alarm for that parameter 2 Click on the down arrow under Color to view the color palette Move your cursor over the color you want and click to select 3 Enter the Set Limit for each of the parameters They must fall within the Range Minimum and Maximum set under the General tab 4 Choose the Needle Direction Clockwise or Counterclockwise Click on the Digital Display Tab to Format the numbers and how they will be displayed on the Meter General Alarms Digital Display Scaling Visibility Details preeeeeseseeesessessessseeeeseseey k a E Justification z Digits Total US Fractional Digits Cancel Help 1 Click on the box in front of Digital Display if you want the current register values to display on the meter 2 Click on Justification and select from the following Leading Zeroes Leading Spaces or
289. l Project Information screen as shown in the Token Hold Factor 2 figure below Max Node Address 31 After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter OK Cancel v Hee the parameters shown Click on the OK button to save your selections You will return to the Step 1 Project Information xi Project Information screen Click on the OK PowerPanel button to begin creating Step l your PowerPanel Project it s as easy as l 2 3 SELECT ACTION PowerPanel Programming Software Version 2 1 UTICOR Technology L P Phone 1 563 359 7501 NOTE The Default Sate Selected Action Edit Offline Write Later www uticor net rite ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION PLC Add ress can to Panel Later ae n be any val id u nused C Program Filesi PowerPanel Project Browse add ress fro m 0 to Read Program Project Name 3 1 from Panel and N i Edit OFF LINE New Project prp z Start Editing Screen Allen Bradley SLC 500 DH 485 MicroLogix AIC BA Nt Name New Screen H PLC Editor Revision Xg E Panel T G 2 8 Color 640x480 O y Finmware anel Type G 2 8 Color 640x480 z ee PICT and Protocol APEE E gt View Edit PLC Com Setup Thnk wae Default Station Number Manne Max Station Number Timeout Time 1 255 tenth of second Poll Time 0 255 tenth of second Ca
290. l Te the PowerPanel Setup Mode all values Connect TimeOut a Use Dip switch settings currently residing in the INPUT TAGS are ee IP Address 10 1 200 250 cleared to a value of 0 zero Also when ioe a SubnetMask 255 255 255 0 leaving the PowerPanel Setup Mode there Maximum Input 16 Gateway Address 10 1 200 253 can be a delay of approximately 10 to 15 a R seconds while the Ethernet IP interface Max 1 0 range 1 256 words card is being initialized before the panel values being displayed are updated Help Cancel 1 Download the project to the PowerPanel 2 Attach the panel to the Ethernet IP network MOU Programming Software User Manual 3 Run RSLogix 5000 A RSLogix 5000 My_Controller 1756 L55 Fie Edit view Search Logic Communications Tools Window Help alsje j xe eA a 4 Under I O Configuration right click the Ethernet Module and from the pop up Eeee FB menu select New Module as shown to 4 Htc fie ae BY lt f gt ravornes AA the right B S Controller My_Controller iP Controller Tags Controller Fault Handler i Power Up Handler as Tasks aa MainTask acs MainProgram i A Program Tags d FB MainRoutine Select Module Type a Bt es meson cone ar L G Ungrouped Axes 5 The Select Module Type window will appear Select Generic Ethernet Module as shown below Type Major Revision
291. l go to the PowerPanel Main Programming Screen You are now ready to edit the selected screen Edit Program ON LINE The third choice available is to make changes to the project online Click on the button labeled Edit Program ON LINE The changes are effective i gt each time Save Screen or Save Project is selected reducing downtime it Program f a ON LINE Click on Save Screen or Save Project and the changes will appear on the panel screen immediately This is recommended when you need to make changes quickly to an existing user program without shutting down the system 1 From the Project Information screen click on the button labeled Edit Program ON LINE The Panel Type PLC Type and Firmware Revision of the panel will soon display 2 Under Start Editing Screen screen Number 1 will appear with that screen s Name If you want to begin editing a screen other than Number 1 click on the down arrow next to the Number field or the down arrow next to the Name field to select the screen you want to edit 3 Click on OK The screen you have selected will open on the main programming screen for you to make changes 4 Click on Save Screen to download changes to the screen immediately Click on Save Project to transfer all changes including project attributes and databases They will be immediately downloaded to the PowerPanel ED Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerP
292. l how that text will appear On Off Text Char Size Color Language 1 4 Text Blink Background Blink On Text On 68 el r Off Text or 6 amp 8 Ei ar Select the Language number 1 9 for the On Off Text 2 Type in what you want to appear within the Indicator Light object for the On Text and for the Off Text i e you might want to place the words STOPPED and RUNNING inside the Indicator light instead of Off and On Select Character Size from the available choices Select the Color of the Text and the Color of the Background If you want the Text or the Background to Blink click on the box below Blink to place a check mark indicating that the option is enabled a po Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Indicator Light object on the screen and size it e To size it grab a handle and drag it to the size that you want To move the object select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen Simulate Press To Simulate Press double click the object to bring up the object dialog box You may have to drag the dialog box to see the object on the programming screen Click on the Simulate Press button to
293. l latch the tag OFF e Toggle will change the state of the tag every time the button is pressed PLEASE NOTE If you have assigned Password Protection for this object and select Momentary On or Momentary Off the protection feature will not be ati Enter On Off Text Also if you select Momentary ON Here you will enter the Text that will appear within the object and or Momentary OFF the PLC must control how that text will appear set bit to proper state on powerup 1 Select the Language number 1 9 for the On Off Text This must be done when 2 Type in what you want to appear within the button for the On programming PLC Logic Text and for the Off Text i e you might want to place the words STOP and RUN inside the buttons instead of Off and On Select Character Size from the available choices Select the Color of the Text and the Color of the Background If you want the Text or the Background to Blink click on the box below Blink to place a check mark indicating that the option is enabled aS Protection See Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections e Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Indicator Button on the screen and size it e To size the Indicator button select it grab a handle and
294. l port that you will use to connect to a PLC Driver and PLC Driver 2 if used Printer Slave Select the panel port that you will use to connect to a serial printer or a slave device Select NOT USED if not connecting to a Printer and or a slave Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Under the Alarm Protection tab you can make the following selections Project Attributes x General Printer Passwords Clock Panel to PLC PLC to Panel Language Ports Alarm Protection v Password Protect Object 7 ne Allow access to following user groups Managers I Engineers Tl Supervisors I Maintenance JJ D i a p Shift 1 Operators I Shift 2 Operators I Shift 3 Operators l General Note These passwords are used for password protecting the CLEAR ALL button on the Alarm History screen and the CLEAR and CLEAR ALL buttons on the Alarm Count screen Cancel Hep There are eight groups to which you may assign Passwords Passwords restrict a user or group of users from clearing the Alarm History or Alarm Counts See note on dialog box above Select from the following Group headings Place a check mark in the box in front of group to enable access to that group by entering apassword To program passwords to the groups see Passwords feature beginning on page 196 GROUP Man
295. l receive the prompt shown to the left where you will sle select the Source and Destination PLC For projects with Dual PLCs you will make the selections for both PLCs MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net 167 J S Shes Ga am me it Ue Programming Software User Manual If the Source ID is the same as the Destination ID a dialog box will appear asking you if you want to Overwrite the Destination ID screen Click Yes if you want to overwrite the screen Click No if you do not want to overwrite the screen s x Do you want to overwrite following destination screen s 6 Numeric Entry 4 The Copy Screen window will list the programmed screens Click on the screen s that you want to copy to highlight them and then click on OK Copy Screen Ea Select Source Project E Program Files EZT ouch Project New Proje Browse 1 Main Screen Define Screen IDs for Copied Screens Select Screens to Copy Define Screen IDs 5 The Define Screen IDs for Copied Screens window will open listing the Source ID Src ID for each screen you have selected to copy The Source ID is the number of the screen in the Source Project Under the column Destination ID Dest ID enter the screen number you want for the copied screen in your current project Click OK when finished 6 Next you will define the Source and Destination PLCs for copyi
296. larm Count button A 13 Alarm Database A 7 A 9 Alarm History 223 A 12 button A 12 A 13 Details A 15 screen A 13 Alarm History Object 100 Details 100 Display Screen 100 Label 100 127 129 132 146 150 153 155 Text 101 Alarm List Object 153 Alarm List Size 213 Alarms Print B 3 Protection 223 Alarms Tab 84 algorithm 95 Align 171 Allen Bradley PLC Communications Setup C 3 Allow Stretching 117 120 124 alphanumeric 80 entry 6 keypad 79 Analog Clock 6 81 analog gauge 83 application 26 Apply Changes Alarm 204 Apply Changes Message 208 Arc 180 Arithmetic 227 ARROW keys 95 ASCII 191 ASCII character command 112 135 mast Programming Software User Manual ASCII Characters 78 80 B 2 ASCII String 38 112 135 Assign Ports Screen B 2 Assigning Ports in Panel Setup Mode B 2 Auto Mode 95 Auto Size 112 135 B backup 6 Bar Graph 88 Color 89 156 bar graph 155 TPRLS display 156 Bar Graph Object 88 Digital Display Tab 89 Format 89 numbers 89 Fractional Digits 90 Label 88 Tag Name 88 Basic Objects 39 battery 218 BCD 38 Beeper On Off 220 Bipolar 89 bit 38 67 77 Bit Number 109 122 Bitmap 6 116 119 180 Bitmap BMP 116 Bitmap Button 119 Bitmap Button Object 119 Actuator Type 120 Label 119 On Bitmap Off Bitmap 120 Tag Names 119 Bitmap Objects 39 116 139 155 Bitmap Button 119 Dynamic Bitmap 116 Multi state Bitmap 122 bits 38 Bits are represented in Decimal or Octal systems 109
297. lay Time sec Specifies the length of time in seconds 1 to 60 that each alarm will remain displayed before the next alarm in the circular queue is displayed Alarm List Size If two or more alarms are active they are placed in a circular queue and displayed one after another This parameter specifies the length of the queue Range is 1 99 In other words this is the maximum number of alarms that will be on at one time This is not the number of alarm inputs that are monitored See the section on alarms for more information Display Saver 30 1500 minutes 0 Disabled The length of time in minutes that passes before the screen saver is activated The timer is reset when a new screen is displayed or when the screen is touched or an alarm is activated MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net amp me it Ue Programming Software User Manual Default Language This value is the language that the panel will use when it powers up Choose from Languages 1 to 9 Languages are programmed when creating the object text or in the Message Database Languages are named under the Language Tab S Shoes Gam o To change the active language when in the PowerPanel Programming Software click on Edit gt Current Editing Language Enable Beeper When the buzzer is enabled the buzzer will sound when the screen is touched on an active area If the buzzer is disabled the buzzer n
298. le format D z 1 26 c cO 2 O E lt 3 p H 4 How do I convert a project from one panel size to another Converting a project created on a 6 panel to an 8 or 10 panel requires nothing more than opening the project with the new size selected Converting from 8 or 10 to 6 size is best done by the following procedure a Select Screen gt Show 320x240 Rectangle b Move all the objects onto the new small 6 grid shown c Save the project d Open the project again selecting the new panel size on the Project Information box 5 Can luse the Power Up Screen selection under the Project Attributes gt General menu and also use the Switch to Screen Number under Project Attributes gt PLC to Panel Not exactly because before the panel can actually display the Power Up Screen it reads from the PLC and displays the Switch to Screen Number 6 Can place objects anywhere on the screen Yes objects may be placed anywhere on the screen but you must make sure that you have the Snap to Grid feature OFF and the object must be placed over touch cells 7 What is a touchcell A touchcell is the physical area on the panel that defines user selection by touching A Touch Object can contain more than one touchcell and can be as small as 10 x 10 pixels On all PowerPanels the size of a touchcell is 40 x 40 pixels However since the screen size differs the physical size of 40 pixels does as well On the 6 inc
299. le name fr x s Files of type PowerPanel Alarm Excel Files xls Cancel y A 2 Awindow will open showing you the status of the import process When finished importing the Alarms you will receive a message telling you how many Alarms were successfully imported 3 The Error Log View will appear to let you know if there were problems in the import process or if the Alarms already exist in the project Open the Alarm Database to make any changes You may also open the csv or Excel file make changes and then try to import again Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Message Database Here you may create up to 999 messages limited by available memory Each message may be up to 200 characters and you can choose various message attributes such as Character Size Text Color Background Color Blink for text and or background and Language The Message Database is used by the Lookup Text object to display a message on the panel The value for the message is assigned in the Tag associated with a Lookup Text object Please Note The Message Database is used by the Lookup Text Object For information on how to use the Message Database in a Lookup Text Object see Chapter 4 Lookup Text page 73 JJ D i a p To create a new message Message Database x Total Number of Messages 1 Current
300. le to add to TagData Base as in the tag database However this is Reason Tag is already there in existing Tag DataBase not true for Expression tags if an Exp ression Tag with the same name 2 Tag with TagName N7 12 and Address Unable to add to TagData Base already exists in the project it will not be imported Reason Tag is already there in existing Tag DataBase 3 Tag with TagName BUTTON OBJECT and Address B3 0 0 Unable to add to TagData Base Reason Taq is already there in existing Tag DataBase Tag Database Import from CS x MAN UTICW M V4 0 Hp me INDICATOR LIGHT and Address B3 1 0 Unable to add to TagData Base eady there in existing Tag DataBase IV First row contains the header information Only Import addresses for tags that have me NUMERIC ENTRY and Address N7 0 Unable to add to TagData Base the same Name and Data Type eady there in existing Tag DataBase 3 Click on Setup gt Tag Database to view the database and make any corrections or changes Look in a Project Al c Messages 1 xls Filename fess Files of type PowerPanel Tag Excel Files xls x Cancel A Excel Format Click on the Import Tags gt Excel Format menu item to select the Microsoft Excel file where the tag database resides Navigate to the file you want click on it to highlight it and then click on the Open button The Tag Database Import from Excel window will appear shown on the
301. le you prefer for the button background to view the color object you are creating palette Move the cursor over your 2 Your choice will appear under Selected Style choice and simply click to select MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net at MO UME Programming Software User Manual Add New Tag Details x r Select Tag Type PLC1 Allen Bradley SLC 500 DF1 Full Duplex Rev D Enter a Tag Name RE m a 1 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag Name that you want the button to correspond to 2 If the Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box C Expression eaters will appear where you will map the tag The Tag Name will eon JUNSIGNED INT 16 appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate oe for your type PLC Click on the OK button m eO NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the a a Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The Edit Cose Hep Tag Details screen will appear For more information about Tags see Select from the following Actuator Types Tag Database page 190 Actuator Type determines how the tag will be controlled NOTE If you have assigned Password Protection for this object and select Momentary On or Momentary Off the protection feature is disabled with this actuator type 2 F PLEASE NOTE If your panel is connected to multiple PLCs use
302. lick on the Apply Changes button when finished Edit Message Details x Message Text Lanquage f Press F7 to embed a data variable i Number 3 Help Apply Changes Close Protection See Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net me it Ue Programming Software User Manual Place Report object on the screen and size it To size the object select it grab a handle and drag to the size you want To move the object select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Data Acquisition Objects EEL a Table View Data Acquisition Objects allow you to display or analyze data collected Bice to RSL LAE by the Global Object Data Acquisition FIFO found under the Setup menu Statistics Global objects are non visual and remain active all the time for data collection The Global Data Acquisition FIFO object implements a FIFO first in first out of the supported data type You mu
303. ll be used when setting up the panel communications You have now configured the PLC to communicate with a PowerPanel Project that you will create in the next section of this tutorial General Chan 1 System Chan 0 System Chan 0 User Driver DF 1 Full Duplex e fi decimal Baud 19200 Parity EVEN 7 Protocol Control Control Line No Handshaking 7 ACK Timeout x20 ms 50 Error Detection CRC NAK Retries Embedded Responses Enabled 7 ENQ Retries 3 IV Duplicate Packet Detect OK Cancel Apply Help 12 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Tutorial Create a Project Step 1 The following is a project tutorial You ve already configured your PLC to work with the PowerPanel project you will be creating in this section Now we ll take you through the process of creating a new project placing objects on the screen and transferring a project to the PowerPanel This should help familiarize you with the PowerPanel Programming Software environment Let s assume you have the programming software installed on your PC if you don t go back to page 9 and install now Connect the PowerPanel to your PC using the P N CBL UTICW 009 cable Connect the PowerPanel to your PLC using the appropriate panel to PLC cable In Step 1 Project Information you will be setting up your project
304. lled If you have Momentary ON or Momentary SS gned Password Protection for this object and select Momen OFF the PLC must set bit to AY On or Momentary Off the protection feature will not be proper state on powerup This enabled with this actuator type must be done when programming e Momentary On will turn the tag on for as long as you touch PLC Logic the switch Password Protection is disabled Momentary Off will turn the tag off for as long as you touch the switch Password Protection is disabled e Set On will latch the tag ON e Set Off will latch the tag OFF e Toggle will change the state of the tag every time the switch is pressed Enter On Off Text Here you will enter the Text that will appear within the object and control how that text will appear 1 Select the Language number 1 9 for the On Off Text 2 Type in what you want to appear within the switch for the On Text and for the Off Text i e you might want to place the words STOP and RUN inside the switches instead of Off and On Select Character Size from the available choices Select the Color of the On Text and the Color of the Off Text If you want the Text to Blink click on the box below Blink to place a check mark indicating that the option is enabled ae alla Protection See Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on
305. lowing steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 221 3 Select Character Size from the available sizes 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty Under Display Screen you will choose which alarm screen you want to display when the Alarm History button object is pressed Alarm History or Alarm Count It should be noted that you can switch from one to the other from either screen O Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Under Text choose the Language Character Size Color of Text and Background and whether or not you want to enable the Blink feature for the text that will appear within the Alarm History button Enter the Text that you want to appear Protection See Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel but
306. m Filesi PowerPanel Projects After selecting the PLC Read Program Project Name Type and Protocol click ll i Profibus Test Project prp aa z z Start Editing Screen on the View Edit PLC maner E E Edit Program ON LINE Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will O E appear Enter the Etheret COM Port PLE Type oy Generic Profibus DP Rev A View Edit PLC Com Setup parameters shown Configuration Misere teda Browsen remember this is an example you must enter ok Hep Paon A parameters that are a applicable to your slicer E system configuration C Use Address Switch Setings Use Driver Attributes Node Address fi 0 1 125 To set the node Address with PLC attributes the address switches must be setto zero 0 The driver will Click on the OK button to save your selections 1 Download the project to the PowerPanel NOT install property otherwise Maximum Input fe 2 Attach the panel to the Profibus DP network Maximum Output p Max I O 1 122 words the sum of Max 1 0 must be less then or equal to 208 words Cancel Help D rr ep D xe x pu ddy 3 Run Simatic Step 7 software ul Hw Config Configuring hardware Station PLC View Sihing Help Customize Ctrl Alt E 4 First you must add the GSD file as follows Edt Catalog Profle Update Catalog Install New GSE Import Station GSE a Using the SIMATIC Manager ope
307. m the Input Tag and stored written to a FIFO table It can be controlled by a PLC Data Acquisition FIFO xj General Name J Number of Tables fi Number of Samples Per Table fi Input Tag P IV Sort FIFO I Stop when Full Use Reference T aq v Event Type when the source operands change Tag Time fi 0 Hour Hinute Second 1 10 second v Clear FIFO Cancel Help To program this object perform the following steps 1 Enter a Name for the FIFO of up to 40 characters 2 Enter the Number of Tables in the object between 1 and 127 3 Enter the Number of Samples Per Table between 1 and 65535 4 Enter or select an Input tag for the object This is where the object acquires the data to be stored in a table 5 If you want the FIFO data sorted selected by default leave this box checked If you don t want the FIFO data sorted click in the box in front of Sort FIFO to remove the check mark and disable this option Sorted data is sorted by value rather than by the order in which it is received 6 If you want the data acquisition to stop when the FIFO is full click in the box in front of Stop when Full to place a check mark and enable this option If not selected the new data will overwrite the first data stored in the table MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net ED JJ D i a p S
308. m value Reason You will get above errors when the following rule is not met Minimum Value lt Low Low Limit lt Low Limit lt High Limit lt High High Limit lt Maximum Value Solution Change the values appropriately Note while changing the values of alarm limits use the following rule of thumb If you are changing the values towards higher values start from HighHigh limitand go backwards If you are changing the values towards lower values start from LowLow limit and go upwards Bar Graph Error JO7_1 Mid value is not in between Minimum and Maximum values Reason You will receive above errors when the limits for alarm are not within the selected tag s data range Solution You need to modify the values so that the values are within appropriate range PID Faceplate Error JO8_1 Process Variable Tag and Set Point Tag must be of same Data Type Solution Ensure that the Process Variable Tag and the Set Point Tag are of the same data type In other words if you define a signed tag for Process Variable define a signed tag for Set Point also Always assign the same data tag type to both the Process Variable and Set Point PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Error J08_2 Process value Maximum is less than Present value Minimum Solution Ensure that Present value Maximum is greater than Present value Minimum Error J08_3 Output value Minimum cannot be greater than Present value Maximum Solution En
309. map action on panel 123 Non programmed message action on panel 109 non visual object Global 231 Nonvolatile flash card 6 Notepad 198 meet Programming Software User Manual Notification and Handshake Tab 61 Notification Tag 61 Number of Steps 53 numeric 6 Numeric Display 69 Numeric Display Object 69 Data Type 70 Digits 70 Display Values 71 Format 70 Fractional Digits 70 Justification 70 Label 69 PLC Values 71 Scaling Tab 71 Tag Name 69 Numeric Entry 57 Numeric Entry Object 57 Enter Range and Test Display 58 Label 57 Notification and Handshake Tab 61 PLC Values 60 86 90 Scaling Tab 60 Select the Format of the Keypad 58 O Object Description 45 Object Errors Jxx_x A 22 object icon 39 Object Name 45 Object Tool Bar 160 Object Tool Bars 39 OBJECT TOOLBAR 39 Objects 39 objects print B 3 Objects Menu 38 Octal 123 Off Bitmap 120 OFF LINE 26 OK Cancel Help Buttons 42 OMRON C200 and C500 PLC Communications Setup C 19 OMRON Host Link PLC C 19 On Bitmap 120 ON LINE 26 On Off Text 42 49 127 132 Onscreen HELP 4 onscreen prompts 9 Open Project 166 Open Screen 174 operands source 228 Operation 128 Add Edit 229 Operators 194 Option Board 184 Hardware Revision 184 Type 184 Out of Range Bar 141 Output Variable 95 outputs 38 Over Range 140 Overlapping Objects Information 173 P palette 6 Panel Error Messages A 16 Panel Menu 183 Panel Name 184 Panel Revision 226 panel tags 38 Panel
310. mat for Unsigned Unsigned Decimal 7 PUMP 1 ON OFF N7 2 BUTTON OBJECT PUMP 315 ON OFF N7Z 3 INDICATOR LIGHT PUMP 215 ON OFF _ N7 4 NUMERIC ENTRY OPEN VALVE 1 N75 NUMERIC DISPLAY PUMP 1 PRESSURE N7 88 lt lt Remove Start Monitoring 188 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Read Line Graph from Panel ON LINE Only Click on Read Line Graph from Panel if you want to download data from a programmed Line Graph from the PowerPanel The Line Graph data will be displayed in the window shown below From here you may Export the data to an Excel file Select the Line Graph from those available Click on the Refresh button to read the current data from the panel JJ D a a 1 O D Read LineGraph x Line Graph 7 Number of Samples Number of Samples Read Number of Pens Read Time i gt l Refresh Export to Excel Close Read FIFO from Panel ON LINE Only Click on this to select and read current data from a Global Object Data Acquisition FIFO The data from each FIFO table will be displayed in an Excel File Select FIFO for Reading x Select FIFO l Read Reference Data Fd Microsoft Excel Booki File Edit View Insert Format Tools AseES6R s BE i Click on the down arrow next to the Select 6 60 FIFO field and select the FIFO you want to
311. me G 2 8 Color 640x480 System Memory 65536 Option Board Driver Memory 18972 Usai Program 2848 Option Board Type No option board selected Free Memory 436932 User Memory 524288 Heb Revisions Hardware This is the revision of the PowerPanel unit Boot Software This is internal panel firmware used to power up the panel Exec Software This is also internal firmware used to display panel information and allow panel adjustments to the internal clock Contrast adjustment and testing of the Touch cells and Display e Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Memory bytes Exec Flash Amount of memory available to hold the boot and exec firmware User Memory Flash This will let you know if the PowerPanel has a Flash Memory card installed It will say 0 if not installed This feature allows you to back up your program from the panel itself There are two available memory sizes 512K and 1 MEG Once the program is backed up onto the card you can use it to load the program into different units no programming computer is necessary System Memory This tells you how much RAM memory is used by the firmware Driver Memory This is the memory used by the PLC Driver User Program This is the size of the program that you currently have loaded into your PowerPanel Free Memory This is the RAM memory that you have left to use in the PowerPanel User Memor
312. me available allowing you to select a map file to import into the project Select PLC Driver x Select PLC name to change First PLC i ine Allen Bradley SLC 500 DF1 Full Duplex Rev D v View Edit PLC Com Setup rrr Map File Browse Second PLC End Aas ol Modicon Modbus RTU RevF Z VewENPLCComsSeup De Browse Cancel x If you want to view or edit the PLC ere Attributes for First and Second Bi PLC if applicable click on the BaudRate 13200 gt View Edit PLC Com Setup button me An example of PLC Attributes is a Evn I shown to the right Here you can 7 make changes to the PLC Transmit R5232 gt communication setup Click on OK Checksum Type ERC to save your changes or Help to ea imeout Time 1 255 view the help topics available for tenths of a second that particular PLC Eie E a Cancel Help MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Upgrade Firmware SEE CAUTION BELOW There may be occasional upgrades to the PowerPanel internal software also referred to as the Exec or Firmware Check the www uticor net website periodically for information about software and firmware upgrades JJ D i a p CAUTION If Panel Firmware version is earlier than C 4 existing programs that are saved to Flash memory must be resaved to Flash after upgrade When upgrading firmware YOU MUST write the
313. me for Step 1 TAG DETAILS screen will 3 Select Language 1 to 9 for On Off Text and then enter the appear A Text and Off Text that you want to appear within Step Switch 4 Select Character Size Color of Text and Background and whether or not Text and or Background will Blink 5 Repeat for Step 2 Step 3 and Step 4 if necessary Protection See Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Step Switch on the screen and size it e To size the switch grab a handle and drag To move the switch select it click and hold left mouse button and drag Simulate Press To Simulate Press double click the object to bring up the object dialog box or click on the object to highlight and thenclick on the arrows in the standard tool bar to simulate previous state or simulate next state Select the tab of the Step you want to simulate if on General tab will simulate Step 1 only Click on the Simulate Press button to see how the switch object will display on the screen when pressed ED Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Tri State Switch Object Tri State Switch Obje
314. me i 4 an example of how to set up a Generic DeviceNet I O Network project using RSNetWorx configuration software with _ K it s as easy as 1 2 3 an Allen Bradley 1747 SDN Scanner m SELECT ACTION Peoia iel ee eee Module EdtProgam Selected Action Edit Offline Write Later A a eet ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION toject Location To set up DeviceNet I O communications oe peepee es i amp ogram toject Name open PowerPanel Programming Software fom Paneland DN TEST 1p z m Start Editing Screen and configure Project Information a e n OM screen as shown in the figure to the right atte Panel Type G 2 10 Color 640048000 vate f Ethemev COM Pot PLG Iye Generic DeviceNeLO Reva 1 View Edk PLC Com Setup After selecting the PLC Type and S a eiee aA emeton Sep a onl uration l tinker Dia ana Paes Protocol click on the View Edit PLC Has Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog o Hep Cear Exit box will appear Enter the parameters C a x shown remember this is an example you must enter parameters A that are applicable to your system configuration Click on the OK 1255 teks of second f Poll Time button to save your selections 2a of second P C Use DIP Switch Settings Use Driver Attributes 1 Download the project to the PowerPanel Mecid 083 P Baud Rate 500 kb s gt 2 Attach the panel to the De
315. n Change Screen x General Protection Visibilty Details peeseessseesseseessesesseg e E Language EE Character Size 6x8 if Galette jon Control Screen Label Text CHANGE SCR Style Position Color jiop IV Display Frame Change Screens Text X Background z Botton Go To Screen ho Ser z Text Char Size Color ok in Language BE 6x8 Text H E Text Screen Back Ground E To put a Label on the Change Screen object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 221 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty To Create the Change Screen Button object 1 Select the Style of the button from the available choices 2 Click in the empty field next to Go To Screen and type in the name of the screen or click on the down arrow for a list of screens in the project and select Enter a ze
316. n click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the parameters shown i s as easy as l 2 3 m SELECT ACTION PowerPanel Programming Software Version 2 1 i UTICOR Technology L P Phone 1 563 359 7501 Click on the OK button Edit Program Selected Action Edit Offline Write Later www uticor net to save your selections OFF LINE write ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION You will return to the 9 dia aa E Program Files PowerPanel Projects Browse U gt Project Information co Read Program Project Name O O screen Click on the OK nem panel and New Proiecte D 2 button to begin creating Start Editing Screen D Q your PowerPanel fi sl Nme se o cX Edit P Project ON LINE i ao Panel Type G2 8 Color 640x480 x sists E aeaf GE Series 90 30 SNPX Reve z View Edt PLC Com Setup PLC Editor Revision B Tinker a Map Ale Baud Rate Parity Select RS485 Control RTS NOTE on TAGs for this type PLC Require CTS The PLC driver defaults to station 1 To communicate with another station number the map string must be preceded by the station number of the unit you want to communicate with For example 4 V2000 to communicate Data Timeout 0 40 sec Cancel Help Note If the DirectLogic PLC you are using has 4 mode switch it must remain in the TERM position with station number 4 PowerPanel Programming Software Us
317. n 5 or select Circle from the Draw Menu 2 A dialog box will appear allowing you to select the outline and fill color of the circle 3 Select a point on the screen with the pointer and click the left mouse button to locate the starting point of the circle Pull the circle with the mouse to the size you want and release the mouse button to set the perimeter size JJ D a a 1 O D Static Bitmap This object allows you to import a bitmap and place it on the screen To place a Bitmap on the screen 1 Click on the Static Bitmap icon F or select Static Bitmap from the Draw Menu The following dialog box will appear MPORTANT NOTE Static Bitmap eee x IMPORT BITMAP option To size a Bitmap once it has been Copy From Clipboard Symbol Facto placed on the screen click on it 2 to select grab one of the handles Size 372Wx391H i and drag to the size you want Allow stretching on the screen Maintain aspect ratio OK Cancel Help MPORTANT NOTE 2 There are 3 options for importing a bitmap SYMBOL FACTORY option To SIZE a symbol in Symbol a Click on the Import Bitmap button and a window will appear Factory go to Options in the shown below allowing you to navigate to the directory folder Symbol Factory when selecting where a Bitmap BMP file a Windows Metafile WMF an the symbol See instructions on Enhanced Windows Metafile EMF Graphics Interchange page 170 F
318. n Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Meter Object Pump 3 Pressure NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The EDIT TAG DETAILS screen will appear A Meter object is used to display an analog gauge such as a speedometer The meter consists of a data tag a data type data value range location of the meter on the screen the sweep direction for the needle the needle color and the number of ticks to display In simulating an analog gauge the Meter object displays a needle that sweeps through an arc as the tag value changes Tick marks are displayed along the arc General Alarms Digital Display Scaling Visibility Details Label Tex m Select Style Language 4 Character Size E Label Text METER Soie Position Color Style i op Text Ej R 5 Bottom Background V Display Frame WwW Tag Name 7 Range Note lt gt IV Show Ticks earn fo Ranges Esa ese should be Number of Major Divisions 5 Se C5535 entered in gt Decimal Number of Sub Divisions 3 Cos olor D Color H Background Show Tick Numbers IV Needle H Gi Precision for Floating Point Cancel Help To put a Label on the Meter object per
319. n below Each time the error message flashes on the O E oy Panel ee 0 panel screen it is counted as an entry D D gt Q c Press the ALARM COUNT button The following screen will kA appear showing you the number of times the messages was gt sent Q ALARA HISTORY TOTAL OF 08 ALARMS SISRRSR PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual d Press the ALARM HISTORY button From this screen press the DETAILS button The following screen will appear showing the details of the alarm ALARA COUNT ERROR CODE VALUE PLC ERROR D z 1 26 c cO 2 O oo lt 3 p a ALARM HISTORY DETAILS ENTRY MO PLC ERROR ACTIVATED CLEARED ACTUAL VALUE HIGH LOU DIS LOU LIAIT HIGH LIAIT PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual e Press on the NEXT button to view details of the second alarm Remember or write down the ACTUAL VALUE In this case the actual decimal value is 256 ALARM HISTORY DETAILS ENTRY MO Ol ERROR CODE VALUE ACTIVATED 10 16 30 10 JAN O1 CLEARED 10 16 33 10 JAN O1 ACTUAL VALUE 256 HIGH LOW DIS HIGH LOU LIMIT g HIGH LIMIT g Press the EXIT button to return to ALARM HISTORY screen and then press the EXIT button on this screen to return to the project screen Convert the Actual Value of the error that you wrote down from the Alarm History Details screen All PLC ERROR CODE VALUEs are in decimal Convert them to HEX From
320. n has been entered and you are now ready to begin Steps designing your screens Remember that you can go back to step one and change project information if necessary Just click on the 1 button on the 3 Easy Steps Navigation Tool Bar shown to the left This toolbar does 1 not display by default To have it display on your main programming screen as shown below click on Edit gt Toolbars gt 3 Easy Steps ane seul rojec Information For more information on the Main Programming Screen see page 138 os 2 el Projec Panan oa reen PEE Draw Pan ETE window Help TE eao C HOS AEREE k AT leslie i PeT aOR TeerTa n LELU virite YoUr 3 Screens oj x P r Program 3 Easy ci ae Sum SSn eee EEnEEE a 1 1 7 7 T yy D Exit Project Rightclickhereinthe _ a feo a View window and this Design Your menu will appear Pt tt ty e a Pt tt tt ly RRR Program to Panel a ea PT T_T T_T ETE TT Ty yt T Open Screen Rename Scien Pt t_ ETT ETE TT Ey yt ty EEE EEC EEE No of Selected Objects 0 x 26 297 OFF LINE MODE NUM di D 2 D O wn D EE xe 1 Right click anywhere in the Project Screens Explorer View window shown above on the left hand side and a popup menu will appear Click on New Screen or you may click on the 2 button Design Your Screens on the right hand side and the following screen will appear MAN UTICW M V4 0 P
321. n on Language page 221 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the button to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty To Choose a Step Switch Style perform the following steps 1 Under Select Style click on the style you prefer for the button object you are creating 2 Your choice will appear under Selected Style Choose the Number of Steps from 1 to 4 in the process or application that you want your switch to control Enter the number of steps or click on the up down arrows to select MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net ED MO UE Programming Software User Manual Step 1 Tab General Protection Visibilty Details Step 1 Step 2 Tag Name 7 gt On 7 Off Text Language fi On Text jo n Off Text Ort Char Size Color Text Blink Background Blink On Text 6x8 X mm E x E Off Text 6x8 X mm j x B NOTE To edit the Address Cancel Help String with your cursor in the 1 Click on Step 1 tab Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The EDIT 2 Enter Tag Na
322. n the Hardware settings window b From Hardware Config window choose OPTIONS gt INSTALL NEW GSE MOU Programming Software User Manual c The Installing new GSE window will appear Installing new GSE 27 xi d You ll find the GDS file under the PowerPanel Programming Software directory that was created when you installed the software The default directory is C Program Files PowerPanel Select hms_1003 gsd and click OPEN Fienone rm Files of type GSD festos H Cancel e Follow the onscreen prompts and the installation is complete 5 Now you will set up the module as follows EEEE EEEE olejna Hee a o a Sef E E enore a Create a New Project or Open and existing project PASAI X ANYBUS_PGI_RES CPU315 2 DP using SIMATIC Manager et poet 3 7 7 Program 1 By Source Files b Open the Hardware Configuration window by double ane clicking the Hardware icon as shown to the right a HW Config SIMATIC 300 1 Configuration ANYBUS_PGI_RES ly Station Edit Insert PLC View Options Window Help c Select VIEWSCATALOG or neles a a alia HD 22 de press CRTL K to open the o catalog shown to the right a AE PS307 24 CPU315 2 DP 3 Additional Field Devices 10 3 General ANYBUS S PD Encoders PLC C Drives gt Gateway a MMI Compatible PROFIBUS DP Slaves Close
323. ncel Help NOTE on TAGS for this type PLC If communicating to other than the default PLC the address string must be preceded by the PLC address of the unit you want to communicate with For example 3 N7 0 is PLC address 3 AAE PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual SLC 5 03 5 04 and 5 05 DF1 Full Duplex The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a SLC 500 Series PLC with DF1 Full Duplex Protocol Channel Configuration X General Chan 1 System Chan 0 System Chan 0 User Driver DF1FullDuplex m mal To set up the SLC 500 PLC DF1 Full Duplex n ise Zi using RSLogix configuration software fm xl program the Channel Configuration screen as shown to the right Open PowerPanel Programming Software Protocol Control and configure Project Information as shown O crerartre ns in the figure below Error Detection CRC X NAK Retries 3 Embedded Responses Enabled tsi ENG Retries Bo After selecting the PLC Type and Protocol M Duplicate Packet Detect click on the View Edit PLC Com Setup The PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the parameters shown Click on the OK OK ce ary Hep button to save your selections You will return to the Project Information screen Click on the OK button to begin creatin p i a m J AN pe tip R PowerPanel your PowerPanel Project P 4 Da lt 4 A
324. nd on the FIFO Input tag data type 1 If you select Use Values you will enter a Minimum Range Please Note If the Number of Bars selected is greater than the range that is selected the panel will display a blank Frequency Chart Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net Value and a Maximum Range Value Enter a number between 1 and 65535 in the field provided 2 If you select Use Tags you will enter or select a Minimum Range Tag and a Maximum Range Tag in the field provided The tag values will be used for the minimum and maximum values Format Frequency Chart 1 Define the Number of Bars to be display on the Frequency Chart Object Enter a number between 1 and 100 maximum 2 Under Format select the Data Type from the available choices 3 Under Digits select the Total Digits depends on data type see data type table in left margin on page 139 that you want to display and the number if any of those digits that you want to be Fractional Digits 4 Click in the box in front of Show Out of Range Bars if you want them to display on the object 5 Select the color from the available choices for the Bar Color Bar Outline Background and Out of Range Bar MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to
325. nd size it To size the object select it grab a handle and drag to the size you want To move the object select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net O me it Ue Programming Software User Manual Screen List Selector Object 100 This object allows you to group programmed screens of your choosing and display them on the panel From this list you can select one of more of the screen lists to go to Use the arrows to scroll up and down the list and press the enter key to select a ascreen Screen List Selector i x General Screens Protection Visibility Details Label Text Language EE Character Size 6 8 z Label Text SCREEN LIST SELECTOR Color H ha IV Display Frame Text Properties Color H I Blink Char Size 6x8 Background Color a Blink Cancel Help To put a Label on the Screen List Selector object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 221 3 Select Character Size from the available sizes 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Selectthe Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 6 Display Frame is selected by
326. neds D 2 INDEX aran E E EE A E l 1 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Manual Revisions Manual Part Number MAN UTICW M Revision 4 Manual Title PowerPanel Programming Software Version 4 0 User Manual The following table provides you with update information If you call technical support with a ques tion about this manual please be aware of the revision number Revision pae Effective Pages Description of Changes 07 2001 Cover Warning Copyright i vi 1 160 Appendix A Appendix B Index Original Release Original Release of Manual Version 2 0 Release Version 2 1 Release Version 2 2 Release Version 2 5 02 2002 02 2002 05 2002 10 2002 All pages All pages Appendix C Appendix D Cover Warning Copyright V 1 200 pages added changes to pages Cover 1 200 various changes Software Release 2 0 Changes to all objects new objects features added Appendix C and D added Software Release 2 1 G Square Series and Q2Panel information added Masking option added to Multi state Bitmap and Multi state Indicator object Switch to Screen option added to Project Attributes Software Release 2 2 Math Logic object name changed to Multi function object Copy Screen selection added to File Menu COM Configuration selection added to Panel Menu Objects Overlapping Warning option and Overlapping Objects information added to Edit Menu Read Alarm History Count
327. nel screen upon initial power up The first project you transfer to the panel will replace this bitmap program E Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 Objects In this chapter you will be shown how to create Buttons Indicator Buttons Radio Buttons Switches Step Switch Tri state Switch Numeric Entry Recipe Thumbwheel Indicator Lights Numeric Display Text Objects Clock Meter Bar Graphs Line Graph PID Face Plate Change Screen Alarm History System Objects Multi state Indicator Bitmap Objects Increment Decrement Value Multi function Report Data Acquisition Objects Control List Selector Screen List Selector Alarm List Touch PRLS me it Ue Programming Software User Manual Objects Menu Objects Buttons Indicator Buktkons Radio Buttons Switches Step Switch Tri state Switch Numeric Entry Recipe Thurmbwheel Indicator Lights Numeric Display Text Clock Meter Bar Graphs Line Graph PID Face Plate Change Screen Alarm History System Objects Multi state Indicator Bitmap Objects Increment Decrement Value Multi Function Report Data Acquisition Control List Selector Screen List Selector Alarm List Touch PRLS In PLC based control the PLC perfo
328. nel to monitor the PLC for errors and trigger an alarm are provided in Appendix A Troubleshooting How do I Log and Display a PLC Error Message OTE An active alarm will be displayed across the bottom of the panel screen To see a history use the Alarm History object The Alarm History Object allows you to configure a button that when pressed will provide the Alarm Count or Alarm History Alarm Details are accessed through the Alarm History object Alarms are set up in the Alarm Database see page 177 for setup instructions The Alarm Count lists all alarms and shows the total count for each alarm The Alarm History will show each alarm that has occurred with the most recent at the top When you press the Alarm Detail button you will get the Entry Number No of the Alarm when it was activated time and date when it was cleared actual value high low limits and which limit is tripped HIGH LOW DIS Alarm History x General Protection Visibilty Details poeseessesesseeeesseessseg Necssescsssssscsssssessees Language N Character Size ex z Label Text ALARM HISTORY nl Position Color Top Text z Bottom Background z m Display Screen IV Display Frame Alarm History Alarm Count C Text Char Size Color Blink 1 iia 15 fe zi Text ma r Text Alarm History Back Ground z E Cancel Help To put a Label on the Alarm History object perform the fol
329. ng the tags from the selected screens Select the Destination PLC 1 and if applicable PLC 2 Click OK when finished Define Source and Destination PLCs Mappings j x Source PLC 1 Allen Bradley SLC 500 DF1 Full Duplex Rev D Destination PLC 1 Allen Bradley SLC 500 DF1 Full Duplex Rev D Destination PLC 2 Modicon Modbus ATU Rev F Source PLC 2 Modicon Modbus RTU Rev F C Destination PLC 1 Allen Bradley SLC 500 DF1 Full Duplex Rev D Destination PLC 2 Modicon Modbus ATU Rev F Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual 7 On the Copying Tags Screen you may change the name and or address of the Source Tag before it is copied in the Destination Tag database This prevents overwriting tags with the same name and or address The screens will be copied into your current project with the number you have assigned The name of the screen in the Source project will be the same in your current project They will appear in the Project Screens Explorer view You can also change the names by using the Rename feature Click on menu item Screen gt Rename JJ D a a 1 O D Copying Tags 4 of 4 x Completed Tags 4 of 4 Source Tag Selected PLCs Hf Src TagName gt PLC 1 Allen Bradley SLC 500 DF1 Full Duplex Rev D NUMERIC EN NUMERII PLC 2 Modicon Modbus RTU Rev F BUTTON OBJ BUTTON NUMERIC
330. nitial value Retentive 7 Retentive 7 Cancel Help Cancel Help 218 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Under the PLC to Panel tab you will enter the following attributes Project Attributes x General Printer Passwords Clock PaneltoPLC PLC to Panel Language Ports Alarm Protection ltem Tag Name Switch to Screen Number word OOo Beeper On Off Discrete P Increase Clock by 1 hour Discrete o Decrease Clock by 1 hour Discrete o Clear Alarm History Discrete o Clear Alarm Count Discrete o Trigger Screen Saver Discrete o Select Current Language word Po JJ D i a p Cancel Help Under this Project Attributes tab you will enter a tag to an internal panel location These locations can be written to by the PLC Switch to Screen Number word This tag can be written to by the PLC to display a screen on the PowerPanel This will allow the PLC to change screens at anytime A How do I switch zero 0 placed in the tag will return the customer to the previous screen screens from a PLC How to Switch Screens from a PLC Ld 1 Create a project or open an existing project that contains multiple screens 2 Fromthe Main Menu Bar select Setup gt Project Attributes and click on the PLC to Panel tab 3 For the item la
331. nk a Ez ee a i rotocol pry egisters per Message z amp Do Modbus Rev B driver Pa E OOOO D Stop Bits One x 5 Click on the View Edit PLC Com Select AS48E h gt Pane ree Setup button The PLC Attributes Contol RTS yoy reed e EL dialog box will appear shown to the lo fie cae right Enter the parameters shown Click on the OK button to save your selections You will return to the Cancel Help Note The WINPLC serial port must be configured for Modbus Slave and be in the RUN P roj ect nfo rm ati on screen mode in order for a panel to communicate with it G MOU Programming Software User Manual 6 Once the Think amp Do driver is selected the Think amp Do Map file field is available In this field type the path where your Think amp Do map file can be found or click on the Browse button and navigate to its location 7 Click the OK button PowerPanel Programming Software will load and convert your Think amp Do map so it can be used by the PowerPanel project NOTE Once in the main programming screen the PowerPanel software will display the Tag Database Log View dialog box showing the tags that could not be converted Tag DataBase LogView xi 58 Unable to Read Reason Tag with TagName and Address SPARE 4 0 20 56 56 does not contain supported Typeld s Supported Typeld s are 1 input 2 flag 4 output 5 counter 7 number 19 float 22 string Reading done dding Tags to TagDataBa
332. notation file pan project file is missing and the program loader creates one Default annotation value means all objects screen descriptions and project description will be empty Solution You will need to re enter the information Error 102_1 Invalid file name or path Reason You have specified an invalid file name Solution You have to specify a valid file name Do not include any special characters s 3 5 25 lt gt EtC while naming your files First character should be alphanumeric Error 102_2 Invalid file name Do not use symbols Reason You have specified an invalid file name Solution To avoid getting these messages when creating a project do not use character symbols lt gt etc in the project name Only use letters A Z and or numbers 0 9 for a unique project name y xipueddy Error l02_3 Invalid Think and Do map file Reason When working with Think amp Do PLC type this program will map the PowerPanel project to an existing Think amp Do map file If you try to map the PowerPanel project to a map file generated by any program other than Think amp Do this message will appear and prevent you from continuing with the project Solution Select a valid Think amp Do map file e c z V gt e e Ke Error 103_1 Unable to find the DII Path Unable to build the Tag Database Solution If you have moved the Dils to some other directory move them back If y
333. nside the keypad Here you will select how many digits from 1 to 10 depending on the data type and tag value type chosen that you want to display If you want Fractional Digits enter 1 through 10 here select 0 for none For example if your maximum value is 999 you would enter 3 under total digits If your maximum value is 99 9 enter 3 under Total Digits and 1 under Fractional Digits If you want a tag to control the decimal points click in the box in front of Use tag for decimal point and then enter or select a Decimal point Tag Name v Use tag for decimal point Decimal point Tag Name I z MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net ED me it Ue Programming Software User Manual Scaling Tab Click on the Scaling tab if you want the Display Value to be x different than the PLC Value sere Sains J iotiicaton amp Handshake Protection Visibility Details Scaling PLC Value Display Yalue Point 1 fo fo Point 2 E5535 e5535 Example Scaling is only for display purpose on this object The value you enter would be interpolated using these two points for display Example Point 1 PLC Yalue 1 Display Value 10 Point 2 PLC Yalue 5 Display Value 50 Your value will be scaled by a factor of 10 for display on this object If PLC value is 23 it will be displayed as 230 Cancel Hep Under the Numeric Entry object Scaling tab you can scale the ente
334. ntrast Object on the screen and size it To size the object select it grab a handle and drag to the size you want To move the object select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen a Select Language EA The Select Language object allows the operator to change the Language by pressing a button on the PowerPanel Text that has been programmed for that language will convert to the language that the operator selects If an object s text has not been programmed for the language selected it will default to Language 1 Select Language x Change language to General Protection Visibilty Details Language Character Size 6 8 Label Text SELECT LANGUAGE a Position Color Top Text r Bottom Background r Select Lanquage FRENCH K M Display Frame fi Language 1 x Color Text H Tl Blink Back Ground T Blink Text Language Text Language Character Size 6x8 7 Cancel Help To put a Label on the Select Language object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 221 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at t
335. of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 221 3 Select Character Size from the available sizes 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty Enter Text Here you will enter the Text that will appear within the touch object and control how that text will appear Select the Language number 1 9 for the Text Type in what you want to appear within the button Select Character Size from the available choices Select the Color of the Text and the Color of the Background If you want the Text or the Background to Blink click on the box below Blink to place a check mark indicating that the option is enabled ae Ys MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net 127 MO UM Programming Software User Manual To program the Increment Decrement Value operation Increment Decrement Yalue x General Increment Decrement Vale Protection Visibilty Details Read from Tag Operation I ADD Data Format Unsigned Decimal
336. on Make sure you have another copy saved if it will require changes or updates Copy Screen a Demo Project 1 prp E New Project 4 prp Demo Project 2 prp New Project prp fan Il prp a Power Project 1 prp New Project _1 prp New Project 2 prp a New Project 3 prp mme m Save as type PowerPanel Projects prp 7 Cancel Z JJ D a a 1 O D PowerPanel f Protected project can only be written to panel and can never be edited again Do you want to Continue If you want to copy screens from another project prp into the current project click on Copy Screen You will be copying the tags associated with objects in the screen also 1 In the Copy Screen window click on the Browse button and the Select Source Project window will open Select Source Project Choose Project Cancel File name Files of type PowerPanel Projects prp 7 Cancel Z Click on Browse to select Source Project Look in ja Project l c ia Demo Project 1 prp a Think amp Do Project 1 prp ia Ethemet prp a ExampleProject prp New Project prp a G2 Project prp New Project 1 prp LA 2 Click on the project that contains the screens you want to copy Source PLE 2 Destination PLC 1 Allen Bradley SLE 500 DF1 FulllDupley Rev D Destination PLE 2 Heb into your current open project 3 You wil
337. onitored per line graph and up to 100 line graphs can be programmed Line graphs are unique in that most of the work is done for you The line graph plots the tag values on a line as they change over a period of time Line Graph x General Pen xY Axis Visibiity Details m T Label Text Language m Label Text LINE GRAPH v Character Size 5x9 Color Text Background v r Color Background Axis Tick H V Display Frame Orientation Left to Right 7 r Sample Rate Timed Sample Rate 60 C Hour Minutes Seconds Triggered Tag Name z OnState C Off State Total of Samples fico Sample Per Chart DE Number of readings to average per sample 4 Cancel Help To put a Label on the Line Graph object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 221 Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette A ale Select the Background Color and the Axis Tick Color from those offered on the color palette To select a Color click on the down arrow to see the palette and then simply click on the color swatch you want Display Frame is s
338. or 12 auto Text Color H ini EE BackGround z Manual 14 MANUAL Language Legends S A PA ad Cancel Help Under Output select the Language number for the Legend text you want to enter You may program up to 9 different languages to display on the legend See Language section page 221 Type in the text for the Legend Under Alarm select the Text and Background Color Select the Language number and type in the text you want to appear for the Legend Under Mode select the Text and Background Color Select the Language number for Auto and Manual Type in the Legend text for Auto and for Manual that you want to appear on the object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Canc el Help Buttons Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place PID Faceplate object on the screen and size it To size the object select it grab a handle and drag to the size you want To move the object select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net ED MO UM Programming Software User Manual Change Screen Object m This object will allow the PowerPanel to change to display another Scree
339. or message Display a blank message ge Display the last displayed message with it an error message will display by default Display an error Ignore the new value message is selected You may choose instead to have the panel Display a blank message or Display the last displayed message ignore the new value 5 Select Justification of Text This is a local attribute for each Multi State Indicator object So a message in one object can be left justified within the frame while in another object it can be right justified Select the Horizontal and Vertical justification for the text as it will appear within the frame when displayed on the panel m Justification Vertical E Top Center Bottom Horizontal C Left Center C Right Enter Message and Attributes Messages created in each Multi state Indicator object are saved in the object Only the Lookup Text object uses the project Message Database MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net O MO UR Programming Software User Manual Multi state Indicator Ed General Messages Visibility Details Display Messages based on BIT NUMBER rill asyike 25 Bits are represented in Decimal Number Total Number of Messages 0 titled Msg or Bit depending _ Tra it har Sis Tet Car eb gear ink Lang Mag Te on what you selected The first column will either be previously 2 Add Edit
340. ormat GIF JPEG File Interchange Format JPG or a Windows Icon ICO file resides Select BHP WMF EMF file Ea Look in 5 My Documents fa My Music PowerPanel Tags Old Excel Documents File name Cancel Files of type Bitmap file brop wen emf Z MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MO UE Programming Software User Manual xi Click on it to highlight and click on the Open button The File O gt ee Name and Size of the graphic file will be displayed If the Bitmap is too large you will be asked if you want to resize the image to fit the screen see message to the left a b You may also click on Symbol Factory to gain access to a library of over 3 000 symbols for industrial automation including pumps pipes valves tanks mixers motors ducts electrical symbols flow meters material handling sensors PLC s transmitters and ISA symbols Once in Symbol Factory navigate to the symbol you want to import click on Copy and the symbol is automatically imported into the object See next page 170 for sizing a bitmap in Symbol Factory S Shes Ga am Allow stretching on the screen I Maintain aspect ratio If you want to be able to stretch the image once it is placed on the screen click in the box in front of Allow stretching on the screen If you want to Maintain aspect ratio click in that b
341. ou can also export messages from the Message Database into an Excel or Comma delimited file For more information on the Message Database see page 189 ED Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Al Dynamic Text The Dynamic Text object will allow you to display the characters from ASCII values stored in a Tag The tag will read a block of registers in the PLC Each 16 bit register in the PLC can contain 2 ASCII characters The maximum number of PLC registers in the block is 20 a maximum of 40 ASCII characters This object allows you to place text anywhere on the pinata EOE screen to provide information It is typically used for displaying part E numbers VIN numbers or production numbers Dynamic Text is triggered Ascii Text by a bit Tag in the PLC You choose whether the Text is triggered by the bit when it is in the ON state or the OFF state The Dynamic Text object will then display a text string that is programmed in the PLC General Visibilty Details Language Character Size Label Text DYNAMIC TEXT Position 6x8 E Color Text Y Background E op G Botton IV Display Frame Trigger Tag Activate When f ON OFF String Tag OO Size Justification 6x8 X Horizontal C Left Color Text B Bink Vertical C Top Center Bottom
342. ou have deleted them you must reinstall the software Error 103_2 Cannot edit Online unless the panel has a program Edit Offline first and write a program to the panel Reason If you have no project loaded into the touch panel the program loader will not allow you to go into ON LINE Edit mode or if the map file has been altered you will receive this message Solution Get into OFF ILINE Edit mode and upload a project exit out to Step 1 Project Information click on the ON LINE Edit mode and select OK If that doesn t work make a new project with a new map file Error 103_3 Screen Number must be in the 1 999 range Reason You have entered an invalid Screen number Solution Enter a valid Screen number Error_l03_04 Project file is created using some new version of s w Please upgrade the program loader version Reason You are attempting to open a project that was created in a newer version of the PowerPanel Programming Software than you are currently using Solution Upgrade your PowerPanel Programming Software to the newer version Saving Errors Sxx_x Error SO1_1 The PowerPanel Editor has detected that one or more static objects line arc circle pie static bitmap and static text are on top of dynamic objects Static objects cannot be on top of dynamic objects These static objects will be placed below the dynamic objects Reason If you have static and dynamic objects on the same screen you need to make sure the
343. owing selections to Format your meter iF 2 3 If you want to show tick marks on your meter click on box in front of Show Ticks to enable Next select the Number of Major Divisions and the Number of Minor Sub Divisions to display maximum for each is 20 Click on the down arrow next to Color to view the color palette for the Tick marks Place the cursor over a color and click to select If you want to show numbers indicating the value of a particular Tick mark click on the box behind Show Tick Numbers If you have selected a Floating Point Tag the Precision for Floating Point entry will be enabled This will allow you to display the value of a tick mark on the bar graph with up to 5 decimal points Click on the down arrow to select number of decimal points Select the Minimum and Maximum Range of the values represented in the meter display Ranges should be entered in decimal only Select the Color of the Background and the Color of the Needle from the available choices Click on the Alarms Tab to set the Visual Alarm parameters General Alarms Digital Display Scaling Visibilty Details Visual Alarm Settings Note Color SetLimit Values are to be entered in IV Low Low Limit v fi 3107 decimal format only Reensenneees MV Low Limit v 2621 4 Normal eesesessseeseseeesesee E Hichtime E 32 I High High Limit M 52428 NeedleDirection Clockwise C Counter Clockwise Cance
344. ox also c The third option is to click on Copy from Clipboard This will copy a bitmap you have saved to the clipboard onto the current screen You can copy a bitmap saved or created in another program onto the system clipboard and then import it into the current screen 3 Click OK to import the bitmap or Cancel to quit Frame This Draw tool allows you to draw a Frame It can then be placed behind Draw a Frame around a Button 2 Object or text Frame Object Frame outline ME Frame Top Left Frame Bottom Right i Interior z To position the Cut Copy frame behind an ane Cancel Hep object or text click on the frame box to Select All To draw a Frame select right click Brora ion q the mouse button to 1 Click on the Frame F icon on the tool bar or select Frame view the menu shown here Click on Send to Back and then position from the Draw Menu 2 A dialog box will appear allowing you to select the color of the Frame outline Frame Top Left Frame Bottom Right and Interior 3 Select a point on the screen with the pointer and click the left the frame around the object mouse button to locate the first corner of the frame Grab a corner or side handle of the frame with the mouse to the size you want and release the mouse button to set the frame size Same SEE Same Height Same width 182 J Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPane
345. ppear to show you that it Chen a is enabled Click on it again to hide the Grid Rename Screen Snap to Grid Select All V Snap to Gre Snap to Grid attaches lines rectangles circles and other drawn objects Grid Size to grid points as they are drawn Objects placed on the screen will align v Show Touch Cells with the grid also Screen Description Background Color Overlapping Objects Information MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net G2 mit Ue Programming Software User Manual Click here to Snap to Grid Cut Objects Copy Objects Paste Objects Select All New Screen Open Screen Rename Screen Zoom S cb h ea am Display Grid v Snap to Grid Grid Size v Show Touch Cells Screen Description Background Color Overlapping Objects Information There are three ways to enable this function 1 Click on the 4 icon in the Standard Tool bar 2 Right click on an empty area of the screen window The menu shown to the left will appear Click on Snap to Grid 3 From the Main Menu Bar click on Screen gt Grid Size A dialog box will appear Click on the box in front of Snap to Grid You can also activate this feature from the Grid Size dialog box described on the previous page A check mark will appear to show you that it is enabled Click on it again to disable snap featu
346. r button to Panel Later 2 Click on the Browse button if you want to navigate to another Directory or Folder where you will store your project If you want to accept the default folder where PowerPanel Programming Software resides just enter the name of your new project in f PLEASE NOTE the empty field under Project Name If you change your mind and click 3 Under Start Editing Screen leave the screen number as 1 on another SELECT ACTION Click in the field next to Name to highlight New Screen Replace button a confirm action this by typing in the name of your first screen If you haven t message will appear just to make decided on a name just leave it as is you can change it later sure that this is what you intended to do Click on Yes or No 4 Click on the DOWN arrow to the right of the Panel Type field to view choices Select the Panel Type you are using PowerPanel C a 5 Under PLC 1 click on the DOWN arrow to the right of PLC 2 Edit Offline Write Later Type and Protocol to view the list Select the PLC Type and Read From Panel Edi Otfine mode Protocol you are using Under PLC 2 select the second PLC Type and Protocol If using a Touch PRLS panel select the TPRLS driver under PLC 2 MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net ED MO UME Programming Software User Manual O AE z 6 Click on the View Edit PLC COM Setup to edit the PLC ee Attributes A dialog bo
347. r tag for the value 5 If you choose Constant the Value from a constant group will be enabled and Value from another tag will be disabled 6 Enter a Value that you want written to the register MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net D me it Ue Programming Software User Manual 7 Select from the available Data Format choices i e Unsigned Decimal Signed Decimal Octal or Hex 8 If you choose Another tag the Value from another tag will be enabled and Value from a constant will be disabled 9 Enter a new source tag or choose an existing tag from those available Only the tags that are of the same data type as the destination tag will be displayed 10 Repeat for the second entry You may continue writing values for up to 20 Tags locations Note If a Discrete tag is chosen enter a 0 for OFF or a 1 for ON Protection see Button Object Visibility Details see Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Recipe object button on the screen and size it To size the object grab a handle and drag To move the object select it click and hold left mouse button while dragging the object to where you want it placed on the screen Phone 1 563
348. ractional Digits jo Digits AutoCheck lt 1 gt Selected tag is a discrete tag On E a a T m Specify the string for sending to printer slave Press F7 to embed a non printable Ascii character Help Delete Cancel 7 Special characters in the message determine where the embedded data from the registers should go Up to four data values may be embedded in a single message Program how the data value will be displayed as follows a Select the Embedded Command that determines the type of value to embed Available choices are Discrete Numeric String Printer or Slave Depending on what type command you choose certain areas of the dialog box become available or unavailable grayed out for selection or data entry Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual b If you choose Discrete Numeric or String select or nee enter the Tag name where the data value will be read b Language Zi f f f y ee clicking in the field or on the down arrow next to Select z tag from where value will be read for embedded L essage Details Message Text d ata Language EE Press F7 to embed a data variable B c If you have selected Numeric the options under Selected tag is a numeric tag will be enabled Message Text Lan BE Press F7 to embed a data variable f f E
349. rd Leading zeroes are ignored In other words if you enter a password of 00456 your password will be 456 TAG Tag names are assigned to PLC addresses that hold the passwords This allows you to store the codes in your PLC You will not be allowed to enter a Tag if you select Password in the second column Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Visibility Details Tab Click on the Visibility Details Tab v Visibility Tag Tag Name x Make Object Visible When Bit Is ON OFF Object Name Object Description Simulate Press Visibility 1 Check the box in front of Visibility Tag if you want to control when the object is visible on the screen If it is not checked the object will always be visible 2 Click on the down arrow next to the Tag Name box to view a list of the tags you have previously programmed or create a new one Select the tag that links the object to the register bit that you want to control it 3 Select whether you want the Object Visible when the bit is ON or OFF Details 1 Type in a name for the object in the space provided under Object Name The name can be up to 40 characters long 2 Type ina description of the object in the space provided under Object Description An Object Description can be up to 400 characters long MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 90
350. re 201000080 Wey AciE LOD Copyright 1995 1999 Reichard Software Over 3000 Symbols to choose from customize your panel screens Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 aN Troubleshooting In this Appendix Frequently Asked Questions FAQs Troubleshooting PowerPanel Error Messages PowerPanel Programming Software Error Messages ON aU Programming Software User Manual Frequently Asked Questions FAQs 1 How do format an address string when connecting to multiple PLCs Simply add the PLC Station Number to the beginning of the address string For example if the PLC Station number is 3 and the address is 40001 enter 3 40001 for the address string 2 Can I change the Data Type of a Tag Name s assigned Address String PLC Address Yes but only if the Tag is used on no more than one object If it is currently used by more than one object you must a assign the other objects to a new or different tag s or delete those objects b change the data type of the PLC Address under Setup gt Tag Database c reassign the other objects to the original tag as necessary 3 Canthe Tag Database be exported to other applications Yes the Tag Database can be exported You can export your Tag Database from the PowerPanel to Microsoft Excel or you can export it as a Comma Separated Value CSV file also referred to as a Comma delimited fi
351. re Description Screen Click on this menu item to view enter or edit a description of the current screen You may enter up to 400 characters When you print this screen the description you have entered here will appear on the printed page beneath the picture of the screen You must save the project before any changes made to Screen Description will print Screen Description x Type in your screen description here Cancel Screen Background Color This feature allows you to Do a a change the color of your Screen Background Click on the down arrow to view the color palette Move the pointer over the color swatches to view the color of the background on your current screen Click on the color you want to select Select Screen Background Color 178 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Show Touch Cells Click on Show Touch Cells and a grid will appear on the screen i rie representing the touch cells on your size screen This makes it easier to place your objects directly over touch cells Click on this menu item again io disable AdjustT ime JJ D a a 1 O D with Show Touch Cells selected Show 320x240 Rectangle Click on this menu item or the E icon to show a 320 x 240 area on your 8 inch or 10 inch programming screen The 320 x 240 area depicts the size of the 6 inch PowerPanel scr
352. re reflected in the Tag Database list Add Edit Delete Duplicate Tag To sort the Tag Database list Sort on Address Sort on Tagname Sort on Datatype 1 Right click your mouse while your cursor resides anywhere in the Tag Database list The popup menu to the left will appear 2 From here you may Add Edit or Delete a tag You may also choose to sort the list by Address Tag Name or Data Type If you click on Sort by Address the list will be sorted alohanumerically by the PLC address If you click on Sort by Tag Name the list will be MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net S cb h ea am me it Ua Programming Software User Manual Duplicate Tags x Enter Number of Tags to be created a Cancel Help NOTE The Tag Cross Reference screen is for information purposes only You cannot change or edit the tag parameters from this window sorted alphabetically A to Z by the name of the tag If you click on Sort by Data Type the tag list will be sorted by Data Type For tags with same data type it will perform a second sort by the address To duplicate a Tag 1 Highlight the tag you want to duplicate in the Tag Database list 2 Right click your mouse button and then click on Duplicate Tag in the popup menu that appears 3 Simply enter the number of the tags that you want created in the field provided and then
353. red Close Excel to return to PowerPanel Programming Software EE A ALARM ITAG NAME ALARM STATE LOW LIMIT HIGH LIMIT DISPLAY LOG PRINT LANG ALARM TEXT MOTOR RUNNING ON YES YES NO 1 The Motor is Running MOTOR STOPPED OFF YES YES NO 1 The motor has stopped OVER TEMP 0 100 YES YES NO 1 Oven Temperature is over maximum Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Import Alarms Tag Database f f Tag Cross Reference Click on the Import Alarmsmenu item to import the tags into your current aia oe open project from a Microsoft Excel xls file or a CSV Comma delimited a lt or Comma separated values file format Please be aware that the alarm D Alarm Database eae will not be imported if D E e the tag name doesn t exist in the database 5 Message Database a 4 gt Export Messages the existing tag s data type cannot accommodate low high limits Import Messages B A an alarm with the same number exists in the Alarm Database Project Description Select PLC Comma delimited Upgrade Firmware 1 Click on Import Alarms gt Comma delimited to import alarms froma CSV file The following window will appear Navigate to the folder where the file is stored Look in J PowerPanel vl ck FB Global Objects Firmware Project _ Symbols File name Fcsv Files of type
354. red value from the numeric entry object to another value in the PLC Enter the Point 1 and Point 2 PLC Values and Point 1 and Point 2 Display Values An example of SCALING is provided on the dialog box above This is an example of a SIGNED DECIMAL Popup Keypad as it will display on your PowerPanel Screen If you enter an invalid value press the Clear CLR button and reenter gt 9999 Demo Numeric Entry Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Notification and Handshake Tab Click on this tab if you want to configure a discrete tag that will notifiy the panel when the numeric entry has been received To let the operator know the keypad will automatically close when the value has been received Numeric Entry x General Scaling Notification amp Handshake Protection Visibility Details mT Use Notification and handshake tags Notificaiton Tag Name Handshake Tag Name a Handshake Time out poo in milliseconds 1 Click in the box in front of Use Notification and Handshake tags to enable this option 2 Inthe Notification Tag Name field enter or select a tag name where the tag will notify a location that a numeric entry value has been received 3 In the Handshake Tag Name field enter or select a tag name where the tag will return a value to the panel that will close the keypad thereby letting the
355. reen Intemal Tag shown to the right will appear C Expression Define Expression Tag Name Tag Datatype UNSIGNED_INT_1 6 Address String of Characters p 4 Initial Value Retentive A Initial alue Retentive Close Hep _AddNew Tag New _AddNew Tag JJ D a a 1 O D S Shs am me it Ua Programming Software User Manual 2 Under Select Tag Type select from PLC1 PLC 2 if applicable Internal Tag or Expression a When you are connected to two different types of PLCs PLC 1 or PLC 2 allows you to configure tags for each separately according to the data format they use If your application does not require a second PLC and you have not selected dual PLCs when you set up your project PLC 2 will be unavailable grayed out as a selection b Select Internal tag if the tag you are adding does not use a PLC address Address String will be grayed out unavailable c Select Expression if the tag you are adding is comprised of a constant and or operands and or predefined tags To Define Write Expression click on the button so named The following window will appear Before creating an EXPRESSION TAG read the following explanation xl Double click to embed a tag in Expression Double click to embed an the expression Press Ctrl Enter to move to new line Operator m the expression BUTTON OBJECT CONTROL LIST CONTROL LIST DESTINATI ERRO
356. rence and how many if any of these digits should be Fractional Digits Visibility Details See Button Object OK Canc el Help Buttons Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections O Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Data Acquisition Table View object on the screen and size it To size the object select it grab a handle and drag to the size you want To move the object select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen Wj Frequency Chart khta This object will display data from the Global Data Acquisition Object in a graph format The Data Acquisition Frequency Chart plots the frequency of occurrence of a data value and displays it in graph form The Y axis charts frequency and the X axis charts the data values acquired The range of the Y axis is defined by a tag If the tag value is 0 zero then the range will be set to the number of entries that the table is defined to a hold The range of the X axis is defined when the object is created If you select the optional Show Out of Range Bar the left most bar on the chart will show all readings that are less then the minimum The right mo
357. rial Port Options PLC Attributes dialog box will appear Enter the parameters NAKReceive 3 shown Click on the OK button to save your selections You DFIENGs 3 will return to the Project Information screen Click on the ACK Timeout ne 50 V Detect Duplicate Messages OK button to begin creating your PowerPanel Project Message Application Timeout 30 seconds b Cancel Apply Help x PowerPanel Step 1 Project Information HS as easy as 1 2 3 2 ACTION PowerPanel Programming Software Version 2 1 UTICOR Technology L P Phone 1 563 359 7501 Edit Program Selected Action Edit Offline Write Later www uticor net atte ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION C Program Files PowerPanel Projects Browse PLC Editor Revision B ne cel New Project prp z Baud Rate 7 Start Editing Screen Parity 7 Mima Poo o Nmefn o Stop bits n Transmit RS 232 Checksum Type ecc x Timeout Time 1 255 tenths of a second a Poll time 0 255 fo tenths of a second Cancel Help Panel Type G 2 8 Color 640x480 imee Revision PLCT sa ort a Prco Allen Bradley PLC 5 DF1 Rev B 7 View Edit PLC Com Setup TREND Mapte Ok x pu ddy D rr ep D xe MOU Programming Software User Manual DeviceNet I O Communications Setup The following screens provide YOU with meme
358. right 13 Left to right 12 Right to left 12 Right to left 12 Right to left 12 Right to left 11 Left to right 11 Left to right 11 Left to right 10 Left to right 10 Left to right Left to right Left to right Left to right Left to right Left to right Left to right eft to right Left to right Left to right Left to right Left to right Left to right Left to right Right to left NWHBROODNNWOWOOWA O O Used to indicate a hexadecimal constant i e 3F Used to indicate a octal constant i e 377 Used in entry expressions to represent the user entered value 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net 195 JJ D a a 1 O D me it Ua Programming Software User Manual Click in the middle column to type in a Constant Double click on a Tag in the list on the left hand column to insert it into an Expression The tag will appear in the center column Select double click an Operator in the right hand column to insert into the Expression Insert another tag into the Expression Select a Destination Tag where the value of the Expression Tag result will be stored S Shs am When the Expression Tag is triggered the operation that is expressed in the tag will be performed and the result will be stored in the Destination Tag See the below for an example For example x Select Tag Type C PLC1 Allen Bradley SLC 500 DF1 Full Duplex Rev D f PLE2 Intemal Tag
359. river to update MV PLC1 Driver J PLO 2 Driver S Shoes Gam am Updating driver will remove the existing driver from the Panel Do you want to continue Cancel Help Time Date Here you may view and set the Panel Time and Date and then Panel Time and Date send it to the PowerPanel The RIE ETT 0 current Panel Time and Date will 01 32 32 pzz clober 2000 i TE GT display in the window Under Fla Of We u 25 25 27 28 2 Set Panel Time and Date your a salsa PC time will display To change Time Hr Mire Sec Date MM DD YY the Time click on the hour 2 15 17 PM H 12 28 00 minutes or seconds and type in the appropriate numbers or use Sendo Panel _ the UP DOWN arrows to change the time To change the Date click the DOWN arrow next to the date field A calendar shown below will appear Use the arrows to search for date The current PC date will be circled Click on the Send to Panel button to send your changes to the PowerPanel clock Diagnostics 10 pa a diagnostic program on Beep the panel click here The screen xn shown to the right will appear I Test Flash letting you choose from Test RAM and Test Flash Click OK cema He to begin diagnostic Test Memory When you click on OK you will receive the warning message shown to the left Save program to disk before testing the panel memory This will clear user memory
360. rmation version number and copyright Display help for clicked on buttons menus and windows Zoom to a predefined screen magnification Displays Grid on the Screen Snaps to Grid Show or Hide Touch Cells Show 320 x 240 Rectangle size of 6 inch panel screen Aligns left sides of all the selected objects to that of left most object FHRRES SSH RSSeKOC Aligns all the selected objects to the vertical center of screen Aligns right sides of all the selected objects to that of right most object U9919S Aligns top sides of all the selected objects to that of top most object D U i Oo Q a 9 3 3 Aligns all the selected objects to the horizontal center of screen s 1a Aligns bottom sides of all the selected objects to that of bottom most object MAN UTICW M V3 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net O a r e me ask Ud Programming Software User Manual Pee Make all selected objects the same size F Make all selected objects the same height WH Make all selected objects the same width e Arrange windows so they overlap Arrange windows as non overlapping tiles tac Shows Tag Database Simulate Next State Simulate Previous State highlight object s and then click on this icon to simulate ON OFF states etc CO Mf eR B ee m ORB ome ms hae F mn 000 mn amp gt A a E f T Object Tool Bars The Object Tool bars consist of icons that provide
361. rmation With its high level programming getting started is now easier than ever even if you are a B Technical Support novice We have included the most up to date features found in VYindow s application programs E PLC Drivers Supported We know that you are looking forward to programming UTICOR Technology s PowerPanel and we A Tutorial offer this comprehensive onboard help system as just one of the many benefits you receive eS A Tutai Installation when you use UTICOR products Software Installation a PA N L Getting Started Main Programming Screen PowerPanel Programming Software is used with UTICOR s PowerPanel G Square Series units 2 Menus and 2Panel units Any differences in features between the panel types are indicated in the Objects individual help topics Selecting your PLC Panel Specifications Maintenance Troubleshooting Allen Bradley PLCs g gt DirectLogic PLC Help Topics Control Technics Unidrive PLC Help T General Electric PLCs Mitsubishi PLCs ModBus Plus PLC Help Topics Modicon PLCs Omron PLCs Seimens 7 MPI Adapter Help Topics Think n Do Modbus Protocol winPLC Fe E E E E E e E Programmable Operator Panel Copyright UTICOR 2001 The following is a list of important features for the PowerPanels Pre built panel compon
362. rms the following control sequence continuously reads inputs solves control logic ladder logic writes values and sets resets outputs The state of inputs and outputs is kept as bits in a data table The data table is typically organized in words with each word having 16 bits Data values such as parts count are also kept as words in the data table The PowerPanel provides direct access to the bits and words of the PLC data table without going through I O modules The panel provides this access through its tags The PowerPanel has tags that are mapped to the PLC data table The mapping between panel tags and PLC data tables is user defined through a simple dialog box PowerPanel objects allow you to set reset bits and to read write from the PLC data table through the panel tags For example when a panel button object is pressed it sets a panel tag The panel transfers the state of this tag to the mapped bit in the PLC data table Similarly the PLC may set an output bit that turns on a pilot light on the panel Please Note Panel Tags may be internal not mapped to the PLC or external mapped to the PLC Panel Tags may be e Discrete e 16 bit Signed Unsigned e 32 bit Signed Unsigned e 16 bit BCD e 32 bit BCD e 32 bit Floating Point e ASCII String IMPORTANT To learn all the steps to configuring an object read the instructions for the first object Button Object in its entirety It will take you through each st
363. ro 0 if you want the operator to change back to the previously displayed screen 3 Select the Language Number 1 9 for the Text that will appear within the button 4 Type in the Text that you wish to appear within the button Select Character Size from the available choices Select the Color of the Text and the Background inside the button from the available choices 7 Click in the box under Blink if you want the Text or Background to blink D o ED Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Protection See Button Object Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Change Screen Button on the screen and size it e To size the button select it grab a handle and drag to the size you want To move the button select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net ED ACIL UGLI Programming Software User Manual Alarm History Object a Alarm History Object Press to view Alarm History PLEASE NOTE The steps necessary to program your PowerPa
364. roject prp x Enter the parameters POTEN O h n C a n t h O K Start Editing Screen si adc IGR O Number fi 7 Name Scr 1 x tal button to save your Edt Program 2 oD selections You will return to Panel Type G2 8 Coors A ab 1 1 jE VISION a O t h 7 P ro j ct i f or at lon Ethemet COM Port ir tease Omron Host Link Adapter Rev B 7 View Edit PLC Com Setup a screen Click on the OK lt x Q Configuration Think n Do button to begin creatingyour Map file PowerPanel i Omron Hostlink Project NOTE on TAGs for this type PLC If communicating to other than the default Host Link Unit the address string must be preceded by the Host Link Number of the unit you want to communicate with For example 2 HR05 is Host Link Unit 2 MOU Programming Software User Manual Generic Profibus DP Communications Setup The following screens provide you with an example of how to set up a Generic Profibus DP Network project using Simatic Step 7 configuration software To set up Profibus DP Step 1 Project Information x communications open PowerPanel Programming Software and configure Project Information i s as easy as 1 2 3 screen as shown in the a PowerPanel Programming Software Version 3 0 UTICOR Technology L P Phone 1 563 359 7501 i Edit Program Selected Action Edit Offline Write Later www uticor net figure to the right eee ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION to Panel Later Project Location f C Progra
365. rom the registers should go Up to four data values may be embedded in a single message Program how the data value will be displayed as follows MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net Gp MO UME Programming Software User Manual Language 1 Press F7 to embed a data variable Embedded Data Value 1 lt 000 01 pa Data Value 2 lt DISCRETE gt Embedded Data Value 3 lt STRING gt TAE Embedded data values are represented as shown above in the message where they are programmed They will be replaced with the actual value when displayed in the message on the panel Up to 4 embedded data values may be programmed in each message m Message Text PLEASE NOTE Consult your printer manual for appropriate printer ASCII character commands o Select the Embedded Command that determines the type of value to embed Available choices are Discrete Numeric String Printer and Slave Depending on what type command you choose certain areas of the dialog box become available or unavailable grayed out for selection or data entry If you choose Discrete Numeric or String select or enter the Tag name where the data value will be read by clicking in the field or on the down arrow next to Select tag from where value will be read for embedded data If you have selected Numeric the options under Selected tag is a numeric tag will be enabled Select Display Format
366. ror BMP_1 Unable to display dynamic bitmap object Error BMP_5 Unable to display static bitmap object Reason You will receive this message if there is a problem in displaying the bitmap data Solution Delete and then reinsert the bitmap object Error BMP_2 Unable to read wmf file Error BMP_3 Unable to read emf file Error BMP_4 Unable to read meta file data from clipboard Reason Unable to convert the wmf emf file selected to omp Solution Check whether you are able to insert this bitmap in another application e g Word If yes restart the system and try again Error BMP_6 Unable to calculate enhanced meta file dimension ntaking default 80Wx80H Error BMP_7 Unable to calculate meta file dimension taking default 80Wx80H Reason Editor is unable to calculate enclosing rectangle of the selected wmf emf D z 15 26 cO S O E lt 3 p H Error BMP_8 Total compressed buffer size of on and off bitmaps must not n exceed 512K please reduce the size of object Error BMP_9 Compressed buffer size of bitmap must not nexceed 512K please reduce the size of object Solution Insert a different bitmap try to reduce the complexity of this bitmap Error BMP_10 Unable to calculate static bitmap size Error BMP_12 Unable to calculate dynamic bitmap size Reason Editor is unable to calculate the bitmap size Solution Delete the object and try to reinsert the object Error BMP_11 Unable to read the project f
367. ror C03_3 Errors in Warm Boot Reason Panel is not warm booting Solution This could be due to panel not active communication is not there between PC to panel Please check the connection between panel to PC If the problem persists restart the panel y xipueddy Error C03_4 Unable to program User Flash Error CO3_5 Errors in Reading Flash card Reason If the flash card is not set properly communication is not happening between the panel and editor you would get this error Solution Check whether the flash card is fit properly in the slot restart the panel check the cable for communication O c z V gt e Ke Error C03_6 Unable to read PLC Attributes from Panel Error C03_7 Unable to delete screen lt screen number gt from the panel Error C03_8 Unable to get Information from Panel Please check the connection between panel and computer Error C03_9 Unable to read System Attributes from panel Error C03_10 Unable to read tags from the panel Solution Check the connection between panel and computer Restart the panel and try communicating again Error C03_11 Testing RAM failed Solution If you have a RAM Card installed in the panel remove this RAM card and redo the test If the test passes replace the RAM card with a new RAM card It the test fails there is a problem with the panel Please contact technical support Error C0O3_12 Testing Flash failed Solution Replace the Fl
368. ror T03_5 Incorrect number of PLC tags and Internal tags Reason Tag database is corrupted Solution Rebuild the project Error T03_6 Tag expected but not found Creating it as an internal tag Solution Try the following 1 Accept defaults 2 Open Tag Database and check to see if all tags are there 3 Some Tags will be UNKNOWN modify to your requirements Error T04_1 Cannot delete lt Tag gt Tag associated with an object Reason The selected tag is associated with an object alarm project attribute Solution Use Setup gt Tag Cross Reference to see what objects alarms project attributes are linked to the tag Error T04_2 No map data found in tag database file named Reason Tag database is corrupted Solution Rebuild the project Project Information Dialog box STEP 1 Errors Ixx_x Error 101_1 Attributes file associated with this project not found creating one with default attributes Reason There are six different files that make up the project If the saved attributes file atr is moved deleted or is altered outside of programming software the file may not load or will not be found Solution The program loader will reset the attributes to default Go to Setup gt Select PLC and redefine the communication parameters required me Programming Software User Manual Error 101_2 Unable to open annotation file Creating one with default annotation values Reason You will receive this error message if the an
369. round x Blink Horizontal Vertical C Left Top ae Center Center Justification i Right Bottom Under On Text Format 1 Select Size from the available choices 2 Select the Color of the Text and the Color of the Background 3 Ifyou want the Text or the Background to Blink click on the box below Blink to place a check mark indicating that the option is enabled 4 Choose the Horizontal and Vertical Justification for the On Text For Horizontal justification click in front of one of the following Left Center or Right For Vertical Justification click in front of Top Center or Bottom mm Tl Blink Background x Tl Blink Horizontal Vertical Left C Top nae Center Center Justification Right on Under Off Text Format repeat the steps above Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Text Object on the screen and size it e To size the object select it grab a handle and drag To move the object select it click and hold left mouse button and drag it to where you want it to appear on the screen E gt Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual
370. rovide you with an example of how to set up a Generic Ethernet IP Network project using RSLogix 5000 configuration software This example assumes that the EtherNet IP Bridge module has been added to the configuration in the Control Logix PLC To set up EtherNet IP Step 1 Project Information x communications open PowerPanel Programming PowerPanel Software and configure Project Information screen as shown in the figure to the right PowerPanel Programming Software Version 3 0 45 UTICOR Technology L P Phone 1 563 359 7501 Edit Program Selected Action Edit Offline Write Later www uticor net FELINE Wite ENTER PROJECT INFORMATION n Project Location After selecting the PLC Type o oe and Protocol click on the Read Program Project Name View Edit PLC Com Setup fom Panel snd fEthemet IP Project pp The PLC Attributes dialog Start Editing Screen box will appear Enter the es O fi Name Ser zl sane parameters shown aan Panel Type G 2 8 Color 640x480 7 Hie remember this is an pn exampl e you must enter Ethernet COM Port i pioco Generic Ethernet IP Rev A v View Edit PLC Com Setup parameters that are Configuration Pe applicable to your system configuration Click on the OK button to save your selections Please Note There are special consider ations when the Power Panel is connected x to an Ethernet IP network When leaving Baii
371. rrently active 1 Demo Project 2 prp 1 Numeric Entry Screen 2 Demo Project 2 prp 2 System Control Screen This is a list of the project screens that are currently open Click ona screen in this list to bring it into view A check mark will appear in front of the active screen in this list MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net me it UGIN Programming Software User Manual Help Menu es Help Topics E ma Click on Help Topics to view the help topics for PowerPanel Programming Mit Eee Software The help window is in Windows 2000 format Use the Contents tab to view help topics by category Click on the Index tab to view an alphabetical list of all help topics Click on the Search tab and enter a word or words to search the help topics for S Shoes Gam o lt PowerPanel Programming Software Help Topics OF x File Edit Bookmark Options Help Help Topics Sack pin lt lt gt Heb Na Contents Index oh Search Welcome to PowerPanel Programming Software Version 3 0 LNE Introduction UTICOR Technology L P is proud to present PowerPanel Programming Software for Windows B Welcome to PowerPanel Program 98 NT4 0 2000 ME This is a comprehensive graphics and interface program for use with B what s new in Version 3 0 Windows allowing you to program your PowerPanel operator interface B EU Info
372. ry object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 221 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette j 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the PNOTE To edit the Address frame around the text to be visible click on the box to deselect String with your cursor in the the box will be empty Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The EDIT Choose the String Tag Name TAG DETAILS screen will The String Tag represents the PLC locations where the values are sent ce as The string may be up to 40 characters long 1 Choose the Tag Name by clicking on the down arrow to display the list of Tags or type in the Tag Name in the entry field If the MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net ED MO UME Programming Software User Manual Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will LEASE NOTE For a list of appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will ASCU Characters that the appear in the first field Enter an Address String
373. s 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the text to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty Enter the Text you want to appear on the display when ON and when OFF 1 Select the Language number for the On Text and the Off Text 2 Type in what you want to appear within the frame for the On Text and for the Off Text up to 500 characters MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net ED MO UME Programming Software User Manual Enter a Tag Name 1 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the EF NOTE To edit the Address Tag Name that you want the Trigger Text object to monitor String with your cursor in the 2 If the Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box Tag Name field click on the will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will right mouse button The EDIT appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate TAG DETAILS screen will for your type PLC Click on the OK button appear Make selections for On Text and Off Text Format gt On Text Format Size Color Text B Bink Jaxt6 z Backg
374. s PLC address 3 m Character Order in Registers Char 1 Char 2 Default C Char 2 Char 1 E Cancel Help an PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual OMRON C200 and C500 PLC Communications Setup The following provides you with an example of how to set up an OMRON PLC OMRON PLC s Host Link setup configuration is done by setting a series of switches on the Host Link unit Set the switches in accordance with the figure and tables provided below Setting Switches sw Before setting switches be sure to turn off the power to the PC Using a Unit No standard screwdriver set each switch so that the desired set value appears on the window below the switch SW1 to SW4 are set to 0 as a factory set Tanemon condition Rate Command level parity transmission format FRONT PANEL SWITCH SETTINGS SW1 and SW2 Set the Unit No of the Host Link Unit by using SW1 and SW2 A Unit No from 00 to 31 can be set Do not set the same Unit No in duplicate SW3 SW4 Sets the transmission speed Sets the command level parity and Match the transmission speed transmission format of the Host Link Unit to the Command _ Transmission Parity host computer Level Format e ow Transmission Speed a taaz Even 300 bps e i 1 2 and 3 600 bps 3 Inhibited 1 200 bps a Only 1 ASCII 7 bits w 2 stop bits 9 600 bps 19 2K bps Inhibited aoo 4 800 bps e pem e fon o fm Even A pea e mes p
375. s dialog shows overlapping Dynamic Objects only It does not show Static Objects such as Static Bitmap and a rectangle or circle Overlapping Objects Details x 1 Numeric Entry Numeric Entry 2 Change Screen CHANGE SCR Edit Remove Move Down 174 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Screen Menu Screen Hew Screen New Screen Open Screen Enter a screen Number and a Title for the New Screen Click on Open JJ Benam ee to display the new screen or Cancel to exit without saving the new screen 2 Delete Screen D Grid Size F New Tissier pen New Screen O Snap to Grid Tater Title Description 2 New Scree Background Color w Show Touch Cells Screen List Show 3204240 Rectangle 1 Ser1 Zoom Cancel Help NOTE See page 144 for more information about Project Screen Explorer View Open Screen The Open Screen command brings up the dialog box shown below Click on the screen in the Screen List that you want to open and then click on the Open button oj xi Ta Project Screens D 1 Numeric Entry Screen gt 2 Time and Date New Screen Open Screen x Meter Screen _ 900006 Alarm History Screen Mumber Title Salute to America 2 alarm Screen Screen List You may also use the Project Screens Explorer View to navigate betw
376. s of gray on monochrome models e Multiple languages up to 9 Two communications ports Computer RS 232C or RS 422A and PLC RS 232C RS 422A or RS 485A e Up to 999 screens e Built in clock and calendar or reference the PLC clock e Built in soft keypad for numeric and alphanumeric entry Password Protection for every touch object Passwords for up to 8 definable user groups e 16 level undo and redo e Import bitmaps Serial Printer support e 40 character tag names allow you to use meaningful names for PLC memory locations instead of cryptic PLC addresses e Expressions tags e Data Acquisition and Global objects D Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 mae Programming Software User Manual PLCs Supported by PowerPanels eucerena moa O Proreosupporea Allen Bradley Micrologix 1000 1200 1500 SLC500 5 01 02 03 DH485 AIC A IC SLC5 04 PLC5 DH Option Card Micrologix 1000 1200 and 1500 SLC5 03 04 05 with DF1 DF1 Half Duplex DF1 Full Duplex PLC5 DF i PLU 253 and 5 Remote I O DH Option Card a Versamax SNP Modicon 984 CPU Quantum 113 CPU AEG Modicon Micro Series 110 CPU Modbus RTU 311 xx 411 xx 512 xx 612 xx 984 Series Quantum Series Modbus Plus Option Card Profibus DP Generic Profibus DP Option Card DirectLogic DLOS K Sequence DirectNet ModBus Koyo addressing DL205 K Sequence DirectNet ModBus Koyo addressin
377. s of your PowerPanel Project From the Main Menu go to Setup gt Project Attributes and click on the Printer tab The window shown below will appear Project Attributes x General Printer Passwords Clock Panel to PLC PLC to Panel Language Ports Alarm Protection Parity Baud Rate 3600 None Even Odd Stop Bits I Select RS485 One C Two MV Require CTS Data Bits MV Control RTS C Seen E ad xipu ddy O O ak e D m J Cancel Help You must match the communication settings in PowerPanel to that of the printer that you are using Those settings can usually be found in the printer s hardware user manual The objects that can be printed from the panel are Messages from the Message Database Lookup Text Object Alarms and Messages from the Multi state Indicator me it Ue Programming Software User Manual Port Setup Options You must also set the ports in the Project Attributes window of your PowerPanel Project From the Main Menu go to Setup gt Project Attributes and click on the Ports tab The window shown below will appear Project Attributes x General Printer Passwords Clock Panel to PLC PLC to Panel Language Parts Alarm Protection Computer interface PLC Driver PLC port Printer NOT USED Slave NoT USED ne Oc x 5 A a O gt i lt 5 O Cancel Hep Computer interface PLC Driver
378. se 1 Tag with TagName DATA LOGGING EVENT eee and Address 0 FO Unable to add to TagDate Reason Tag is already there in existing TagDataBa 2 Tag with TagName ENABLE INTERVAL AND peace and Address 0 F1 Unable to add to TagDate Reason Tag is already there in existing TagD ataBa 3 Tag with TagName ALL DATA SETS RESET FLAG and Address 0 F5 Unable to add to TagDataBas Reason Tag is already there in existing TagD ataBase These tags could not be converted because they were not one of the 7 commands supported by PowerPanel The supported commands are Counter Flag Float Inout Number Output and String D rr wo D xe x pu ddy MOU Programming Software User Manual This page Intentionally left blank O a c lt W 20 O l qa Assigning Ports in Panel Setup Mode In this Appendix Instructions mie URS Programming Software User Manual Assigning Ports in Panel Setup Mode Main Setup Screen re rb Oc x 5 A am 0 2E lt 5 Assign Ports Screen 7 Please Note COM1 is assigned to the computer while in Setup Mode It will change to the device you have assigned when you Exit Setup Mode Place the PowerPanel into Setup Mode by pressing the upper left and lower left corners of the touch screen simultaneously When the panel is in Setup Mode the following screen will appear Revision Hemor Yy Firmrare D 0 Used 0596 Boot
379. see how the Indicator Light object will display on the screen when pressed Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Numeric Display Object The Numeric Display object allows you to display a Tag value within a frame on the screen Numeric Display x General Scaling Visibilty Details Label Text Language fi Character Size exe z Label Text IN UMDISP Position Color Top Text 7j Bottom Background Tag Name x IV Display Frame Format Data Type Signed Decimal v Justification Leading Spaces Size 6x8 7 Color Digits Text B M Bink Total Digits 5 Background z I Blink Fractional Digits pa Use tag for decimal point Decimal point Tag Name z Cancel Hep To put a Label on the Numeric Display object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 221 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to
380. sese Horizontal Grid Size fao Set to TouchPad Vertical Grid Size fao Size Cancel JJ D a a 1 O D When you click on Grid Size on the Screen Menu the dialog box shown above will appear allowing you to adjust the spacing between the grid points You may want to adjust to a character size touch cell size or specific values The size range is 3 to 100 you will not be allowed to enter a value outside these parameters From here you may enable the Show Grid and the Snap to Grid features To adjust the grid size 1 Type in a value in the box after Horizontal and Vertical Grid Size or click on the Set to TouchPad Size to set the grid to 40 by 40 40 pixels by 40 pixels is the size of a single touch cell on the PowerPanel 2 Click OK to exit and save settings or Cancel to exit without making any changes Display Grid The Display Grid function is the display equivalent of graph paper Represented by a series of dots the grid helps you align your drawings and objects and make them more precise There are three ways to enable this function Cu hire a Grd 1 Click on the icon in the Standard Tool bar 2 Right click on an empty area of the screen window The menu Cut Objects shown to the left will appear Click on Display Grid ae 3 From the Main Menu Bar click on Screen gt Display Grid You Sacer can also activate this feature from the Grid Size dialog box eae described above A check mark will a
381. ss See Appendix B for a list of ASCII characters supported by the PowerPanel Initial Value This option affects the values of the tags when the program is loaded into the panel and when the panel is reset If you enter a value in the Initial Value field when the program is loaded into the panel or reset the tag will be set to this value and sent to the PLC If not selected the values are set to zero numeric off discrete or text when program is loaded into the panel or reset Retentive This appears if you have selected Retentive when configuring the tag Initial Value Select this option if you want the initial value to be used ONLY when the program is loaded into the panel When the panel is reset the tag values will be retained In other words it will not cause the tag values to change The values will be sent to the PLC PLC Int Exp This column tells you whether the tag is a PLC1 Expression tag PLC2 Internal or Write Tag This column will display the name of the destination or Write tag A value from an expression will be written to this tag Add Edit Button Click on this button to Add a new tag or Edit an existing tag To Add a New Tag 1 Click on Add Edit button x If you have existing tags ensure that none are highlighted or you will go to the m Select Tag Type PLC 1 Allen Bradley SLC 500 DF1 Full Duplex Rev D PLC 2 Uticor TPRLS Reva edit tag window The sc
382. ssages and provides an explanation for each Also provided are PLC to PowerPanel wiring diagrams Technical Support Although most questions can be answered with PowerPanel HELP or the manuals you may find answers to your questions in the operator interface section of our web site www uticor net If you still need assistance please call our technical support at 1 800 832 3647 or FAX us at 1 563 359 9094 O Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual PowerPanel Models G2 Series PowerPanels G 2 Model User Description Memory 6 Monochrome Panel 6 STN Color Panel 8 STN Color Panel 10 TFT Color Panel The PowerPanel is an intelligent programmable flat panel display It has been designed to interchange and display graphical data from a PLC by merely viewing or touching the screen The PowerPanel is available in a variety of models to suit your application Refer to the table below for a list of model descriptions and some important options that are available Field Nonvolatile Flash Expandable Backup Card Option User RAM for Program Backup 15 TFT Color 1 MEG Yes Panel to 1 5 MEG Allist of PLC Drivers supported is provided on page 7 of this manual Yes to 1 MEG Yes All a _ J Q T O 5 Option Cards Available A B Data Highway Plus A B Remote VO DeviceNet VO Mod
383. ssages will print from the Panel To print When you click on the Print menu item the screen above will appear alarms from the Panel see the Select Items for Printing Choose Print Alarm Database Print Tag Alarm Database section page Database select Sort by Tag Name or Sort by Tag Address or Print 177 To print Messages from the Message Database If you want to Print Screens select All Screens to Panel see the Message Database print all of the screens from the project or Selected Screens to print section on page 180 selected screens from the list Click on the box in front of With Object Details if you want the details of the selected screens to print also Click on a screen in the list to highlight it Press and hold the Ctrl key and click to select more than one Click on OK when you have made your selections ease Note To set the printer parameters see page 184 Project Attributes Printer tab To set the PowerPanel COMI port Print Setup to Printer see Appendix D Choose or change your print settings here Exit Click on Exit to quit the program MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net ED MO UE Programming Software User Manual Edit Menu Edit Unda Ctrl Q Redo Cirle Undo Cut Cil The Undo command is used to reverse the previous action This function D Copy Chee must be performed next in order for the action to be undone The undo Paste Ctrl comman
384. st bar will show all readings that are greater than the maximum The number of bars on the chart are defined when the object is created Data Acquisition Frequency Chart x General Visibilty Details mT Label Text Language M Character Size 6 8 z Label Text FREQ Position Color Top Text 7 Bottom Background z MV Display Frame FIFO Name Table Number f v Use Frequency Tag Maximum Frequency Tag 7 Range Use Values Minimum Range Value fo Maximum Range Value 65535 C Use Tags Minimum Range Tag K Maximum Range Tag be Number of Bars 3 Show Out of Range Balv aman Aue Unsigned Decimal sea nsigned Decima Digits Bar Outline N Total Digits 5 E Background Fractional Digits 9 Out of Range Bar Cancel Help MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net O me itd Programming Software User Manual IMPORTANT Please keep in mind that the Frequency Chart uses the TOTAL NUMBER OF ENTRIES that are contained in the data table to perform its calculations therefore the more entries in the data table the longer the calculation time readings of a specific value exceeds the maximum Frequency that bar will exceed the top of the chart If Show Out of Range Bars is selected that Bar will be displayed in the Out of Range Bar color Please Note If the number of To put a L
385. st set up the Global Object Data Acquisition FIFO first See Setup gt Global Objects page 208 Table View This object will display data from the Global Data Acquisition Object ina table format The operator will use the scroll buttons to view more data points when they exceed the number of displayed rows Data Acquisition Table iew x General Visibilty Details Label Text Language fi Character Size jes xz Label Text TABLE VIEW o Color Text z Background z FIFO Name Table Number fi Scroll By f I Display Sorted Format Data Type Unsigned Decimal 7 Justification Leading Spaces Size 6x8 Color Digits Text E M Blink Total Digits 5 4 Background I Blink Fractional Digits jo jo v Range IV Display Frame Color Under Range anne wom Tl Blink anne wom Tl Blink Over Range e5555 Reference Format Aa Data Type Unsigned Decimal _ Decimal Unsigned Decimal _ Justification Leading Spaces Leading Spaces Spaces Color Digits Total Digits Digit Color gt T Blink Fractional Digits Cancel Help To put a Label on the Data Acquisition Table View object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See section on Language page 221 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter
386. stem Startup Screen when fini ca making adjustments Press Go to Screen 3 button below Shutdown System Warning Send Warning Press to Report to Plant Activate T EERSNNN ain Programming Screen with Show Touch nh IFFLINEMODE Cells enabled E For Help press F1 No of Selected Objects Rename Screen the in front of Project Screens the screens you have designed will aod in the window A will display in front of Project Screens indicating you have opened the Project Screens Explorer View To open or switch to another screen in your project double click on the book icon in front of the screen Your programming window will display the selected screen and the book icon will change to an open book to show you that the screen is open in your project D z Eg Project Screens Explorer View D New Screen This view opens to show you the project screens that you have created WH iad and to allow you to easily navigate between the screens If you click on A Right click your mouse anywhere in the project screens window and a popup menu will appear allowing you to Open Rename or add a New Screen Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V3 0 Reference In this chapter File Menu Edit Menu Screen Menu Draw Menu Panel Menu Setup Menu Window Menu
387. subishi C 17 MODBUS C 18 Modbus RTU C 18 OMRON Host Link C 19 PLC5 DF1 C 7 Profibus DP Network C 21 Seimens S7 MPI Adaptor PLC Communications Setup C 25 SLC 5 03 5 04 and 5 05 DF1 Full Duplex C 5 SLC 500 5 01 5 02 and 5 03 DH485 AIC C 6 WinPLC Communications Setup C 27 PLC Conversion Errors Pxx_x A 18 PLC ERROR A 10 PLC Error A 8 PLC Error Discrete A 8 PLC error code value A 7 PLC ERROR CODE VALUEs A 15 PLC Error Messages log and display A 7 PLC to Panel 219 PLC based control 38 PLC5 DF1 C 7 PLCs Supported 7 plots 91 Point 1 60 71 Point 2 71 86 90 Popup Keypad 34 60 218 popup thumbwheel 65 port assignment B 4 Port Setup Options B 4 Ports Assign B 2 Power Supply A 5 Power Up Screen 213 PowerPanel 5 Error Messages A 16 Hardware User Manual 3 models 5 Programming Software 9 PowerPanel Error Messages A 16 PowerPanel Programming Software 3 PowerPanel Tag Database 200 Precedence 194 Precision for Floating 94 Precision for Floating Point entry 84 89 predefined programming objects 39 preprogrammed messages 75 Present Value 96 preset values 62 Print 170 Report 133 Print Alarm Database 170 Print Message Database 170 Print Screens 170 Print Setup 170 Print Tag Database 170 Printer 6 112 Project Attributes 214 sending ASCII commands to 112 135 Printer Communication Parameters B 3 Printing from PLC 170 Process Variable PV 95 Process Variable Set Point 96 Profibus DP Communications Setup C 21
388. sure that Output value Maximum is greater than Output value Minimum Line Graph Error J10_1 At least one valid Pen tag must be defined Reason When using a Line Graph there must be a minimum of one tag signed unsigned or BCD assigned to the Pen entries Solution Be sure to assign a minimum of one tag signed unsigned or BCD to the Pen Error J10_2 All Pen tags must be of the same sign type Reason The program loader requires that all the Pen tags have the same sign type for each Line Graph object If you assign tags with different sign types signed 16 32 and unsigned 16 32 or BCD 16 32 and signed 16 32 to the same Line Graph object this message will appear Solution If you need a Line Graph that contains a signed tag and an unsigned tag they will then require multiple Line Graph objects one for each individual sign type D z 1 26 c cO 2 O E lt 3 p H Error J10_3 Pen tags and Range type must be of same sign type Reason When assigning tags to the Pen page they all must be of the same tag type and that also has to agree with the Range type under the XY Axis tab If one is different from the other and the OK button is selected this message will appear Solution After assigning the Pen tags same sign type go to the XY Axis tab and select the appropriate range type corresponding to the assigned Pen tags or select the range type before assigning any tags to the Pen Either way the Pen tags and th
389. symbols for industrial automation including pumps pipes valves tanks mixers motors ducts electrical symbols flow meters material handling sensors PLCs transmitters and ISA symbols Once in Symbol Factory navigate to the symbol you want to import click on Copy and the symbol is automatically imported into the object c The third option is to click on Copy from Clipboard This will copy a bitmap you have saved to the clipboard onto the current screen You can copy a bitmap saved or created in another program onto the system clipboard and then import it into the current screen Visibility Details See Button Object Simulate Press Press the Simulate Press button to see how the Dynamic Bitmap object will be displayed on the screen when pressed MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net Gp me it Ue Programming Software User Manual Click on the bitmap to highlight grab a handle with the cursor and drag to size the object Barrel 2 Barrel 2 For more information about the Symbol Factory see page 170 in this manual or better yet click on Symbols on the main menu bar within the PowerPanel Programming Software and browse through the over 99 Reichard Software A Buttons Click on OK button to save your selections exit the dialog box and place the object on the screen Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on H
390. t CPU315 2 DP 6ES7 x Aa DF Aster i ee bisDoe24v 058 6E5732 ee ee Delete Cancel Help Insertion possible HW Config SIMATIC 300 1 Configuration ANYBUS_PGI_RES ily Station Edit Insert PLC View Options Window Help SETTINGS tab and configure the Transmission Rate you Olas s 3 S dolia EYED 22 xel Etle Stns S p want your module to use 1 alla aia dos Adaa aiDan NOTE This must match that of your Profibus Network i Click OK to exit the window sa and save changes j Click OK again to exit the properties window and save changes 6 The Module is now set up All that is left is setting up I O In fl cPusts 2 DP Properties PROFIBUS interface ANYBUS S PDP 2 Properties PROFIBUS General Network Settings Options Highest PROFIBUS Address gt _ gt Transmission Rate 45 45 31 25 kbit s 93 75 kbit s 187 5 kbit s itis Standard Universal DP FMS Bus Parameters User Defined Profile Cancel Help x pu ddy D rr wo D x MOU Programming Software User Manual 7 To add the I O simply double click the Gi HW Config SIMATIC 300 1 Configuration ANYBUS_PGI_RES rally Station Edit Insert PLC View Options Window Help ANYBUS S PDP folder Dl e 5 ia YD 22 de Profile Standard O
391. t Indicator Lights The following dialog box will appear Indicator Light x General Visibilty Details Neceeosessencenscseessees Character Size 8x16 x Color Text W Background X bud Language EE Label Text Position Top Bottom Indicator Light Tag Name INDICATOR LIGHT V Display Frame On Off Text Color z Language Text Blink Background Blink o On Text JOn W E Mz B Off Text Or Ea Tar D Simulate Press Click on the box in front of Label Text to activate the object label In the field next to Label Text type in Indicator Light as shown above Click in the field next to Tag Name and type in INDICATOR LIGHT Press Enter The following screen will appear ADD NEW TAG DETAILS J x Enter Tag Details for the Tag INDICATOR LIGHT Select Tag Type PLC 1 Allen Bradley SLC 500 DF1 Full Duplex Rev D PLO2 C Internal Tag Define Expression B3 1 0 Expected IO Type RAW or ROnly DISCRETE x jo E Initial Yalue Retentive Flag Initial Value Retentive fi Expression Address String Data Type No of Chars Help Leave PLC1 Allen Bradley SLC 500 DF1 selected under Select Tag Type In the field next to Address String type in B3 1 0 as shown above The Data Type will remain as DISCRETE Click OK MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 ww
392. t Ue Programming Software User Manual Bar Graph Object The Bar Graph object allows you to monitor and display a tag value in a bar graph form on the screen The Bar Graph can be displayed in various formats and can be programmed to read from top to bottom left to right right to left etc Bar Graph Ed Pump Pressure General Digital Display Scaling Visibilty Details Language 4 Charecter Size exe j Selected Label Text Label Style r Select Style Position Color rin eS EB Bottom Background x IV Display Frame Tag Name v S m M Show Ticks fae Note Left Top Right Bott Ranges should be prep abete Minimum O entered in Decimal No of Major Divisions 5 em Marxi 65535 r Color _ No of Sub Divisions 3 aik Blink Color H Show Tick Numbers M Precision for Floating Pt F Bipolar Background x r Mid 22767 Bar Foreground i B point Bar Background i E oggi Cancel Help To put a Label on the Bar Graph object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 221 Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whet
393. t a language number See Language section page 221 3 Select Character Size from the available choices 4 Enter Label Text up to 40 characters 5 Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 116 J Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel j NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The EDIT TAG DETAILS screen will appear F PLEASE NOTE You can import these different graphic file formats BMP WMF EMF JPG GIF or ICO f PLEASE NOTE IMPORT BITMAP option To size a Bitmap once it has been placed on the screen click on it to select grab one of the handles and drag to the size you want YF PLEASE NOTE SYMBOL FACTORY option To SIZE a symbol in Symbol Factory go to Options in the Symbol Factory when selecting the symbol See instructions on page 161 PowerPanel xi Error BMP_24 The height and width of selected image are out of range Do you want it to be resized to fit in the screen a 6 Programming Software User Manual Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette To create On Bitmap and Off Bitmap 1 2 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag Name from the available choices If the Tag Name is new t
394. t the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net ED MO UM Programming Software User Manual NOTE To edit the Address String with your cursor in the Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The EDIT TAG DETAILS screen will appear PLEASE NOTE When a single tag is used the I O type the tag can accept is Read Write When two tags are used the first tag s I O type also accepts Read Only and therefore can define source expressions v Use single tag for both Entry and Display purpose Entry and z Display Tag Use single tag for both Entry and Display purpose Entry Tag Display Tag hd Entry Tag z Choose Tag s 1 Choose whether or not you want to use a single tag for both Entry and Display purposes or two tags a Display Tag and an Entry Tag Two tags will be necessary if you are using Expressions in the tag See Note to the left 2 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag Name that you want the object to correspond to 3 Ifthe Tag Name is new the Tag Entry dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will appear in the first field Enter an Addr
395. tails x r Sourcel Tag C Constant Previous Operation Tag x Data Format Value 0 Operation fi Operation 4DD x a poe weDown Add Edit Operation Delete Operation s C Tag Constant Previous Operation Tag Cancel Help Data Format Unsigned Decimal 7 Value fo Operation fi z V Store To Tag Destination Tag I Help Add New Operation Close 2 Under Source 1 select whether the value will be read from a Tag or will be a Constant or a Previous Operation Previous Operation is not available for the first operation you program a Ifyou select Tag you must select or enter a tag b Ifyou select Constant you must enter the Data Format Signed Decimal Unsigned Decimal Octal Hex BCD or Floating Point and then enter a Value The Value must match the Data Format C If you select Previous Operation you must choose the number of a previous programmed operation The resulting value of the previous operation will be used in the current operation You cannot skip numbers or enter a number that has not been programmed e if you have programmed operations 1 through 6 you cannot choose 7 3 Now you will select the Operation Click on the down arrow next to the Operation field to view options Choose from ADD SUBTRACT MULTIPLY DIVIDE MODULO NEGATE ll ABSOLUTE ROUND amp AND I OR I XOR
396. te tag is off level sensitive reads FIFO input tag when the Event Tag turns OFF and continues to read the FIFO input tag changes while the Event Tag remains OFF E gt Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Time Based reads FIFO input tag at set times If you select Time Based the Event Tag will be grayed out and the time setting parameters will become available as shown below Select the time by Hour Minute Second or 1 10 Second and then enter the time interval in the field provided JJ D i a p Time f 0 C Hour C Minute C Second 1 10 second 9 Click in the box in front of Clear FIFO if you want to be clear all data in the FIFO and all tables v Clear FIFO 10 Select or enter a tag that will clear the FIFO Select On or Off depending on whether the FIFO will be cleared when the tag State is On or the tag state is Off 11 Click OK when finished or Cancel to close without saving the Data Acquisition FIFO Edit Objects Click on the Edit Objects menu item to x select a Global Object to edit Clickon the object you want to change to D4232 signed highlight it and then click on the Edit button The Global Object you have selected will open so that you can make changes Edit Close Help MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www ut
397. ted values file format Alarm Database Export Alarms Import Alarms Excel format Message Database Export Messages Import Messages Project Attributes Project Description Select PLC Upgrade Firmware Global Objects Comma delimited 1 Click on Import Tags gt Comma delimited to import tags froma CSV file The following window will appear Navigate to the folder where the file is stored Look in Project x al c FS alarms 1 csv AS messages 1 csv File name frcsv Files of type PowerPanel Tag CSY Files cs x Cancel Zi Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual 2 Click on the csv file you want to import to highlight it and then click on the Open button The file will be written to the Tag Database You will be prompted to choose whether the import csv file s first row contains header information and whether or not you only want to import addresses for tags with the same The dialog below allows you to choose Name a Data Type An Errors Log View will display letting you whether or not there is header know if there were any problems importing the file into your information in the CSV file and allows current project you to only import addresses for PLC tags with the same Name and Data Type x ane 1 Tag with TagName EXPRESSION TAG SUBTRACT and Address Unab
398. ter Manual Organization Introduction What you need to get started Need HELP Models Features PLCs Supported by PowerPanels PLC Cable Part Numbers Programming Cable Part Number PowerPanel Programming Software Installation O p S ce 2 Boe pr MOUS Programming Software User Manual Manual Organization The PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual is arranged in chapters A description of key information contained in each chapter is provided below Chapter Description Introduction Provides Manual Organization and lists what you need to get started hardware and software Discusses how to get help with questions or problems you might encoun ter through Onscreen Help and Technical Support Provides you with a table listing the various models and their special features Lists the important features of all PowerPanels Lists the PLCs supported by the panels by brand model and protocol Lists the part numbers for PLC cables and the programming cable Tells how to install programming software Tutorial Provides instructions to create an example or demo project Discusses how to configure a PLC ladder logic program to use with the demo project Takes you through the steps necessary to create a PowerPanel project using the programming software Shows you how to transfer the project to the panel and testing the project once transferred Project Setup
399. tered Error P02_5 Unable to build PLC details structure while converting to lt gt Error P02_6 Unable to build PLC details Reason This error message indicates a that dll files are corrupt Solution Reinstall software Error P02_7 Please make sure that enough information is provided in the configuration dialog box for proper tag conversion Reason While changing PLC to Ethernet there can be certain addresses in the project that may require node definition in configuration dialog box Tag Related Errors Txx_x Error T01_2 Tag name already exists Reason The tag name that was entered is a name that already has a data type and or PLC address assigned to it in the tag database ma Programming Software User Manual Solution Change the tag name entered to a name that is unique when compared to all the other tags in the Tag Database Error T01_3 Tag category does not match Reason This error occurs when a Tag Name of an incorrect data type is typed into the Tag Name field of an object Solution Select a valid Tag Name from the pulldown list or create a new valid Tag Name Error T02_1 Invalid Unit Number Error T02_2 Invalid Address Type Error T02_ 3 Invalid Address Error T02_4 Invalid Bit Number Error TO2_5 Address in not Word Aligned Even address is required Error T02_6 Address is not Word Aligned Odd address is required Reason Address entered for the tag is not correct Solution Spec
400. than 512K during compression the following tips might be useful 1 Try to have the same color across the bitmap If you mix lot of color patches that may increase the compressed bitmap size 2 Try to reduce the font usage in the bitmap Error J11_5 Selected BMP files combined must not exceed 512K size Please select a different BMP file Reason There are two BMP files for dynamic bitmap Both BMP files would be compressed using RLE technique and combined length of compressed BMPs together should not exceed 512K in size If it exceeds you would get this error Solution Select BMPs which do not exceed the 512K size limit e D Error J11_6 Height and Width out of range BMP s height must be less than h BMP s width 3 p must be less than w D D Reason This error indicates that a bitmap exceeds the maximum size z 2 Solution Select a smaller bitmap fo a Error J11_7 Compressed BMP size exceeds the maximum usable BMP size unable to save ON bitmap Error J11_8 Compressed BMP size exceeds the maximum usable BMP size unable to save OFF bitmap Error J11_9 Compressed BMP size exceeds the maximum usable BMP size unable to save Static Bitmap Reason PowerPanels use a Run Length Encoding RLE technique to compress Bitmaps for display and saving purposes The maximum allowable size of a compressed BMP is 512K If the selected BMP results in more than 512K during compression this error occurs Even if the bitmap size is
401. the Tag Name that you want the Button tag and the Indicator tag Tag Name field click on the to correspond to right mouse button The EDIT 2 If the Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box TAG DETAILS screen will will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will Se at appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC Click on the OK button MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual 3 Select from the Actuator Type Actuator Type determines how the tag will be controlled If you have assigned Password Protection for this object and select Momentary On or Momentary Off the protection feature will not be enabled Button Tag a PLEASE NOTE If you select Momentary ON or Momentary OFF the PLC must set bit to Indicator Tag proper state on powerup This Actuator Type Toge zl must be done when programming F Display Frame M PLC Logic Background color for Bitmaps z e Momentary On will turn the tag on for as long as you touch the button Password Protection is disabled e Momentary Off will turn the tag off for as long as you touch the button Password Protection is disabled e Set On will latch the tag ON e Set Off will latch the tag OFF e Toggle will change the state of the tag every time the button is pressed 4 Select Background color for Bitmaps
402. the dialog box without saving your selections e Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Multi state Bitmap object on the screen and size it To size the object select it grab a handle and drag to the size you want To move the object select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen 126 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Increment Decrement Value Object The Increment Decrement Value Object allows you to configure a buiton that when pressed will Add or Subtract from a value using two tags anda programmed value You will be able to Read a value in the first tag and then Write to another using the value you have programmed to increment or decrement that register value Increment Decrement Yalue Ed General Increment Decrement Value Protection Visibility Details Label Text Nessssseenesssesersssseees Language Character Size 6x8 7 Label Text fINCREMENT DECREMENT VALUE Position Color CT op Text 4 Bottom Background v Char Size Color T ac Language 15 Text Blink ground Blink Text INCREMENT DECREMENT VAL Myr J AT V Display Frame Text Cancel Help To put a Label on the Increment Decrement Value object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front
403. the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the button to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty To Choose an Indicator Button Style perform the following steps 1 Under Select Style click on the style you prefer for the button ef NOTE To edit the Address object you are creating f String with your cursor in the 2 Your choice will appear under Selected Style Tag Name field click on the right mouse button The Edit Enter a Tag Name Tag Details screen will appear 1 Enter a Tag Name or click on the down arrow and select the Tag Name that you want the Indicator button and the Indicator to correspond to 2 Ifthe Tag Name is new the Add New Tag Details dialog box will appear where you will enter tag details The Tag Name will ED Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual appear in the first field Enter an Address String appropriate for your type PLC Click on the OK button Select from the following Actuator Types Actuator Type determines how the tag will be controlled Momentary On will turn the tag on for as long as you touch the button Password Protection is disabled Momentary Off will turn the tag off for as long as you touch the button Password Protection is disabled e Set On will latch the tag ON e Set Off wil
404. tic option be aware that this object uses IMPORTANT the total number of entries that are contained in the data table to perform its calculations therefore the more entries in the data table the longer the calculation time Format Choose how the statistic will display 1 Select the Data Type from the available choices 2 Select the Justification of the data 3 Select the Size of the statistic display characters 4 Select the Color of the Text digits and whether or not you want it to blink 5 Select the color of the Background and whether or not you want it to Blink 6 Under Digits select the Total Digits depends on data type see data type table in left margin on page 139 you want to appear in the reference and how many if any of these digits should be Fractional Digits O Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Data Acquisition Statistics object on the screen and size it To size the object select it grab a handle and drag to the size you want To move the object select it click and hold left mouse button and dr
405. tion for the text as it will appear within the frame when displayed on the panel 2 To create a message click on the Message Database button Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections e Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Lookup Text object on the screen and size it e To size it grab a handle and drag To move the object select it click and hold left mouse button and drag Message Database The Message Database stores programmed messages that can be accessed by the Lookup Text object Create messages in the database dialog box to be used by the Lookup Text object Up to 999 messages limited by available memory may be stored in the database Each message may be up to 200 characters and you can choose various message attributes such as Character Size Text Color Background Color Blink and Language Use the scroll bar to view more messages To add a new message or edit an existing message click on Add Edit button then click in the Message Text field and type your message To delete a Message select the message text then click on the Delete button A screen will appear asking you to confirm the delete message Click on OK to delete message You can import messages into the database from an Excel or Comma delimited file Y
406. tional digits will come Decimal point Tag Name from the value of the tag E gt Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Scaling Tab Click on the Scaling tab if you want the Display Value to be General Visibiity Details cairo different than the PLC Value v Scaling PLC Value Display Value Point 1 fo fo Point 2 4035 sog Example Scaling is only for display purpose on this object The value you enter would be interpolated using these two points for display Example Point 1 PLC Yalue 1 Display Yalue 10 Point 2 PLC Value 5 Display Value 50 Your value will be scaled by a factor of 10 for display on this object If PLC value is 23 it will be displayed as 230 Cancel Help Under the Scaling tab you can scale the value in the PLC to another value on the Numeric Display Enter Point 1 and Point 2 PLC Values Scale these values by entering the Point 1 and Point 2 Display Values For example say the PLC values are an analog value of 0 4095 and represent a range of 0 500 PSI Enter a PLC Value Point 1 0 and a Display Value Point 1 0 PSI Enter a PLC Value Point 2 4095 and a Display Value Point 2 500 PSI If the PLC Value is then 1024 the Display Value will be 125 Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections an
407. to exit the dialog box without saving your selections e Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Multi function Object The Multi function Object allows you to configure a button that when te pressed will perform a Boolean or Arithmetic operation using two tags and will store the result in a third tag The operations supported are ADD SUBTRACT MULTIPLY DIVIDE MODULO NEGATE Il ABSOLUTE ROUND amp AND OR I XOR NOT lt lt LEFT SHIFT gt gt RIGHT SHIFT and MOVE Multi Function x General Operations Protection Visibility Details mportant NOTE If overlapping Language iJ Character Size ie z this object the maximum number Label Test MULTIFUNCTION of tags that can be written to is Position Color 40 Top Text r Bottom Background z Text IV Display Frame Char Size Color Language BE Text MULTI FUNCTION Back Text Blink ground Blink Cancel Help To put a Label on the Multi function object perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 221 3 Select Character Siz
408. to save or Cancel to close without saving 8 To edit an image click on the Image in the list to highlight it The number of the image will appear in the Image Number field A thumbnail view of the image will also appear as shown in the example below Multi state Bitmap x General Images Visibility Details fag Bit Number DEFAULT ee Bit Number 1 Bit Number 2 Bit Number 3 Bit Number 4 ie Bit Number 5 To edit an image Image Number 5 z Symbol Select Copy from Factory Image Clipboard m Allow Stretching I Stretch to Fit I Maintain Aspect Ratio gt r To remove an image Remove Image Simulate Press OK Cancel Help 9 You may then click on the Symbol Factory Select Image or Copy from Clipboard buttons to select or import another bitmap MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net O me it Ue Programming Software User Manual 10 To delete an image from the list click on it to highlight and then click on the Remove Image button 11 Click on OK to save or Cancel to close window without saving Visibility Details See Button Object Simulate Press Press the Simulate Press button to see how the Multi state Bitmap object will be displayed on the screen when pressed OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections exit the dialog box and place the object on the screen Click on Cancel button to exit
409. ton to exit the dialog box without saving your selections e Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Alarm History Button on the screen and size it e To size the button select it grab a handle and drag to the size you want e To move the button select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen ALARA HISTORY TOTAL OF OF ALARMS ALARM DISCHETE 1888 ALARM DISCHETE 1881 ALARM REGISTER 188Z O1 Lt H ee 06 ALAN REGISTER 1663617 77196 7a or mr M mom ur mom mns aa eam e OF E o a oma f ALARM HISTORY DETALLS ENTRY HD aL Please Note Alarm History and ALH IPBJAIZ JE RBIZH ARTATI ERE ead Alarm Count CLEAR ALL buttons CLEARED may be Password Protected See Project Attributes Alarm Protection page 204 MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net lt gt MO UM Programming Software User Manual System Objects F CHANGE TIME PUSH TO ADUAHCE OME HOF IMPORTANT NOTE This object is to be used with the Internal clock only Do not use the Increment Decrement object if you have chosen External clock under Project Attributes gt Clock Increment Decrement Hour The Increment Decrement Hour object allows you to place a button on the screen that allows you to adjust the hour up or down of the internal Real Time clock Increment Decrement Ho
410. tributes for both PLC1 and PLC2 if necessary The see if your PLC driver is now attributes screen particular to the PLC and Protocol type you available to download If the have selected will appear You may change attributes from this desired PLC driver is not screen available call technical support l i l at 800 832 3647 8 Ifyou are using a Think N Do Map File click on the Browse button to go to the directory or folder where the map file resides The map file is simply a text delimited file that resides in any Think N Do project The PowerPanel Programming Software is set up to pull tag names from your Think N Do project This frees the user from having to remember these tag names The map file will load into the projects Tag Database Tag Database Log View will open if there are problems You may correct any problems from within the Think N Do map file or the Tag Database Once you click on OK the project will open to the screen you have selected Q F V p O D and you may begin creating or editing your project A Fle Edit Screen Objects Draw Panel Setup Window Help CALES LE 10 3 Tele alee S tT tte EREE poetan SOR ere sib ete ee de oj x jects a x 606 Y 9 OFF LINE MODE 4 ED Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Step Z Design Your Screens 3 Easy Your project informatio
411. tton to save your selections exit the dialog box and place the object on the screen Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections e Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Bitmap Button on the screen and size it e To size the button select it grab a handle and drag to the size you want To move the button object select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net GD MO UM Programming Software User Manual Multi state Bitmap liz Multi state Bitmap is an object that is created to display images within a frame on the PowerPanel screen Each object has its own programmed images The object will display one image at a time based on a bit the one that is set or a value in the tag The maximum number of images that can be programmed is based on available memory Click on the Images tab to program images for the object Images stored in the object are numbered based on the Tag Data type Signed Unsigned BCD If the Value corresponding to the Tag Name is 10 Image Number 10 will be displayed within the Multi state Bitmap image frame Keep in mind that the number of images that you can program are limited by available memory Multi state Bitmap x General Visibilty Details prtteeeensseseseeseneeny
412. u have made the proper selections and then click OK to accept or Cancel to quit without copying Q Bit 3 hese e You can make changes to the message you have copied by Replace With clicking on it and then selecting Add Edit Message 3 Do you want to replace Msg Visibility Details See Button Object OK Cancel Help Buttons e Click on OK button to save your selections and exit the dialog box Click on Cancel button to exit the dialog box without saving your selections e Click on Help button to go to the Help Topic for that dialog box Place Multi state Indicator object on the screen and size it To size the object select it grab a handle and drag to the size you want To move the object select it click and hold left mouse button and drag to where you want it to appear on the screen MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net me it Ue Programming Software User Manual Bitmap Objects System Objects Bitmap Objects allow you to create simple to complex objects You can st ba Sinan an use the extensive built in Symbol Factory library to copy and paste ene Stee Bina Buen hundreds of graphic files directly to the project screen You can also use sads Multistate Bitmap your own Bitmap BMP Windows Metafile WMF Enhanced Windows Report Metafile EMF Graphics Interchange Format GIF JPEG File Interchange Format JPG or Windows Icon I
413. ubishi Melsec FX Rev B View Edit PLC Com Setup Baud Rate fes00 im TRETO Map fie Parity E ven v Stop bits One Data bits Timeout time 1 255 i tenths of a second ad Poll Time 0 255 fo tenths of a second Cancel Help MOU Programming Software User Manual Modicon PLC Communications Setup Modbus RTU The following screens provide you Wmm with an example of how to set upa aw Hae ee al Modicon PLC with Modbus RTU tility Offline Online Combined Transfer Tools ee Quit Fl FZ F3 F4 FS F6 F 7 Lev 8 FS OFF F9 Protocol To set up the Modicon Modbus RTU using MODSOFT configuration software program the PLC Communications Parameters screen as shown to the right Program Name PLC Address O p e n P O W e r P a n e P ro g ra m m i n g ss Irotoco e aes race ree Stop Bits Baud Device Software and config ure P roject MODBUS I RTU 3 EVEN il 9600 comz Information screen as shown in the idid Dip 5 38x 48x iE sex 70x TIER figure below eee Step 1 Project Information After selecting the PLC Type p a and Protocol click on the yo yo Da View Edit PLC Com Setup Step T 4 x The PLC Attributes dialog p box will appear Enter the sas easy as 1 2 3 n A i SELECT ACTION PowerPanel Programming Software Version 2 1 parameters shown Click on UTICOR Technology L P Phone 1 563 359 7501 the OK button to sav
414. unication between the panel and PC Error CO1_3 Communications port is being used by some other application Access denied Solution Close the other application and try to communicate from PowerPanel or if you have an extra serial port connect the cable to that port and select that extra port for communication from PowerPanel D z 1 26 c cO 2 O E lt 3 p Write to Panel Related Errors Error C02_1 Selected panel does not match connected panel Write to panel is aborted Reason When writing to the panel if the panel type selected on the screen Step 1 Project Information does not match the panel that the computer and PLC are physically connected to the program loader will not upload project Solution Exit the OFF LINE Editor to the Step 1 Project Information screen and select the appropriate panel type for the connected panel Error C02_2 Unable to update PLC driver Reason You will receive this error message if communication is not working between the programming software and the panel or if the panel is still trying to communicate with the old driver and you are attempting to update the driver Solution Restart the panel and try communicating with the panel If you still face this problem clear memory from panel using Panel gt Clear Memory and update the PLC driver and then save your project Ensure that you have the project saved to disk before you do clear memory Error C02_3 PLC Attributes could
415. ur Ed General Protection Visiblty Details pereeesesseessseessseeseey Recssessessessceessnenees Language EE Character Size Ex 7 Label Text INCRE DECRE HOUR Position Color Top Text zj Bottom Background Increment Decrement Increment Decrement C Text Color Language BE Character Size 6x8 m Text H Blink Text inc Hour Back Ground a Blink IV Display Frame Cancel Help To Create Label Text perform the following steps 1 Click on the box in front of Label Text if you want a label for your object 2 Use the UP DOWN arrows after the Language box to select a language number See Language section page 221 Select Character Size from the available choices Enter Label Text up to 40 characters Select the Position of the label whether you want it to appear at the Top or the Bottom of the object frame 6 Select the Text and Background Color Click on the down arrow to view the color palette 7 Display Frame is selected by default If you do not want the frame around the object to be visible click on the box to deselect the box will be empty ae aaa Choose the function of the button Select Increment or Decrement for the button function If increment is selected when pressed it will increase the time on a clock object by one hour If decrement is selected when pressed it will decrease the time on a clock object by one hour Enter Text for the button object
416. used printer commands tj ae Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual m Click on Apply to enter your selections You will exit the Non Printable ASCII Character dialog and return to the Embedding Data Value dialog n The ASCII characters will appear in blue and underlined in the printer string field example shown Slave devices include any of UTICOR s Slave PMDs Programmable Message Displays or Slave Marquees below Embedded Command Printer i Select tag from where value will be read for embedded data Selected tag is a numeric tag Display Format Unsigned Decimal TotalDigts P3 Justification Leading Spaces v Fractional Digits p Digits I AutoCheck lt 1 gt Selected tag is a discrete tag On PO E P Specify the string for sending to printer slave Press F7 to embed a non printable Ascii character lt 0x2F gt Delete Cancel Help o Press the Add button to add the embedded data to the message You will return to the Add New Message dialog When inserted in a message each Embedded Data Value will be represented in blue and underlined as shown below Add New Message 2 xi Message Number 2 r Limits Torty BE 1 Birk Charsize es z Background Color z T Blink J Printthis Message J Send Message To PMD Marquee Slav
417. viceNet network itches Ben te Rna e D UN The driver will NOT install properly otherwise Maximum Input 31 3 Run RSNetWorx eae Max 1 0 range 1 256 words O 2 4 Now you must commission the Generic DeviceNet I O EDS ca file using RSNetWorx You ll find the EDS file under the c VW PowerPanel 2 O Programming rT Generic_IO dnt RSNetWorx for DeviceNet AH File Edit view Network Device Diagnostics Tools Hell A Software directory jes ulas eej that was created je elfk Ee sm Hardware x when you installed the software 5 Scan the network so the DeviceNet software will find the PowerPanel and place it on the network Description 6 Click on the Scanner Module icon MOU Programming Software User Manual 7 The Scanner Module window will open ut Output ADR Summary J 1747 SDN Scanner Module Name 1747 SDN Scanner Module 8 Click on the Scanlist tab pecan p Address fi H r Device Identity Primary Vendor Rockwell Automation Allen Bradiey 1 Type Communication Adapteri SCS Device 1747 5DN Scanner Modue 19 Catalog fi 747 SDN B Revision for ti i CS Cancel Apply Help EY 1747 SDN Scanner Module i 2x General Module Scanlist Input Output ADR Summary Ava
418. w uticor net E gt PowerPanel To select an object on the screen move your cursor over the object and a line will appear around the object to highlight it click the left mouse button to select O E Programming Software User Manual 32 A crosshair cursor will appear on the programming screen Position the crosshair where you want the object to appear under the Numeric Display object and click once 33 Grab the object by a handle and drag to resize it until the label displays in its entirety as shown to the right Indicator Light You ve just completed Step 2 Design Your Screens Now we will transfer Demo Project 1 to the PowerPanel 34 Click on File gt Save Project The PowerPanel is shipped with a bitmap program installed The image shown to the upon initial power up The first project you B lower aa ne left will display on the PowerPanel screen A ae a a wa Programmable Operator Panel transfer to the panel will replace this bitmap program Copyright UTICOR 2001 E Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Step 3 You are now ready for Step 3 Write Your Program to Panel Demo Project 1 should look similar to that shown below 1 Click on the 3 button Write Your Program to Panel as shown in the graphic below 2 Click on the Start button at the bottom of the Write
419. want the Text or the Background to Blink click on the box below Blink to place a check mark indicating that the option is enabled ae oS c gt Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Enter Tag Name and Register Values General Recipe Protection Visibility Details Maximum number of recipe tags 20 Number of tags in this recipe object 0 TagName DataFomat Value Tag Name Move Up Move Down Add Edit Tag Delete Tagle Cancel Help Pressing the Recipe button allows you to write values to several locations atonce The screen shown above is where you will enter the values to be written to the PLC location 1 Click on the Add Edit Tags button The following window will appear Destintin Tag Name Source Value for this tag would be from Constant C Another tag Value from a constant Value fo Data format Discrete 7 Value from another tag Tag Name E Note Destination tag and source tag data type must match Help Close 2 Under Destination Tag Name click on the down arrow to view list of available tags or enter a new name Select the tag you wish to use If you enter a new tag name the Add New Tag Details dialog will open Enter the tag details 3 The Destination tag type determines the data format 4 Under Source choose Constant default or Anothe
420. will appear letting you know if the Excel file was successfully imported into the Tag Database The Error Log View will appear to let you know if there were This is a sample of an Excel file problems in the import process or if the tags already exist in Tag Database Tag Database to make x C h an g eS Mapping relation between PowerPanel Tag database and the fields in Excel file Ao B E D E FI G H a 7 1 TAG NAMITAG DATATYPE ADDRESS EXP INITIAL RETEPLC INT EXP DEST TAG Roger anel Tag Laapas Erea lataat FINGE 2 ERROR CIUNSIGNED_INT_16 INTERNAL Taa Name Maana SCS 3 PLC ERRCDISCRETE INTERNAL 5 Toan 4 EXPRESS UNSIGNED _INT_ 0 000 00 PLC1 Data Type Tac bataye 5 N7 12 UNSIGNED_INT_16 PLC1 6 BUTTON CDISCRETE B3 0 0 PLC1 Address E xpression JADDRESS EXP 7 INDICATOIDISCRETE B3 1 0 PLC1 8 NUMERIC UNSIGNED _INT_N7 0 PLC1 No of characters OF CHARACTERS 9 NUMERIC UNSIGNED _INT_N7 1 PLC1 EA 10 CONTROL UNSIGNED _INT_N7 5 PLC1 at JINITIAL VALUE z 11 CONTROL UNSIGNED _INT_N7 6 PLC1 _INT_ Retent RETENTIVE Faa 12 N7 1N UNSIGNED INT N7 1n PICI a RETENTIVE FLAG PLC Internal Expression PLC AINT EXP Here you will select the columns Destination Tag pesa in the Excel file that correspond to m the Tag Database columns IV First row contains the header information E Only Import addresses for tags that have the same x Name and Data Type PLC 1 Allen Bradley SLC 500 DF1 Full Duplex Rev D Number of
421. will display a green dot next to the Connected message to indicate that a link is established Panel Information will display the Total and Free Memory in Bytes Most models allow you to increase memory by adding another RAM card It will also display the Firmware Revision number the revision of the PowerPanel internal firmware MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax Write Program To Panel Project Information C Program Files PowerPanel 3 1 2 Project Demo Project E 2 8 Color 640x480 Allen Bradley SLC 500 DF1 Full Duplex Rev D Project Title Panel Type PLC 1 Type and Protocol Panel to PLC Link Panel Information Total Memory 524288 Bytes Free Memory f436932 Bytes feo Operation Complete Project written to the Panell Firmware Revision Connected CAUTION Pressing Start will OVER WRITE program already in the panel If you do not want to lose program in the panel press Cancel and first Read program from Panel and save it on your PC Configuration Ethernet COM 1 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net D 2 D O wn D EE xe Q jet dp S S i ou MO URS Programming Software User Manual Programmable Operator Panel Copyright UTICOR 2004 The PowerPanel is shipped with a bitmap program installed The image shown above will display on the PowerPa
422. wing screen will appear Under Select Tag Type leave PLC 1 Allen Bradley SLC 500 selected as shown to the right In the field next to Address String type in N7 0 as shown in the example to the right Select SIGNED_INT_16 for the Data Type Leave Initial Value Retentive Flag unchecked Click OK ADD NEW TAG DETAILS x Enter Tag Details for the Tag NUMERIC ENTRY Select Tag Type PLC 1 Allen Bradley SLC 500 DF1 Full Duplex Rev D O PLE C Internal Tag Expression Define Expression Address String N 0 Expected IO Type RAW Data Type UNSIGNED_INT_16 x No of Chars p Initial Value Retentive a Cancel Help ED Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual 9 For the purposes of this tutorial we have opted to leave the remainder of the options under the object s General tab Range Check Format and Decimal Point Tag set to the default leave as is 10 Click on the Protection tab The following screen will appear x General Scaling Notification amp Handshake Protection Visiblity Details v Password Protect Object Allow access to following user groups V Managers I Shift 1 Operators Il Engineers Shift 2 Operators Supervisors Shift 3 Operators Maintenance General Edit Passwords 11 Click on the box in front of Passwor
423. x will appear that is particular to the type 1 EE 072 8 Mono 320x240 of PLC you have selected in the previous step Set the attributes to match your PLC Click OK Do this for both PLCs if needed PLC Editor Revision B Please note If using a Touch PRLS communication setup is Baud Rate ERTI PLC Allen Bradley MicroLogix DF1 Full Duplex Rev B hinke DG Allen Bradley PLC 5 DF1 Rev B Manne Allen Bradley SLC 500 DF1 Full Duplex Rev B Allen Bradley SLC 500 MicroLogix DF1 Half Dupleks Rev B Allen Bradley SLC 500 MicroLogis DH 485 AIC Rev B nk Demonstration Ple Party Even z done automatically so ae 4 you don t need to click l on the View Edit PLC Tenen Rs 232 Com Setup button Checksum Type crc Timeout Time 1 255 tenths of a second sah Pall time 0 255 fo tenths of a second Cancel Help 7 You should now be back to the Project Information screen Check to ensure that your Ethernet COM Port is set to match your PC Click on the Configuration button to make changes or check settings The following dialog box will appear Q jet dp S S i ou Click on the Ethernet Ethernet COM Port Ethernet COM Port C O M Port Group Number fi om zi Configuration Configuration button Unit Number 1 4095 fi on the Project Information Screen or y on me Phineas ee 8 Select COM1 COM2 COM3 COM4 or Ethernet If nec
424. xx_X Saving Errors OXXX Object Errors JXX_X Communication Errors CXX K Miscellaneous Errors Mxx_x Bitmap Errors BMP _xx y xipueddy O c z V gt e O Ke Value Range Errors Vxx_x Value Errors common to all objects Error V01_1 Minimum value is not within range Error V01_2 Maximum value is not within range Error V01_3 Minimum value is greater than maximum value Error V01_4 Maximum value is less than minimum value Value Errors related to Meter object Error V02_1 LowLow limit is not within range Error V02_2 Low limit is not within range Error V02_3 High limit is not within range Error V02_4 HighHigh limit is not within range Value Errors related to Numeric Entry Numeric Display Error V03_1 PLC Value 1 is not within range Error V03_2 PLC Value 2 is not within range Error V03_3 Display Value 1 is not within range Error V03_4 Display Value 2 is not within range Value Error related to Bar Graph Error V04_1 Mid value is not within range Value Errors related to PID Faceplate Error V05_1 Process value Minimum is not within range Error V05_2 Process value Maximum is not within range Error V05_3 Output value Minimum is not within range Error V05_4 Output value Maximum is not within range Value Error related to Recipe object Error V06_1 Value is not within range ON a UL Programming Software User Manual Reason These errors occur when a value
425. y This is the total RAM Memory available for use in the PowerPanel JJ D a a 1 O D PLC Driver PLC Manufacturer PLC Model PLC Driver Code Revision This provides information about the type of PLC you are using Panel Name A description of the panel model is provided Option Board Option Board Type This tells you if you have an option board installed and the type Reboot Click here to reboot the PowerPanel Performs a Soft Boot Clear Program Click here to Clear the current user program from the panel Flash EEN Flash to R amp M Click on RAM to Flash to copy RAM memory to Flash card This will transfer the user program loaded on your panel to the Flash Card Flash card may then be removed and installed into another panel to transfer to the RAM You may also backup your user program to save it before shutting off power to the panel You may then reinstall the program later Click on Flash to RAM to copy the contents of the Flash card to the panel RAM memory This is used to copy the user program from one panel to another or to reinstall a program to the panel MAN UTICW M V4 0 Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net KALUES Programming Software User Manual PLC DRIVER CODE only Update PLC Driver i Click on this to update your PLC Driver This will send the current PLC Driver code to your panel other project information is not sent Update Driver x Select PLC d
426. y of those digits should be Fractional Under Output you will make the selections for the output as displayed on the PID Faceplate object r Output Mode Bit Tag Name x o Minimumf g Total pa Bar Alarm Bit Maximum 65535 Fract jo Backgrounc J x 1 Click on the down arrow to reveal Tag Names and make your selection 2 Enter the Minimum and Maximum ranges for the Output bar graph display 3 Select the Total number of digits you want to display and how many if any of those digits should be Fractional 4 Choose the Color for the Bar and Background 5 The PID Faceplate monitors two discrete bits e Mode Bit tells the operator whether the process is in Auto Mode or Manual Mode Enter the tag name for the discrete bit to be monitored for Mode ON Manual OFF Auto e Alarm Bit tells the operator if any alarm for the process is active or not Enter the tag name for the discrete bit to be monitored for active alarms ON Alarm OFF no display ED Phone 1 563 359 7501 Fax 1 563 359 9094 www uticor net MAN UTICW M V4 0 PowerPanel Programming Software User Manual Click on the Legend tab to make your selections for the Legend that will display on the object PID FacePlate General Legends Visibility Details Legends You can define the multi language legends for Alarm Output 7 Mode Auto Mode Manual Color Lan L d guage egends Text Color E aaam BackGround x Col
427. y limit the achievable maximum to a lower number of screens depending on the complexity of bitmaps and objects D z 1 26 c cO 2 O E lt 3 p H KALUES Programming Software User Manual 16 17 18 19 20 What is the maximum number of alarms that a project can have The maximum is 999 but there is no limit to how many times each alarm can be used in the panel What is the maximum number of messages that a project can have You can define a maximum of 999 messages in a project Can l insert a 640 x 480 or larger bitmap on a screen Yes on an 8 10 or 15 panel the screen size is 640 x 480 pixels If the bitmap is larger you will be asked if you want to resize the bitmap to fit Select Yes and the bitmap will be scaled to fit the screen Is there a limit to the number of objects that can be placed on a single screen No not exactly but the maximum memory size of a screen is 512K bytes How does the programming software determine whether or not an image can be selected Once an image is selected the PowerPanel Programming Software compresses and converts the image in a format that the panel understands If the converted image is larger than 512K it cannot be imported Oa Programming Software User Manual Troubleshooting gt Problem Panel won t power up Action 1 Connect power to the PowerPanel 24 VDC 2 Apply power while observing the LED in the back of the panel a LED

Programming Software Version 4.0 User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents